Reference Range ABL90

ABL90 FLEX reference manual
ABL90 FLEX
reference
manual

Not e t o t he user s of t he ABL90 FLEX anal y zer

This not e t o users out lines t he most significant changes and improvement s of soft ware
version 2. 4 in t he English version of t he ABL90 FLEX reference manual ( 994- 527) .

Changes/ Descr i pt i on
CHAPTER 3:
Calibrat ion pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac calibrat ion
Wit h t he warm st art feat ure in soft ware version 2. 4, t he last
sent ence in t his sect ion: When a new sensor casset t e is inst alled,
t he sensit ivit y calibrat ion is performed more frequent ly" is not
necessarily t rue and should, t herefore, be ignored. The t ext
should, t herefore, be as follows:
pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac are sensit ivit y calibrat ed on CAL3 and st at us
calibrat ed on CAL1. For furt her informat ion on t he pCO
2
, cGlu,
cLac calibrat ion, see Calibrat ion of t he pCO
2
sensor in sect ion
pCO
2
sensor and Calibrat ion of t he met abolit e sensors, in sect ion
Met abolit e sensors in chapt er 5 in t his manual. pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac
are sensit ivit y calibrat ed every four hour and st at us calibrat ed
wit h every measurement .
CHAPTER 5:
Calibrat ion Sensit ivit y, Definit ion.
I n t he t able wit h t he sensit ivit y range limit s, t he pO
2
max %
value has been changed from 105 t o 110%.
The sensit ivit ies are range checked:
pH
pCO
2
pO
2
cK
+
cNa
+
cCa
2+
cCl

cGlu cLac
% % % % % % % pA/ mmol/ L pA/ mmol/ L
Min. 85 60 85 85 85 85 75 100 100
Max. 105 105 110 105 105 105 105 2000 2000
CHAPTER 7:
I nt erference t est s
For ClO
4

,

int erference on cK
+
( 4 mmol/ L level) , cCa
2+
( 1. 25
mmol/ L level) , and cCl
( 110 mmol/ L level) has been det ect ed for

t est concent rat ion 1. 5 mM and t he ot her t est concent rat ion levels
should be ignored. The new int erference result s are, t hereaft er,
as follows:
I nt er f er ence on.... Subst ance Test con-
cent r at i on
cK
+

( 4 mM
l ev el )
cNa
+
( 140
mM
l ev el )
cCa
2+

( 1. 25
mM
l ev el )
cCl
-
( 105
mM
l ev el )
Test
mat r i x
Perchlorat e
( ClO
4-
)
1. 5 mM 0. 3 - 0. 27* 4- 30 Plasma
* Depending on t he pH level
A "- " indicat es t hat int erference has not been measured on t he respect ive paramet er.
I nt r oduct i on
Br i ef over vi ew
of t he change
2010 Radiomet er Medical ApS. All Right s Reserved.
995- 675. 201006A.

CHAPTER 10:
As a manual condit ioning of t he sensor casset t e pack is not
possible for t he t ime being, references t o t his opt ion are no longer
valid and, t herefore, t he following analyzer messages no longer
exist in soft ware version 2. 4:
972 Sensor condit ioning due
1080 I nst alled sensor casset t e was not regist ered as condit ioned
1333 Sensor condit ioning st art ed, no BC
Condit ioning in
sensor casset t e pack
not possible
1334 Sensor condit ioning st art ed, BC
Warm st art Wit h t he new warm st art feat ure in soft ware version 2. 4 t he
following new analyzer message has been included:
No. Message I nt er pr et at i on Oper at or act i on
1340 Sensor casset t e
maint enance by
Analyzer has
been int errupt ed
This message is used in t he Act ivit y
log t o indicat e st art up using a sensor
casset t e which has been left wit hout
an FTC act ivit y for more t han 1 hour.
No act ion required
TABLE OF CONTENTS/ I NDEX:
Condit ioning in
sensor casset t e pack
not possible
As t he pack wit h t he sensor casset t e cannot be used for
condit ioning, t he name of t he pack has been changed from
Condit ioning unit t o Sensor casset t e pack.

The manual will be updat ed wit h t he above informat ion as part of t he next manual
updat e.

Please place t his not e t o t he users in t he binder of your manual.

Techni cal
document at i on
I nst r uct i ons t o
user

Table of cont ent s

1. Set up

2. Disk funct ions set up programs

3. Wet sect ion

4. Elect ronics

5. Sensors and measuring t echnologies

6. User- defined correct ions

7. Performance charact erist ics

8. Paramet ers

9. Solut ions

10. Analyzer messages

I Appendix Qualit y cont rol

I I Appendix Traceabilit y t o primary
st andards at Radiomet er

I ndex

Dat e of issue

ABL90 FLEX
Ref er ence
manual

From soft ware version 2. 3

Sy st em per f or mance
The procedur es described in t his manual must be observed in order t o ensure proper syst em
performance, and t o avoid hazards.
Radiomet er cannot provide or verify syst em perfor mance charact erist ics if t he syst em is not inst alled,
used and maint ained in accordance wit h Radiomet er procedures or if accessories not meet ing t he
specificat ions provided by Radiomet er are used.
Radiomet er warrant s t hat t he dat a media on which t he soft ware included in t he syst em is furnished is
free from defect s in mat erial and workmanship under normal use for t hree ( 3) mont hs from t he dat e
of delivery as evidenced by a copy of invoice or receipt .

Thi r d- par t y sof t w ar e and t r ademar k s
The ABL90 FLEX analyzer comprises t he Microsoft Windows XP Embedded and Sybase SQL
Anywhere soft ware.
By using t he syst em, you accept t he t erms of t he Soft ware License Agreement ( s) of t he provider( s)
of t he above soft ware as shown in t he End User License Agreement ( s) included in t he operat or' s
manual. I f you cannot accept t he t erms of t he Soft ware License Agreement ( s) , you should not use
t he syst em, but immediat ely cont act your provider for a ret urn of t he syst em and a refund of t he
purchase price.
Microsoft and Windows are t rademarks of Microsoft Corporat ion. Sybase SQL Anywhere is a
t rademark of Sybase I ncorporat ed.
War r ant i es and di scl ai mer
Radiomet er makes no warrant ies, express or implied, ot her t han expressly st at ed.
Any warrant ies expressly st at ed in t his document are condit ional upon t he syst em being inst alled,
used and maint ained in accordance wit h Radiomet er procedures, including t hat only accessories
meet ing t he specificat ions provided by Radiomet er are used.
Radiomet er disclaims any liabilit y for syst em performance if t he syst em is not inst alled, used and
maint ained in accordance wit h Radiomet er procedur es or if accessories not meet ing t he specificat ions
provided by Radiomet er are used.
Furt her, Radiomet er disclaims any liabilit y for loss of dat a and direct , consequent ial or ot her dama-
ges, including loss of profit or loss of business, whet her such claim for damages is based upon
cont ract , negligence or t ort ( including st rict liabilit y) , and even if Radiomet er has knowledge of t he
possibilit y of t he pot ent ial damage or loss.
Conf i dent i al i t y
The cont ent s of t his document shall not be reproduced or communicat ed t o any t hird part y wit hout
t he prior writ t en consent of Radiomet er.
Changes
This document is subj ect t o change wit hout not ice and you are urged t o cont act Radiomet er t o verify
whet her t he document has been changed.
While every effort is made t o ensure t he correct ness of t he informat ion provided in t his document as
changed from t ime t o t ime, Radiomet er disclaims any liabilit y for errors and omissions.
Radiomet er, t he Radiomet er logo, ABL, AQT, TCM, RADI ANCE, PI CO and CLI NI TUBES are t rademarks of Radiomet er Medical ApS.
2010 Radiomet er Medical ApS. All right s reserved.
ABL90 FLEX reference manual Cont ent s

Cont ent s

1. Set up ............................................................................................... 1- 1
Set up menu st ruct ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3
Analyzer securit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 4
Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 4
General securit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 4
Operat ors and passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 5
Access profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 8
Analysis set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 10
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 10
Syringe/ capillary modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 10
Set t ing up a new measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 11
Select ing a paramet er profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 11
Disabled versus deselect ed paramet er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 11
Edit ing name of but t on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 11
Select ing a default layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 12
Reference ranges and crit ical limit s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 12
Select ing sample t ype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 12
Select ing sex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 12
Set t ing age group limit s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 13
Set t ing reference and crit ical limit s for each paramet er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 14
Report able ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 15
Pat ient report set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 16
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 16
Creat ing a layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 16
Edit ing a layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 17
Pat ient I D layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 17
Default values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 18
Edit ing pat ient result layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 19
Sample pre- regist rat ion set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 20
Sample age evaluat ion set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 21
Calibrat ion schedule set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 22
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 22
Edit ing t he set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 22
Available calibrat ion schedule opt ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 22
Qualit y cont rol set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 23
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 23
Manual qualit y cont rol ( QC) solut ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 23
Qualit y cont rol schedule set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 24
QC ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 26
QC input set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 28
QC st at ist ics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 29
West gard Rules set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 30
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 32
RiLiBK ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 32
Replacement set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 35
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 35
Replacement schedule set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 35
Recommended replacement int ervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 36
Cont ent s ABL90 FLEX reference manual

User act ivit ies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 37
Adding a user act ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 37
Edit ing a user act ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 38
Delet ing a user act ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 38
Maint enance planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 39
Replacement warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 40
Paramet ers and input set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 41
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 41
Paramet er set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 41
Unit s set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 43
User- defined pat ient dat a it ems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 44
User- defined not es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 46
Analyzer set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 47
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 47
Analyzer ident ificat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 47
Time/ dat e set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 48
Acoust ic signal set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 49
Baromet er set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 50
Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 51
Communicat ions set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 52
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 52
RADI ANCE connect ion set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 52
LI S/ HI S connect ion set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 53
Aut omat ic dat a t ransmission set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 55
Aut omat ic dat a request set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 57
Pat ient lookup set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 58
QA Port al connect ion set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 59
Disk funct ions set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 60
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 60
Aut omat ic archiving set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 60
Aut omat ic backup set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 62
Print ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 63
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 63
Print er set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 63
Aut omat ic print ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 64
Correct ive act ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 65
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 65
Condit ions and correct ive act ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 65
Explanat ion of correct ive act ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 66
Miscellaneous set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 67
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 67
List of opt ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 67
Act ivat ing/ deact ivat ing an opt ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 68
Select ing HbF correct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 68
Analyzer messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 69
Set t ing t he t ime for t he screen saver t o appear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 69
Set up default set t ings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 70

Access t o Radiomet er default set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 70
Operat ors and passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 70
Analysis set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 71
Calibrat ion schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 72
Qualit y cont rol set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 72
Replacement set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 73
General set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 73
Set ups wit hout Radiomet er set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 77
Print set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 78
Cont ent s of set up set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 79
Groups of set up set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 79
Paramet ers group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 79
General group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 80
Schedules, et c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 81
I nt erfacing facilit ies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 82
Connect ing a mouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 82
Connect ing an alphanumeric keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 82
Connect ing t o a net work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 82
Ext ernal barcode reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 83
Sample count er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 84
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 84
Descript ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 84
2. Di sk f unct i ons set up pr ogr am s......................................................... 2- 1
General informat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
Disk funct ions programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
Definit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
Dat a st orage opt ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
Disk handling rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
Creat ing a WDC report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3
Backing up all dat a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 4
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 4
Rest oring all dat a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 6
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 6
Export ing dat a logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 7
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 7
I mport ing/ export ing archives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8
Export ing an archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8
I mport ing an archive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8
Delet ing an archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8
Saving set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 9
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 9
Loading/ rest oring set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 10
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 10
3. Wet sect i on ...................................................................................... 3- 1
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2
Definit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2
Cont ent s of wet sect ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2
Wet sect ion diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3
Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3
Measuring processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4

Prior t o measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
Heat ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
Solut ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
Wast e removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
Pat ient samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5
Measuring process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5
Rinse process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 6
Calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
pO
2
calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl
calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
Oxi calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
Aut omat ic QC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8
Manual QC samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 9
4. El ect r oni cs ....................................................................................... 4- 1
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 2
Communicat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 2
Elect ronic boards and component s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
Sensor Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
I nlet posit ioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
User I nt erface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
Print er unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 4
Sample mixer ( for safePI CO only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 4
5. Sensor s and m easur i ng t echnol ogi es ............................................... 5- 1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 2
General const ruct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 2
Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 2
General measuring principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3
Act ivit y vs. concent rat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3
Conversion of act ivit y t o concent rat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3
Calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 4
Definit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
Calibrat ion solut ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
Traceabilit y of calibrat ion solut ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
The calibrat ion equat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Definit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Deriving t he calibrat ion line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Sensit ivit y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Definit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Updat ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Sensit ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
St at us. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8

Sample measurement s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8
Correct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8
Qualit y Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9
Syst em/ analysis checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9
Calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 12
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 12
Reference elect rode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 13
Background informat ion about t he reference elect rode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14
Fixed pot ent ial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14
Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14
Const ruct ion of t he reference elect rode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 15
Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 15
Part s and funct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 15
pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 16
Const ruct ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 17
Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 17
Part s and descript ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 17
Measuring principle of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18
Pot ent iomet ric measuring principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18
Elect rode chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18
Elect rode chain pot ent ial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18
Unknown pot ent ial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 19
I on- sensit ive membrane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 19
Nernst equat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 19
Act ivit y and concent rat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 19
Calibrat ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
2- point calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
Calibrat ion levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
Calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
Measurement pH and elect rolyt es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 21
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 21
Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 21
pCO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 22
Const ruct ion of t he pCO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 23
Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 23
Measuring principle of t he pCO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 24
Elect rode chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 24
Elect rode chain pot ent ial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 24
Measuring process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 25
Calibrat ion of t he pCO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 26
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 26
Calibrat ion levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 26
Sensit ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 26
Measurement pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 27
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 27
Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 27
pO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 28
Measuring principle of t he pO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 29
Opt ical syst em for pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 29

Measuring sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 29
Calculat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 29
Calibrat ion of t he pO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 30
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 30
Sensit ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 30
St at us. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 30
Measurement - pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 31
Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 31
Met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 32
Const ruct ion of t he met abolit e sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 33
Basic descript ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 33
Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 33
Zero current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 33
Calibrat ion of t he met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 34
Sensit ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 34
Measurement met abolit es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 35
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 35
Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 35
Measuring principle of t he met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 36
Amperomet ric measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 36
Elect rode chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 36
Part s and funct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 36
Measuring process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 37
ct Hb and derivat es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 38
General informat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 39
Measured paramet ers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 39
Const ruct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 39
Measurement cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 40
Lambert - Beer' s law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 40
Absorbance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 41
Tot al absorbance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 41
Cont inuous spect rum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 41
Spect rum examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 42
Det ermining concent rat ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 42
Mat rix of const ant s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 43
Calibrat ion of t he opt ical syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
Calibrat ion mat erials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
Cuvet t e pat h lengt h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
t Hb calibrat ion frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
Correct ing for int erferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
HbF versus HbA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Deviat ion of result s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Det ect ing HbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Correct ing for HbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Repressing spect ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Residual spect rum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 46
Measurement and correct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 47
Oximet ry paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 47
Bilirubin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 47
Rest rict ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 48
Correct ions for ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 49
Correct ions for ct Bil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 49
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 50
6. User - def i ned cor r ect i ons .................................................................. 6- 1

Purpose of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2
User- defined correct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2
Preparat ory act ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2
Ent ering user- defined correct ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3
Correct ion fact ors for pH and blood gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4
Correct ing slope and offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4
Correct ion fact ors for oximet ry paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
Allowed correct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
sO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
FCOHb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6
FMet Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6
FHbF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6
FO
2
Hb and FHHb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6
ct Bil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 7
Correct ion fact ors for elect rolyt e and met abolit e paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8
Correct ing slope and offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8
Reset t ing correct ions t o default values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8
7. Per f or m ance char act er i st i cs............................................................. 7- 1
Definit ion of t erms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3
Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3
Reference met hods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3
Coefficient of variat ion ( CV%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 5
Confidence int ervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 5
Repeat abilit y/ Reproducibilit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 5
Tot al analyt ical error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 5
Test condit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6
Performance t est result s chart descript ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 7
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 7
Number of measurement s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 7
Performance t est result s pH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Reference met hod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Bias
Sec.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Performance t est result s pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Bias
Prim.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Performance t est result s pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Bias
Prim.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Performance t est result s cK
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Bias
Sec.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Performance t est result s cNa
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Reference met hod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Bias
Prim.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Performance t est result s cCl
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Bias
Sec.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Performance t est result s cCa
2+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11

Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Bias
Sec.ref
and Repeat abilit y blood samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Performance t est result s cGlu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Bias
Prim.ref
Performance t est result s cLac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 12
Bias
Prim.ref
Performance t est result s ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 13
Bias
Prim.ref
Performance t est result s sO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 14
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 14
Bias
Sec.ref
Performance t est result s FO
2
Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 15
Bias
Sec.ref
Performance t est result s FCOHb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 15
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 15
Bias
Sec.ref
Performance t est result s FMet Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 16
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 16
Bias
Sec.ref
Performance t est result s FHHb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 17
Bias
Sec.ref
Performance t est result s FHbF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 17
Bias
Prim.ref
Performance t est result s bilirubin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 18
Bias
Prim.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 18
Bias
Sec.ref
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 18
Ext ernal t est result s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 18
I nt erference t est s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 20
pH/ blood gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 20
Elect rolyt es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 21
Met abolit es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 23
Oximet ry paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 25
FHbF sensit ivit y for pH changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 26
ct Bil sensit ivit y for MCHC variat ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 26
Ant icoagulant s ( sampling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 28
List of references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 29
8. Par am et er s ...................................................................................... 8- 1
The Deep Pict ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 2
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 3
Ranges and limit s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 4
Derived paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 4
Measured paramet ers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 5
Sample t ype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 5
Unit s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 5
Default values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 5

Measured paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6
pH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6
cH
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6
pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6
pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 7
Baro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 7
ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 7
sO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 8
FO
2
Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 8
FCOHb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 8
FMet Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 8
FHHb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 9
FHbF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 9
cK
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 9
cNa
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 9
cCa
2+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 9
cCl
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10
cGlu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10
cLac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10
ct Bil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10
I nput paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
Definit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
FO
2
( I ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
RQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
pO
2
( v
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
sO
2
( v
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 14
Q

t
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 14
V
O
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 14
VCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 14
FCOHb( 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 14
FCOHb( 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 14
Derived paramet ers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 15
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 15
Acid- base derived paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 15
Oximet ry derived paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 16
Oxygen derived paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 16
Unit s and numerical format of derived paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 19
Calculat ed versus est imat ed paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 19
Elect rolyt e paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 19
Possible ranges and precision ( number of decimals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 20
List of equat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
Unit s and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
pH( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
cH
+
( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
pCO
2
( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
cHCO
3
( P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
cBase( B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 24
cBase( B, ox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 24
cBase( Ecf) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 24
cBase( Ecf, ox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 24
cHCO
3
( P, st ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 24
ct CO
2
( P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 24
ct CO
2
( B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 25
pH( st ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 25
Hct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 25
pO
2
( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 25

pO
2
( A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 26
pO
2
( A, T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 26
pO
2
( a) / FO
2
( I ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 26
pO
2
( a, T) / FO
2
( I ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 27
p50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 27
p50( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 27
p50( st ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 28
pO
2
( A- a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 28
pO
2
( A- a, T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 28
pO
2
( a/ A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 28
pO
2
( a/ A, T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 28
( or p
x
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 29
ct O
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 29
ct O
2
( av
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 29
BO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 29
ct O
2
( x) ( or c
x
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 30
D
O
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 30
Q

t
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 30
V
O
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 30
FShunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 31
FShunt ( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 32
RI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 32
RI ( T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 32
Q
x
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 33
sO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 33
FO
2
Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 33
FHHb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
V( B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
Anion Gap, K
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
Anion Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
cCa
2+
( 7. 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
Eq. 46- 47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
mOsm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
FHbF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 34
pO
2
( x, T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 35
VCO
2
/ V( dry air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 36
VO
2
/ V( dry air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 36
Oxyhemoglobin dissociat ion curve ( ODC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 37
ODC equat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 37
The ODC reference posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 37
The ODC displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 38
The act ual ODC posit ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 39
Det ermining t he act ual displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 39
Coordinat es on t he ODC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 41
Conversion of unit s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
SI unit s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
Temperat ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCl
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
cCa
2+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
ct CO
2
, ct O
2
, ct O
2
( av
) , BO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
V
O
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
cGlu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 43
cLac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 43
ct Bil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 43
Default values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 44
Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 44
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 45

9. Sol ut i ons .......................................................................................... 9- 1
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
Solut ion pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
I n vit ro diagnost ic use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
Expirat ion dat e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
St orage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
Mat erial safet y Dat a Sheet s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
Solut ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3
Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3
Pouch volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3
Composit ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3
Cert ificat e of t raceabilit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 5
10. Messages ....................................................................................... 10- 1
List of analyzer messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 2
Messages on user and manager levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 2
I Appendi x - Qual i t y cont r ol ............................................................... I - 1
General informat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 2
St at ist ical paramet ers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 3
Cont rol ranges ( for manual QC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 4
About cont rol ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 4
Definit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 4
User cont rol ranges ( for manual QC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 6
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 6
Est ablishing analyzer- specific cont rol ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 6
Table 1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 7
St at ist ics fact or and st at ist ics range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 9
Definit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 9
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 9
Temperat ure correct ions ( for manual QC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 10
Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 10
Paramet ers t hat require t emperat ure correct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 10
Temperat ure correct ions for pH, pCO
2
and pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 11
West gard rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 12
About West gard rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 12
Plot lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 12
Rule 1
2s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 13
Rule 1
3s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 13
Rule 2
2s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 13
Rule R
4s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 14
4
1s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 14
Rule 10
x
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 14
Qualit y cont rol evaluat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 15
Evaluat ion procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 15
I I Appendi x - Tr aceabi l i t y t o t he pr i m ar y st andar ds at Radi om et er ... I I - 1
I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 2
Traceabilit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 3
pH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 3
pCO
2
and pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 3
cK
+
and cNa
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 3
cCa
2+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 4
cCl
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 4
cGlu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 4

cLac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 4
ct Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 4
Sat urat ion sO
2
= 100 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
Sat urat ion sO
2
= 0 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
FCOHb normal value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
FCOHb 100 %. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
FMet Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
FHbF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
Hct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 5
ct Bil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 6
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I - 7

I ndex
Dat e of i ssue

1- 1
1. Set up

Set up menu st ruct ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3
Analyzer securit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 4
Analysis set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 10
Syringe modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 10
Reference ranges and crit ical limit s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 12
Report able ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 15
Pat ient report set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 16
Sample pre- regist rat ion set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 20
Sample age evaluat ion set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 21
Calibrat ion schedule set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 22
Qualit y cont rol set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 23
Manual qualit y cont rol ( QC) solut ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 23
Qualit y cont rol schedule set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 24
QC ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 26
QC input set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 28
QC st at ist ics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 29
West gard Rules set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 30
RiLiBK ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 32
Replacement set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 35
Replacement schedule set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 35
User act ivit ies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 37
Maint enance planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 39
Replacement warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 40
Paramet ers and input set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 41
Paramet er set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 41
Unit s set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 43
User- defined pat ient dat a it ems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 44
User- defined not es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 46
Analyzer set t ings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 47
Analyzer ident ificat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 47
Time/ dat e set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 48
Acoust ic signal set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 49
Baromet er set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 50
Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 51
Communicat ions set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 52
RADI ANCE connect ion set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 52
LI S/ HI S connect ion set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 53
Aut omat ic dat a t ransmission set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 55
1. Set up ABL90 FLEX reference manual
1- 2
Aut omat ic dat a request set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 57
Pat ient lookup set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 58
QA Port al connect ion set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 59
Disk funct ions set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 60
Aut omat ic archiving set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 60
Aut omat ic backup set up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 62
Print ers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 63
Print er set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 63
Aut omat ic print ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 64
Correct ive act ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 65
Miscellaneous set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 67
Set up default set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 70
Print set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 78
Cont ent s of set up set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 79
I nt erfacing facilit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 82
Sample count er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 84

ABL90 FLEX reference manual 1. Set up
1- 3
Set up menu st r uct ur e

Menu
Ut i l i t i es
Set up
Anal ysi s set up
Syringe modes
Capillary modes
Pat ient report s
Reference ranges
Sample age evaluat ion
set up
Report able ranges

Cal i br at i on schedul e
Repl acement set up
Replacement schedule
User act ivit ies
Maint enance planning
Replacement warnings
QC set up
QC solut ions
QC schedule
QC ranges
QC input set up
QC st at ist ics
West gard Rules
RiLiBK ranges

Pr i nt anal y zer set up
Di sk f unct i ons set up
Aut omat ic archiving
Aut omat ic backup
Gener al set up
Par amet er s and i nput
Paramet ers
Unit s
User- defined dat a it ems
User- defined not es
Communi cat i ons
RADI ANCE connect ion
LI S/ HI S connect ion
Aut omat ic dat a
t ransmission
Aut omat ic dat a request
Pat ient lookup set up
QA Port al connect ion
Anal yzer set t i ngs
Analyzer I D
Time/ Dat e
Acoust ic signal
Baromet er
Language
Pr i nt er s
Print er set up
Aut omat ic print ing
Cor r ect i ve act i ons
Mi scel l aneous set up
Anal y zer secur i t y
General securit y
Operat ors and passwords
Access profiles
1- 4
Anal y zer secur i t y

The Analyzer securit y program allows you t o do t he following:
Set up t he general securit y ( set aut omat ic logoff t ime)
Add/ remove operat ors from t he operat or list
Assign and define access profiles ( assign an anonymous operat or, i. e. allow
t he use of t he analyzer wit hout a password, define access t o menus for each
access profile, Select configurat ion of six but t ons on t he main screen)

This program allows you t o hand over t he cont rol of t he operat ors and
passwords t o t he RADI ANCE syst em and t o allow an anonymous use of t he
analyzer and t o define t he logoff t ime of an operat or.
To ent er t his program, press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y zer Secur i t y
> Gener al Secur i t y .

To hand over t he cont rol of t he operat ors and passwords t o t he RADI ANCE
syst em, act ivat e t he check but t on next t o "Enable cent ralized User
Management ".
Wit h t his opt ion enabled you can only view t he operat ors, not add, edit or
remove any of t hem. All users defined on t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer are delet ed
and t he list of users in t he RADI ANCE syst em is copied t o t he ABL90 FLEX
analyzer.
NOTI CE: This opt ion can only be enabled if RADI ANCE communicat ion is
enabled in t he RADI ANCE Connect ion Set up program.
To define, how t he user should log on, use t he up/ down arrow but t ons in t he
"Aut hent icat e" box t o select t he desired logon opt ion. The following opt ions are
available:
User I D/ Password as primary
This opt ion allows you t o ent er or scan a User name and passwor d in t he
Logon screen. By pressing t he Log On BC but t on a Logon- bar code can be
scanned.
User I D/ Password only
This opt ion allows you t o ent er or scan t he user name and password in t he
Logon screen.
Logon- barcode as primary
This opt ion allows you t o ent er or scan a Logon- bar code in t he Logon screen.
By pressing t he Ex t ended Log On but t on a user name and password can be
scanned.
Pr ogr ams
Gener al
secur i t y
1- 5
Logon- barcode only
This opt ion allows you t o ent er or scan a Logon- bar code in t he Logon screen.
To allow an anonymous use of t he analyzer, i. e. use wit hout logon, use t he
up/ down arrow but t ons t o select "Yes" in t he "Anonymous use" box ( default )
and select t he desired access profile of t he anonymous operat or, in t he "Access
profile for anonymous operat or" box. The "Access pr ofile for anonymous
operat or" box only appears, when "Yes" is chosen in t he "Anonymous use" box.
See Access profiles furt her in t his sect ion for informat ion on how t o define t he
access profiles.
To set t he t ime int erval t o elapse, before an operat or is aut omat ically logged off,
press t he Logof f t i me but t on. Select t he logoff t ime in minut es ( from 0 t o 60)
and seconds ( from 0 t o 50 in 10- second int ervals) . The default logoff t ime is
t hree minut es. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Gener al Secur i t y screen.

This program allows you t o add, edit or remove oper at ors and t o assign an
access profile t o each oper at or.
NOTI CE: I f t he Cent ralized User Management opt ion is enabled in t he General
Securit y screen, you cannot add, remove or edit t he operat ors, but only view
t he access pr ofiles of t he individual operat ors.
To ent er t he Operat ors and Passwords program, press Menu > Ut i l i t i es >
Set up > Anal y zer Secur i t y > Oper at or s and Passw or ds.

When t he analyzer is t aken int o use, t he following default operat ors are
available:

Oper at or Has access t o
Manager All menu it ems and programs ( not service programs) . I t
is recommended t o remove t his operat or wit h t he
st andard password: 123456, and ent er t he act ual users
wit h t heir profiles and passwords.
Radiomet er All menu it ems and progr ams ( user and service) on t he
analyzer. Not e t hat "Radiomet er" cannot be removed
from t he operat or list .
Remot e oper at or All menu it ems and progr ams ( user and service) on t he
analyzer, if t his is given t o t he Remot e operat or.

Oper at or s and
passw or ds
Shows the list of
actual operators
Shows the list of
available operator
profiles
1- 6
To add an operat or t o t he list , do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Press t he Add Oper at or but t on t o display t he Add New Oper at or
screen.

2. Type t he name of t he operat or or operat or cat egor y in t he "Operat or
I D" box, using t he screen keyboard.
3. Ent er or scan t he password: in t he "Password" box.
The passwor d must be at least four charact ers long, and not more
t han 32.
4. Re- ent er or r e- scan t he password in t he "Confirm" box.
5. Ent er or scan t he logon barcode in t he "Logon barcode: " box
The passwor d must be at least four charact ers long. The logon
barcode and t he password can be ident ical.
6. Re- ent er or r e- scan t he logon barcode in t he "Confirm" box.
7. Press Back .
I f t he password is not accept ed, t he Add New Oper at or screen
remains open and a message, t elling you what was wrong, appears.
I f t he password is accept ed, t he Oper at or s and Passw or ds screen
is displayed.
8. I n t he Oper at or s and Passw or ds screen, select t he desired access
profile of t he new operat or .

1- 7
To edit t he operat or ident ificat ions of an operat or, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Press t he Edi t Oper at or but t on t o display t he Add New Oper at or
screen.

2. Touch and highlight t he box t o be changed. Ent er t he change. I f you
change t he passwords, confirm t hem again.
The passwor d must be at least four charact ers long. The logon
barcode and t he password can be ident ical.
3. Press Back .
I f t he password is not accept ed, t he Add New Oper at or screen
remains open and a message, t elling you what was wrong, appears.
I f t he password is accept ed, t he Oper at or s and Passw or ds screen
is displayed.
4. I n t he Oper at or s and Passw or ds screen, select t he desired access
profile of t he new operat or .

To remove an operat or from t he list , use t he up/ down arrow but t ons in t he
"Operat or" box t o highlight t he operat or and press Remove Oper at or .

NOTI CE: I f t he Cent ralized User Management opt ion is enabled in t he General
Securit y screen you cannot add, remove or edit t he operat ors, but only view t he
access profiles of t he individual operat ors.

1- 8
This program allows you t o define t he permit t ed act ions, t he available menu
it ems and but t on short cut s of an access profile.
To ent er t his program, press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y zer
Secur i t y > Access Pr of i l es.

To define t he permit t ed act ions of an access profile, select t he desired profile in
t he "Profile names" box and act ivat e t he desired check but t ons in t he "Permit t ed
act ions" box.
To deact ivat e an act ion, press t he check but t ons once again.
To define t he available menu it ems and but t on short cut s of an access profile do
t he following:

St ep Act i on
1. I n t he Access Pr of i l es screen highlight t he desired access profile in
t he "Profile names" box and press Menus and But t ons.
Not e t hat t his but t on is grayed- out for t he service t echnician profile.
2. Select t he desired menu it ems in t he "Menu I t ems in Quick Menu"
box.

A grayed- out it em in t he Menu & But t on Conf i gur at i on screen
indicat es t hat only some sub it ems were select ed in t his group. Clear
checked it ems indicat e t hat all sub it ems have been select ed.

Access pr of i l es
Selected profile
is named on t he
screen.
1- 9
The but t ons allows you t o do t he following:

Highlight menu it ems

Open/ close submenus

Select / deselect a menu it em.
3. To creat e a but t on short cut for a specific it em, highlight t he desired
it em in t he "Menu I t ems in Quick Menu" box and t hen, in t he "But t on
configurat ion" box, press t he but t on posit ion t hat you wish t o give t he
select ed it em.

4. Select ot her five but t ons in t he same manner, if desired.
5. To deselect a but t on, press it once again.
6. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Access Pr of i l es screen.

Enabling t he My Result s opt ion will give t he operat or an easy access t o all
Pat ient Result s made by t hat operat or, by displaying t he Pat ient Result Log,
filt ered on t he operat or name.

1- 10
Anal y si s set up
Press Menu> Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y si s set up and act ivat e a but t on t o
ent er a progr am.
The following programs ar e available:
Syringe mode
Capillary mode
Pat ient repor t s
Reference ranges
Sample age evaluat ion set up
Report able ranges
Sample pre- regist rat ion

Sy r i nge/ capi l l ar y modes
The Sy r i nge modes set up screen is shown below:

The Capi l l ar y modes set up screen is shown below:

Pr ogr am
1- 11

St ep Act i on
1. Select an unoccupied but t on in t he "Select but t on t o set up" field on
t he Sy r i nge modes set up or Capi l l ar y modes set up screen.
2. Enable t he but t on by act ivat ing t he "But t on is enabled" check
but t on.
3. Select t he desired measuring program wit h t he arrow but t ons and
select t he desired paramet er profile ( see Select ing a paramet er
profile below) .

St ep Act i on
1. Press Par amet er s on t he Sy r i nge modes set up or Capi l l ar y
modes set up screen.
2. Select paramet ers for a given measuring mode by act ivat ing a
paramet er check but t on ( see Screen element s in sect ion Soft ware,
chapt er 2 in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual) .
3. Act ivat e t he check but t on in t he "Use dynamic paramet ers" box t o
select paramet ers during a sample measurement .

A paramet er is disabled, i. e. excluded from t he Par amet er pr of i l e screen and
t he paramet er bar, in Gener al set up > Par amet er s and i nput .
A paramet er t hat has been deselect ed for t he given syringe or capillary mode
will be measured, but excluded from t he displayed and print ed pat ient report .
You can furt her select or deselect a par amet er befor e or aft er a measurement
see chapt er 4: Sample measurement in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual.

St ep Act i on
1. Press Edi t on t he Sy r i nge modes set up or Capi l l ar y modes
set up screen.
2. Ent er t he new name on t he keyboard and confirm t he ent ry wit h
Ent er .
The screen r et urns t o t he Syr i nge modes set up or Capi l l ar y
modes set up screen.

Set t i ng up a
new measur i ng
mode
Sel ect i ng a
par amet er
pr of i l e
Di sabl ed
ver sus
desel ect ed
par amet er
Edi t i ng name
of but t on
1- 12

St ep Act i on
1. Press Lay out on one of t he Modes set up screens.
2. Select t he layout from t he list ( made in t he Pat ient report set up
see Pat ient report set up furt her in t his sect ion) .
The select ed layout will be t he default layout for t he given
measuring mode.
3. Press Back t o confirm t he set t ings.

Ref er ence r anges and cr i t i cal l i mi t s
I n t his program you can ent er your own reference r anges and crit ical limit s for
all measured and calculat ed paramet ers. For each paramet er, you can choose
whet her or not t o different iat e bet ween t he cat egor ies of sample t ype, sex and
age group.

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a paramet er in t he "Paramet er" box, using t he up/ down
arrows.
2. Press t he check but t on in t he "Sample t ype" box and select a
sample t ype, using t he up/ down arrows in t he box.

NOTI CE: Press t he check but t on t o act ivat e a funct ion; press t he check but t on
again t o deact ivat e it .

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a paramet er.
2. Press t he check but t on in t he "Sex" box and select sex t ype, using
t he up/ down arrows in t he box.

Sel ect i ng a
def aul t l ay out
Sel ect i ng
sampl e t y pe
Sel ect i ng sex
1- 13

St ep Act i on
1. Press t he Age gr oups but t on on t he Ref er ence r anges and
cr i t i cal l i mi t s screen.
2. Use t he following t o set / change t he age groups:
Left / right arr ows t o choose t he age group limit you want t o
change ( indicat ed by a blue circle wit h a whit e cross)
Up/ down arrows t o scroll t hrough t he list of possible age limit s. As
t he list is scrolled, t he t ext on t he age- group bar changes
accordingly.
3. Repeat st ep 2 for each limit t o be changed.
4. Press Back when complet ed t o ret urn t o t he Ref er ence r anges
and cr i t i cal l i mi t s screen.
5. Act ivat e t he Age gr oup check but t on in t he Ref er ence r anges
and cr i t i cal l i mi t s screen and select t he desired age group.

Set t i ng age
gr oup l i mi t s
0 days- 1 mont h,
1- 5 mont hs,
5- 8 mont hs,
> 8 mont hs"
1- 14

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a paramet er on t he Ref er ence r anges and cr i t i cal
l i mi t s screen, using t he up/ down arrows.
2. Ent er sample t ype, sex and age group, if required.
3. Press Edi t t o edit ent ries for a highlight ed paramet er .

4. I f any ent ries are present and you cannot use any of t hem, press
Cl ear l i mi t s.
Then ent er new crit ical and reference limit s, using t he keypad and
confirming each ent ry wit h Ent er .
5. To change a value, t ouch and highlight it . Then ent er t he limit and
confirm wit h Ent er .
6. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Ref er ence r anges and cr i t i cal l i mi t s
screen.
7. Highlight a paramet er in t he "Paramet er list " box t o view t he limit s
on t he Ref er ence r anges and cr i t i cal l i mi t s screen.
Set t i ng
r ef er ence and
cr i t i cal l i mi t s
f or each
par amet er
1- 15
Repor t abl e r anges

St ep Act i on
1. Scroll t o t he desired paramet er, using t he up/ down arrows or t he
scroll bar.
2. Key in t he desired lower limit and confirm wit h Ent er on t he
keypad.
3. Key in t he upper limit and confirm wit h Ent er on t he keypad.
4. To change t he report able range t o t he default ( primary) set t ing,
highlight t he desired paramet er and pr ess Set def aul t .
5. To change all paramet ers t o t he default values, press Set al l
def aul t .
Press Cont i nue t o change t he report able ranges of all paramet ers
t o t he default ones.
Press Cancel t o keep t he user- defined report able ranges and ret urn
t o t he previous screen.
6. Press Cl ose t o exit and confirm t he select ed set t ings.

NOTI CES: A report able range must be smaller t han or equal t o t he range
of indicat ion
Measured paramet ers show t he report able ranges. Derived
paramet ers show ".. . .. "
See also Calibrat ion verificat ion, chapt er 6 in t he ABL90 FLEX
operat or' s manual.

1- 16
Pat i ent r epor t set up
I n t his program you can creat e a number of new layout s for pat ient report s or
modify t he exist ing ones.
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y si s set up > Pat i ent r epor t s t o
access t he pr ogram.

St ep Act i on
1. Press New t o make a new layout ( marked "New") or Copy t o make
a copy of a highlight ed layout .
2. Press t he Key boar d but t on next t o t he "Name" box, t ype in a new
name for your layout and confirm wit h Ent er t o ret urn t o t he
Pat i ent r epor t set up screen.
3. Enforce, if desired, t he Radiomet er default set t ings on t he
highlight ed layout by pressing - R- def aul t . This will give you a
st art ing point for designing your own layout .
4. Edit your layout as described in Edit ing a layout furt her in t his
sect ion.
5. I f desired, make t he highlight ed layout a default for your analyzer
by pressing Mak e def aul t . I t will be marked wit h ( ) in t he list of
layout s.
6. Make a t est print out , if desired, of t he highlight ed layout ( pat ient I D
it ems and select ed paramet er groups wit h t he paramet ers/ unit s for
each paramet er group) by pressing Pr evi ew . This t est print will be
labeled " Preview" .
7. To delet e a highlight ed layout , press Del et e.
Not e t hat t he Radiomet er default layout cannot be delet ed. The
but t on is disabled if only t he Radiomet er default layout is available.

Pr ogr am
Cr eat i ng a
l ay out
1- 17

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a layout in t he list by t ouching it on t he screen.
2. Press Edi t pat i ent I D l ay out t o edit t he pat ient I D it ems or press
Edi t pat i ent r esul t s l ay out t o edit t he paramet er groups see t he
descript ion furt her in t his sect ion.
3. Act ivat e Pr i nt Aci d- Base char t if an aut omat ic print out of t he
Acid- Base chart for t his layout is desired.

Edit ing a pat ient I D for a select ed pat ient report layout :
St ep Act i on
1. Add a highlight ed it em in t he "Available it ems" box t o t he list of
select ed it ems by pressing t he but t on
Or
Remove a highlight ed it em from t he "Select ed it ems" box by
pressing t he but t on
2. Press Set as mandat or y t o make a highlight ed it em in t he list of
select ed it ems mandat ory. The it em will be indicat ed by a on
t he Pat i ent I D screen and must be ent ered during a measurement
before a pat ient result can be viewed.
3. To remove t he mandat ory mark, highlight t he it em in t he "Select ed
it ems" box and press Set as mandat or y again.

NOTI CES: To use t he Pat ient lookup funct ion, Depart ment ( Pat . ) should
be select ed for t he Pat i ent i dent i f i cat i on screen.
To use t he Request funct ion, Accession number and/ or Pat ient
I D should be select ed for t he Pat i ent i dent i f i cat i on screen.

Edi t i ng a l ay out
Pat i ent I D
l ay out
Select ed pat ient
report layout
1- 18

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired it em in t he "Select ed it ems" box wit h t he
arrow but t ons.
2. Set t he default :
I f t he it em has a value, press Key boar d, ent er t he value and
press Ent er on t he keyboard t o confirm
I f t he it em has a list of opt ions, press Li st , highlight t he opt ion
using t he arrow but t ons and press Ent er t o confirm
3. Set or change ot her default values in a similar manner.

NOTI CE: I t is not possible t o set default values for all it ems
The values can be changed on a result - by- result basis on t he
Pat i ent i dent i f i cat i on screen
An it em placed in t he "Select ed it ems" list does not appear in
t he " Available it ems" list
Def aul t val ues
Changes t o
Li st
1- 19

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a pat ient report layout on t he Pat i ent r epor t set up
screen and press Edi t pat i ent r esul t s l ay out .
2. Add a highlight ed it em in t he "Available it ems" box t o t he list of
select ed it ems by pressing t he but t on
Or
Remove a highlight ed it em from t he "Select ed it ems" box by
pressing t he but t on
3. Select paramet ers for t his paramet er gr oup by highlight ing t hem
one by one and pressing .
( To exclude an it em from t he select ed paramet er list , highlight it
and press . )
4. Select anot her paramet er group along wit h paramet ers for t his
group in t he same manner.
5. Use layout commands:
< New group> ( it ems following t his command are placed at t he
t op of t he next half of t he screen)
< New Line> ( a line is insert ed bet ween it ems)
< New Page> ( it ems following t his command appear on next
screen page) as desired
and press .

To show t he range of a select ed it em, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired it em in t he "Select ed it ems" box.
2. Press Show r anges t o indicat e it by "[ xxx- xxx] ".
3. Repeat for ot her it ems in t he same mat t er.
Refer t o chapt er 8: Paramet ers in t his manual, for informat ion on paramet ers
and t heir groups.
Edi t i ng pat i ent
r esul t l ay out
1- 20
Sampl e pr e- r egi st r at i on set up
This program allows you t o select int erpret at ion of t he barcode and t he pat ient
dat a t hat can be confirmed before and during a sample measurement .
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y si s set up > Sampl e pr e-
r egi st r at i on t o access t he program.

To select t he set t ings, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Use t he up/ down arrow but t ons t o select t he int erpret at ion of t he
barcode set t ing in t he "I nt erpret barcode input as" box.
Choose one of t he following:
Pat ient I D
Accession Number
Sampler I D.
Not e t hat choosing t he Accession Number or Sampler I D will gray
out it s check but t on ( Sampler I D on t he screen above) .
2. Select t he barcode ent ry.
3. Act ivat e t he relevant check but t ons in t he" I ncluded fields" box:
Accession no. , Pat ient first name, Pat ient last name, Birt h dat e,
Pat ient Sex.
4. Press Cl ose t o confirm t he set t ings and ret urn t o t he main screen.

1- 21
Sampl e age ev al uat i on set up
This program allows you t o set up a maximum sample age for t he individual
paramet ers t o enable an aut omat ical sample age evaluat ion.
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y si s set up > Sampl e age eval uat i on
set up.
To enable t he sample age evaluat ion of t he individual paramet ers, do t he
following:

St ep Act i on
1. Press t he check but t on in t he "Enable sample age evaluat ion" box.
2. Select t he maximum sample age in minut es for pH, using t he arrow
but t ons.
3. To enable t he same number of minut es for all paramet ers, press t he
check but t on next t o "Same rule for all t he paramet ers".
4. Press Cl ose t o ret urn t o t he main screen.

To edit t he maximum sample age, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. I n t he Paramet er/ Aging t imet able select t he desired paramet er.
2. I n t he "Maximum sample age in minut es" box select t he desired
number of minut es, using t he arrow but t ons.

1- 22
Cal i br at i on schedul e set up
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Cal i br at i on schedul e t o access t he
Calibrat ion schedule set up program.
I n t he program you can do t he following:
Set t he t ime for t he first calibrat ion each day. This is only an opt ion, and if t he
t ime is not set , t he first calibrat ion will by default st art at 00: 00 ( 12
midnight ) .
Set t he t ime for t Hb calibrat ions
For more det ailed informat ion on calibrat ion, see chapt er 6: Calibrat ion in t he
ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual.

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired calibrat ion on t he screen and press Edi t .
NOTI CE: The Edi t but t on is not available for Built - in QC.
2. Use t he arrow but t ons t o select st art t ime for calibrat ions and t he
int erval bet ween each calibrat ion.
As illust rat ed above, it is possible t o link t he QC schedule t o t he calibrat ion
schedule and in t his way minimize t he number of act ivit ies and ensure t he most
opt imum ut ilizat ion of t he solut ion pack.
When t he QC schedule is linked t o t he calibrat ion schedule, t he built - in QC will
by default run at t he following t imes: 04: 00, 12: 00 and 20: 00 ( 04 am, 12
midday, 8 pm) . I f, however, calibrat ion is set t o st art at a different t ime t han
00: 00 ( e. g. 00: 30) , t he built - in QC will run correspondingly lat er.
I f t he QC schedule is not linked t o t he calibrat ion schedule, you will have t o set
t he QC schedule yourself see furt her in t his chapt er.
I f t he QC schedule is not linked t o t he calibrat ion schedule, a rinse will be run at
t he predefined t imes inst ead.

Opt i on I nt er val
t Hb calibrat ion Never, 7 days, 1 mont h, 2, 3, 4 or 6 mont hs.
St art t ime 00: 00, 00: 15, 00: 30, 00: 45. . 23: 45 or
12 midnight , 12: 15 am, 12: 30 am, 12: 45 am. 12
midday, 12: 15 pm. . 11: 45 pm.
Pr ogr am
Edi t i ng t he
set t i ngs
Avai l abl e
cal i br at i on
schedul e
opt i ons
24- hour scale shows t he t ime for
each scheduled built - in
calibrat ion, t Hb calibrat ion, built -
in QC and r inse.
1- 23
Qual i t y cont r ol set up
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > QC t o access t he Qualit y cont rol solut ions
set up and act ivat e a but t on t o ent er a program.
QC solut ions
QC schedule
QC ranges
QC input set up
QC st at ist ics
West gar d Rules
RiLiBK ranges
Built - in QC solut ion is set up t oget her wit h t he Calibrat ion schedule ( see earlier
in t his chapt er)

Manual qual i t y cont r ol ( QC) sol ut i ons
I n t his program you can assign or change a QC solut ion t o a specific slot
manual QC measurement s only.
Built - in QC result s are assigned t o t he slot s A, B and C.

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a slot , using t he arrow but t ons.
2. Solut ions from Radiomet er ( t he QUALI CHECK5+ cont rol solut ion) :
scan t he barcode or press Key boar d t o ent er t he barcode
informat ion ( see Barcode reader in sect ion Hardware, chapt er 2:
What is what in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual)
Non- Radiomet er cont rol solut ions: press Add Non- R- .
3. To delet e a cont rol solut ion, highlight t he desired slot and press
Del et e t o cancel t he operat ion.
A warning t hat t his will irreversibly delet e all st at ist ical dat a relat ed
t o t he select ed slot appears. Press Del et e t o delet e t he cont rol
solut ion.
Pr ogr am
1- 24

CAUTI ON Changi ng QC
Changing a QC assigned t o a slot will delet e all current QC st at ist ics
obt ained on t hat slot . I f you want a copy of t he st at ist ics for t he last
QC mont h, creat e a WDC Report disk see chapt er 2: Disk funct ions
set up progr ams.

Qual i t y cont r ol schedul e set up
I n t his program you schedule QC measurement s, bot h built - in and manual, for
your analyzer for all days of t he week.

Navi gat i on:
and
Use t o select t ime during a day.
and
Use t o display ot her weekdays.

Sy mbol s f or manual and bui l t - i n QC:

Measurement ( s) on t he manual QC.

Measurement ( s) on t he built - in QC performed aut omat ically.

1- 25
Addi ng a new QC sol ut i on t o a schedul e:

St ep Act i on
1. Select t he desired t ime and press Add t o display t he screen above.
2. Touch t he "QC slot " box t o act ivat e it , if not already act ivat ed.
Select t he desired slot / qualit y cont rol solut ion, using t he up/ down
arrows in t he box. Confirm wit h Sel ect .
Built - in QC result s are assigned t o t he slot s A, B and C.
3. Highlight t he "Week days" box using Fi el d dow n and act ivat e t he
relevant check but t ons t o select t he days of t he week on which t his
measurement should be performed.
4. Highlight t he "St art t ime" box, using Fi el d up, and key in t he t ime
t o perform a measurement and confirm wit h Ent er on t he keypad.

5. Highlight t he "Repeat " box and select t he int erval wit h which t he
measurement should be repeat ed, using t he up/ down arrows in t he
box.
The QC schedule reminder "Lock analyzer when QC overdue"
( select ed in Correct ive act ions see furt her in t his chapt er) will
work on t he basis of t he set t ing select ed in t his box.
The symbols for t he built - in or manual qualit y cont rol will
aut omat ically appear in t he schedule.
6. Press OK t o ret urn t o t he Qual i t y cont r ol schedul e set up screen.

1- 26
Edi t i ng t he QC schedul e:
Press Edi t and follow t he procedur e above.

Del et i ng i t ems f r om t he QC schedul e:
St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired it em ( i. e. QC measurement ) and press
Del et e.
2. Press Event f or t hi s day , Event f or al l day s or Al l ent r i es f or
QC sl ot t o remove t he QC measurement from t he schedule.
When changes have been made t o t he QC schedule t he Please
confirm screen appears when leaving t he Qualit y cont rol schedule
set up screen.

By default t he analyzer is set up t o run Built - in QCs aft er replacement and
st art up. To deact ivat e t his funct ion deact ivat e t he check but t on next t o t he "Run
Built - in QCs aft er replacement and st art up".

QC r anges
I n t his program you can do t he following:
Globally updat e all cont rol ranges of a slot t o a calculat ed lot - t o- dat e range
I ndividually edit paramet er cont rol ranges by ent ering your own ranges or
updat ing t o a calculat ed lot - t o- dat e range
Define a minimum allowed cont rol range by ent ering a Fixed SD ( st andard
deviat ion)
For Built - in QC t he Edi t and Updat e al l but t ons are grayed- out .

1- 27

St ep Act i on
1. Press Nex t sl ot t o display t he desired slot and t hen press Edi t .

2. Select t he paramet er t o be edit ed, using Nex t par am. or Pr ev
par am.
3. Press Updat e t o change t he range t o t he one shown in t he "Lot t o
Dat e range ( 2 SD) " box ( if available) .
4. Press t he check but t on t o act ivat e or deact ivat e t he Fixed SD ( i. e. a
minimum allowed cont rol range is defined by set t ing a Fixed SD) .
To change t he SD value, t ouch t he "SD" field t o highlight it and
ent er t he value, using t he keypad. Confirm t he ent ry wit h Ent er .
5. Highlight t he limit by t ouching it on t he screen and ent er your own
value( s) , using t he keypad. Confirm wit h Ent er .
6. Repeat t he procedure for ot her paramet ers in t he same manner.

NOTI CES: See I Appendix - Qualit y cont rol in t his manual for det ailed
informat ion on st at ist ics and it s paramet ers
"Lot - t o- dat e range ( 2 SD) " is t he range calculat ed over t he
course of t he lot , represent ed mat hemat ically by t he mean
value 2 SD; t his is t he range wit hin which 95 % of t he
measurement s are found.

1- 28
Updat i ng cont r ol r anges f or al l par amet er s of t he di spl ay ed l evel :

St ep Act i on
1. Display t he desired slot , using Nex t sl ot .
2. Press Updat e al l .
3. Press Cont i nue t o updat e t he cont rol ranges for all paramet ers
under t he specified slot , or press Cancel t o cancel updat ing.

NOTI CE: Once t he Fixed SD has been act ivat ed, you cannot updat e t he cont r ol
ranges t o limit s t hat are narrower t han t hose det er mined by t he Fixed SD, for
bot h single- paramet er and mult iple- paramet er updat es.

QC i nput set up
I n t his program you can select t he following for t he Qual i t y cont r ol
i dent i f i cat i on screen during a manual QC measurement :
Mandat ory t emperat ure ent ry by t he operat or
The default t emperat ur e always displayed ( unless changed by t he operat or)

1- 29

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he Mandat or y t emper at ur e check but t on
2. Or highlight t he default t emperat ure in t he "Default t emperat ur e"
box, ent er a default t emperat ure on t he keypad and confirm wit h
Ent er .

NOTI CES:
A will appear next t o an empt y t emperat ure box on t he
Qual i t y cont r ol i dent i f i cat i on screen during each QC
measurement ; ot herwise t he result cannot be ret rieved.
The value in C or F is aut omat ically ent ered on t he Qual i t y
cont r ol i dent i f i cat i on screen during measurement . The
t emperat ur e can be changed for a part icular measurement but
will ret urn t o t he default set t ing for fut ure measurement s.

QC st at i st i cs
I n t his program you can select t he following:
The st at ist ics fact or
Aut omat ic print ing of QC st at ist ics when t he lot changes

St ep Act i on
1. Key in t he desired st at ist ics fact or ( from 1. 0 t o 9. 9) on t he keypad
and confirm wit h Ent er . The default value is 1. 5.
2. Act ivat e t he check but t on in t he Built - in QC field t o aut omat ically
make a print out of t he QC st at ist ics if t he lot is changed.
3. Press Cl ose t o exit .

NOTI CE: St at ist ics fact or expands t he cont rol range t o t he st at ist ics range ( it is
t he range wit hin which QC result s must fall in order t o be included in t he QC
st at ist ics) .

1- 30
West gar d Rul es set up
I n t his program you can select West gard Rules for all slot s or for specific
paramet ers.

St ep Act i on
1. Select t he desired slot , using Nex t sl ot .
2. Press On/ Of f t o act ivat e t he assigned West gar d Rules for t he slot
or press t his but t on again t o deact ivat e t hem.

NOTI CE: The West gard Rules are a set of st at ist ical rules. When applied t o t he
QC result s, t hey can increase t he probabilit y of det ect ing an error in t he
sampling procedure or in t he analyzer it self, or t hey can help det ect a shift or
t rend in your QC result s by comparing current measurement values of a QC
solut ion wit h previous values.
1- 31
Act i vat i ng West gar d Rul es f or a speci f i c par amet er :

St ep Act i on
1. Display t he desired slot , using Nex t sl ot and press Edi t .
2. Display t he desired paramet er using Nex t par am or Pr ev par am.
3. Act ivat e t he desired West gard Rule( s) by pressing t he
corresponding check but t on.
( All fut ure qualit y cont rol dat a for t he given slot / paramet er will be
evaluat ed according t o t he select ed West gar d Rule( s) . )
4. Select West gard Rules for ot her paramet ers or levels in t he same
manner.
5. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he West gar d Rul es set up screen.

Sel ect i ng/ desel ect i ng al l West gar d Rul es:

St ep Act i on
1. Display t he desired slot , using Nex t sl ot .
1- 32
2. Press Sel ect Al l or Desel ect al l and verify t he informat ion on t he
screen.
Press Cont i nue. Changes are made and shown in t he West gar d
Rules Set up.
Press Cancel . No changes are made.

NOTI CES: When a QC measurement violat es an applied West gard Rule,
a W is added t o t he paramet er in t he result . For
int erpret at ion/ evaluat ion of t he result s wit h respect t o
West gar d Rules, see I Appendix - Qualit y cont rol in t his
manual.
Use On/ Of f t o rest ore t he previous set t ings.

West gard JO, Barry PLL. Cost effect ive qualit y cont rol: managing t he qualit y and
product ivit y of analyt ical processes. Washingt on: AACC Pr ess, 1992.

Ri Li BK r anges
The RiLiBK ranges progr am allows you t o define a set of rules t o cont rol t he
maximum deviat ion of any paramet er from t he assigned t ar get value.
The assigned t arget values are given on t he QC insert .
I t is possible t o define more t han one rule for t he individual paramet ers.
To act ivat e or deact ivat e t he RiLiBK rules, do t he following:

St ep Act i on
1. Press t he On/ Of f but t on t o act ivat e/ deact ivat e t he assigned
RiLiBK rules.

Ref er ence

1- 33
To add a new RiLiBK rule, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Press t he Add but t on t o display t he screen below:

2. Select t he desired paramet er from t he paramet er list shown in t he
right side of t he screen.
3.
Press unt il t he first "Lower Limit " box is highlight ed and ent er
t he desired lower limit .
4. Highlight t he next box and select "< " or "< = ".
5. Highlight t he first "Upper Limit " box and select "< " or "< = ".
6. Highlight t he next "Upper Limit " box and ent er t he desired lower
limit .
7. To select t he desired + / - range, press t he desired radio but t on.
8. Ent er t he desired + / - range in t he "Ranges" box.
9. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Ri Li BK r anges screen. The added
RiLiBK rule is now shown in t he screen.

1- 34
To edit a RiLiBK rule, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Select t he desired rule in t he Ri Li BK r anges screen and press
Edi t t o display t he screen below:

2.
Use or t o j ump bet ween t he input boxes and edit t he
desired values.
3. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Ri Li BK r anges screen.

To remove a RiliBK rule, do t he following:
St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired rule in t he Ri Li BK r anges screen and press
Del et e.

NOTI CE: When a QC measurement violat es an applied RiLiBK rule, a red R is
shown in front of t he paramet er name in t he result .
1- 35
Repl acement set up
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Repl acement set up t o access t he
Replacement set up and act ivat e a but t on t o ent er a program.
User act ivit ies
Maint enance planning
Replacement warning

Repl acement schedul e set up
I n t his program you can schedule rout ine replacement s along wit h t he current
scheduled dat e and int erval for replacement . The set t ings select ed here are t hen
used in Replacement on t he Anal y zer st at us screen.

Pr ogr am
1- 36

St ep Act i on
Highlight t he replacement act ion t o be scheduled and press Edi t . 1.

2.
Change t he int erval for t he select ed replacement act ion ( displayed
in t he "Act ion" box) , using t he up/ down arrows ( see Recommended
replacement int ervals below) .
The replacement schedule reminder "Lock analyzer when 10 %
overdue" ( select ed in Correct ive act ions see furt her in t his
chapt er) will work on t he basis of t he set t ing select ed in t he
"Act ion" box.
3. Touch t o highlight t he "Next dat e" box and change t he dat e, using
t he screen keypad. Confirm wit h Ent er .
4. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Repl acement schedul e set up screen.
5. Repeat st eps 1- 4 for each replacement act ion t o be scheduled.

Act i on I nt er val
Replacing solut ion pack When t he number of available act ivit ies has
reached zero or aft er max. 30 days in t he
inst rument
Replacing sensor casset t e When t he number of available t est s has
reached zero or aft er max. 30 days in t he
inst rument
Replacing inlet gasket Every 3 mont hs

NOTI CE: The replacement int ervals are guidelines only and based on t he
average use of t he analyzer ( 10 samples per day) ; under no circumst ances do
t hey guarant ee t he lifet ime of t he replacement it ems. For analyzers wit h high
t hroughput , t he replacement int ervals should be adj ust ed accor dingly in t he
Replacement schedule.
I t is possible t o set t he t ime for a warning t o appear before a replacement see
Replacement warnings lat er in t his sect ion.

Recommended
r epl acement
i nt er val s
1- 37
User act i vi t i es
I n t his program you can formulat e and schedule your own act ivit ies ( e. g.
cleaning analyzer, replacing print er paper, et c. ) along wit h t he current
scheduled dat e and int erval. The set t ings select ed here are t hen used in t he
Replacement st at us.

St ep Act i on
1.
Press Add t o display t he Edi t user act i vi t i es schedul e screen.
2.
Press t he Key boar d but t on and t ype a new act ivit y. Confirm wit h
t he Ent er but t on on t he keyboard.
3.
Select t he int erval, using t he up/ down arrows in t he " I nt erval" box.
4.
Type in t he "Next dat e", using t he screen keypad. Confirm wit h
Ent er .
5.
Press Back t o ret urn t o t he User act i v i t i es screen and repeat
st eps 1- 4 for each act ivit y t o be scheduled.

Addi ng a user
act i vi t y
1- 38

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired user act ivit y on t he User act i v i t i es screen
and press Edi t .
2. Press t he Key boar d but t on t o edit t he t ext . Confirm t he t ext wit h
Ent er .
Change, if desired, t he int erval or next dat e ( confirm t he dat e wit h
Ent er ) .
3. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he User act i v i t i es screen and edit ot her
user act ivit ies in t he same manner.

St ep Act i on
1. On t he User act i vi t i es screen, highlight t he act ion t o be delet ed
and press Del et e.
2. Press Cont i nue t o delet e t he act ivit y or press Cancel t o ret urn t o
t he User act i vi t i es screen.

Edi t i ng a user
act i vi t y
Del et i ng a user
act i vi t y
1- 39
Mai nt enance pl anni ng
I n t his program you can plan replacement s during a week and t he shift .

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he check but t ons for t he days on which maint enance is t o
be performed.
2. Select t he t ime at t he beginning or t he end of t he shift , using t he
up/ down arrows.
3. Press Cl ose t o confirm t he set t ings.
1- 40
Repl acement w ar ni ngs
I n t his program you can set t he t ime for a warning t o appear before a
replacement . This will affect t he st at us of t he t raffic light on t he main screen.

St ep Act i on
1. Select t he number of remaining t est s before t he warning should be
given, using t he up/ down arrows.
2. Select t he t ime before a replacement warning, using t he up/ down
arrows.
3. Select t he expect ed measurement s per day, using t he up/ down
arrows.
4. Press Cl ose t o confirm t he set t ings.

1- 41
Par amet er s and i nput set up
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Gener al set up > Par amet er s and i nput
set up and act ivat e a but t on t o ent er a program.
Paramet ers
Unit s
User- defined not es

Par amet er set up
I n t his program you can do t he following:
Disable or enable a paramet er
Repress paramet ers if problems are det ect ed
Lock a paramet er
Make user- defined correct ions for each measured paramet er
Make out - of- range suppression of oximet ry paramet ers and bilirubin

Di sabl i ng/ enabl i ng a par amet er :

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a paramet er on t he screen, using t he scroll facilit ies.
2. Press Enabl e/ Di sabl e t o include/ exclude t he paramet er from a
paramet er pr ofile and t he paramet er bar. Not e t hat pH, pCO
2
and
pO
2
cannot be excluded.
Pr ogr am
1- 42
Lock i ng/ unl ock i ng a par amet er :

St ep Act i on
1. Ensure t hat t he analyzer is not connect ed t o t he RADI ANCE syst em,
as paramet ers can be locked/ unlocked from t he RADI ANCE syst em.
2. Highlight a paramet er on t he screen, using t he scroll facilit ies.
3. Press Lock / Unl ock . ( This but t on is grayed- out if t he analyzer is
connect ed t o t he RADI ANCE syst em. )
4. To unlock a paramet er, highlight it and press Lock / Unl ock . The
t raffic light on Anal y zer st at us will change from YELLOW t o a color
corresponding t o t he analyzer' s overall st at us.

NOTI CE: A locked paramet er will show YELLOW on t he paramet er bar and will
change t he overall analyzer st at us t raffic light on t he Anal y zer st at us screen t o
YELLOW. The paramet er value will be absent from t he print out ; however, t he
locked paramet er will be calibrat ed.

Edi t i ng t he par amet er set up:

1- 43

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired paramet er in t he Par amet er set up screen and
press Edi t .
2. Act ivat e ( or deact ivat e) t he following check but t ons t o select ( or
deselect ) t he following funct ions:
Repression ( repress paramet er value in pat ient result in case of
any problems)
Out - of- range suppression for oximet ry paramet ers or ct Bil. When
act ivat ed, t his funct ion is applied t o t he oximet ry/ ct Bil result s
( including t hose obt ained in t he past ) as follows:
o ct Hb values lower t han "0 g/ dL", but inside t he range of
indicat ion will be shown as "0 g/ dL"
o Oximet ry paramet er values ( exclusive ct Hb) inside t he
range of indicat ion, but lower t han "0" or higher t han
"100 %" will be shown as "0" or "100 %", respect ively
o ct Bil values lower t han "0 mol/ L", but inside t he range
of indicat ion will be shown as "0 mol/ L".
3. Ent er correct ion offset and correct ion slope. Confirm each ent ry wit h
Ent er .
4. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Par amet er set up screen and repeat
st eps 1- 3 for anot her paramet er, if desired.

CAUTI ON User - def i ned cor r ect i ons af f ect measur ement
r esul t s
User- defined correct ions for blood measurement s will affect t he
measurement result s from blood and QC analyses and change t he
specific performance charact erist ics unless "Apply paramet er
correct ions t o QC" was disabled in Miscellaneous set up.

Uni t s set up
I n t his program you can select t he unit for each paramet er or gr oup of
paramet ers.

1- 44

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a paramet er or a group of paramet ers, using t he arrow
but t ons.
2. Select t he unit , using t he arrow but t ons, and confirm wit h Sel ect .
3. Change unit s for ot her paramet ers in a similar manner.

User - def i ned pat i ent dat a i t ems
I n t his program you can include ot her pat ient dat a in t he Pat ient I D layout t han
t hose already available t here.

Edi t i ng an i t em i n t he l i st :

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight an it em on t he User - def i ned pat i ent dat a i t ems screen
and press Edi t .
1- 45
2. Press t he Key boar d but t on on t he keypad and t ype in t he new
name of up t o 20 charact ers. Confirm wit h Ent er on t he keyboard.
3. Select t he dat a t ype wit h t he up/ down arrows and press Sel ect .
For "Text " ent ry, go t o st ep 8
For "Numerical" ent ry, go t o st ep 4
4. Highlight "Unit " and press t he Key boar d but t on on t he keypad.
Type in t he new name of up t o 20 char act ers and confirm wit h
Ent er .
5. Highlight "Decimals" ( if not already done) and t he box wit h "0", "1",
"2", "3" is displayed. Choose t he number of decimals wit h t he
up/ down arrows and press Sel ect t o confirm.
6. Highlight " Max. value". Type in t he value and confirm wit h Ent er on
t he keypad.
7. "Min. value" is now highlight ed. Type in t he value and confirm wit h
Ent er on t he keypad.
8. Press t he check but t on t o act ivat e t he "Use select ion list " funct ion.
To make a list :
Press Add
Type in t he it em on t he displayed keyboard ( up t o 20 charact ers)
Confirm wit h Ent er
Add as many it ems as you wish in t he same manner.
9. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he User - def i ned pat i ent dat a i t ems
screen. The new ent ry will be included in t he list

NOTI CE: The check but t on in t he "Use select ion list " can be act ivat ed only if t he
list cont ains t wo or more it ems.

I ncl udi ng a new i t em i n a pat i ent I D l ay out :

St ep Act i on
1. Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Anal y si s set up > Pat i ent
r epor t s > Edi t pat i ent I D l ay out .
2. Follow t he procedure described in Pat ient report s in t his chapt er.

Rest or e def aul t :
To rest ore t he default set t ings press Rest or e.

1- 46
User - def i ned not es
Press Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Gener al set up > Par amet er s and i nput > User -
def i ned not es.

Addi ng a Not e:
St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e one of t he check but t ons on t he screen.
2. Press Add.
3. Type t he t ext for t he Not e, using t he screen keyboar d. Confirm wit h
Ent er t o save t he t ext and ret urn t o t he previous screen.

Edi t i ng a Not e:
St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a Not e in t he "Not es" box, using t he up/ down arrows, and
press Edi t .
2. Edit t he t ext and confirm wit h Ent er .

Del et i ng a Not e:
St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a Not e in t he " Not es" box.
2. Press Del et e.

NOTI CE: A list of Not es made for a given opt ion will be marked wit h a pencil
icon on t he relevant screen( s) .

1- 47
Anal y zer set t i ngs
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Gener al set up > Anal y zer set t i ngs and
act ivat e a but t on t o ent er a program.
Analyzer I D
Time/ Dat e
Acoust ic signal
Baromet er
Language

Anal y zer i dent i f i cat i on
I n t his program you can change t he analyzer' s ident ificat ion.

St ep Act i on
1. Touch and highlight t he "Analyzer name" box if not already
highlight ed.
2. Type in an ident ificat ion name and/ or number for t he analyzer ( up
t o 32 charact ers) , using t he screen keypad or keyboard. Confirm
wit h Ent er .

NOTI CE: The inst allat ion number cannot be changed. Quot e t his number in any
t echnical inquiries you may have t o Radiomet er.

Pr ogr am
1- 48
Ti me/ dat e set up
I n t his program you can change t he current t ime and dat e set t ing.

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he "Time" box by t ouching it on t he screen.
2. Key in t he t ime on t he screen keypad. Confirm wit h Ent er .
Separat ors are aut omat ically added bet ween hours, minut es and
seconds.
3. Repeat st eps 1- 2 t o set t he dat e.
4. To revert t o t he previous set t ings, press Cur r ent .

1- 49
Acoust i c si gnal set up
I n t his program you can set up a short beep t o sound aft er cert ain event s.

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he desired check but t on( s) .
2. Select volume for t he acoust ic signal or act ivat e t he "Mut e all
acoust ic signals" check but t on.

Avai l abl e ev ent Ex pl anat i on
Value exceeds crit ical
range
One of t he measured values exceeds t he specified
crit ical limit s for t hat paramet er.
Close inlet The inlet should be closed.
Result is ready A sample has been analyzed and t he result s are ready
for viewing.
I nlet is open t oo long The inlet should be closed.

1- 50
Bar omet er set up
I n t his program you can adj ust t he aut omat ic baromet er in accordance wit h t he
reference bar omet er in your laborat ory.

St ep Act i on
1. Key in t he desired pressur e value on t he keypad.
2. Confirm wit h Ent er . The value will be shown in t he "Measured
adj ust ed" box.
Maximum accept ed correct ion is 19 mmHg ( i. e. t he difference
bet ween t he "Measured unadj ust ed" and "Measured adj ust ed"
set t ings) .
Baromet er pr essure limit s are 450- 800 mmHg, or 60. 0- 106. 7 kPa,
or 450- 800 Torr.
The unit s are select ed in t he Set up program: Unit s.

1- 51
Languages
I n t his program you can select or change a language of your choice from t he list
of languages on your analyzer.
NOTI CE: I t is only possible t o select or change languages if t hey have been
inst alled. Not all list ed languages may be available.

St ep Act i on
1. I n t he Select a language from t he list box, select t he desired
language wit h t he arrows and press Set l anguage.
To choose a special regional set t ing, e. g. English ( US) , select t he
desired regional set t ing in t he Regional language box and press
Set r egi onal set t i ngs.
2. Press Cont i nue t o rest art t he analyzer.
Press Cancel t o cont inue operat ing t he analyzer wit h t he language
unchanged.

1- 52
Communi cat i ons set up
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Gener al set up > Communi cat i ons and
act ivat e a but t on t o ent er a program.
Aut omat ic dat a t ransmission
QA Port al connect ion
See Rear in sect ion Hardware, chapt er 2 in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual
for t he ident ificat ion and locat ion of t he serial RS- 232 int erface connect ion
( COM) and t he net work ( TCP/ I P) RJ45 Et hernet connect ion.

RADI ANCE connect i on set up
I n t his program you can connect t he analyzer t o t he RADI ANCE syst em.

NOTI CE: Connect ing t he analyzer t o t he RADI ANCE syst em should be
performed by t he RADI ANCE administ rat or of your inst it ut ion.

St ep Act i on
1. Touch and highlight t he "Server address" box. Type in t he TCP/ I P
address of your RADI ANCE PC, using t he screen keypad or
keyboard.
2. Touch and highlight t he "Port " box. Type in t he port number, using
t he keyboard.
3. Touch and highlight t he "Password" box. Type in your RADI ANCE
password, using t he keyboard.

Pr ogr am
1- 53
St ep Act i on
4. Press t he check but t on in t he "RADI ANCE communicat ion" box t o
act ivat e connect ion.
5. The "Connect ion st at us" box wit h t he handshake indicat es an
est ablished connect ion t o t he RADI ANCE syst em.
6. The I con in t he "Connect ion st at us" box indicat es t he st at e of t he
RADI ANCE connect ion. "Connect ed" indicat es an est ablished
connect ion t o t he RADI ANCE syst em.
A RADI ANCE icon in t he I nformat ion bar will indicat e t he est ablished
connect ion as well.
7. Clear t he queue by act ivat ing t he recycle bin icon. ( The "Out put
queue" box shows t he number of dat a queued up for t ransfer. I t will
be sent t o t he RADI ANCE syst em. )
8. Press Cl ose t o exit .

LI S/ HI S connect i on set up
I n t his program you can select t he communicat ion prot ocol for a connect ed
device.

The "Out put queue" box shows t he number of dat a queued up for t ransfer t o
LI S/ HI S. Clear, if necessary, t he queue by act ivat ing t he recycle bin icon.
1- 54
St ep Act i on
1. Press Add.

2. Press Key boar d, t ype in t he name of t he connect ion inst ead of t he
default one, and press Ent er .
Press Back t o ret urn t o t he LI S/ HI S connect i on set up screen.
3. Select t he high- level prot ocol according t o t he requirement s of t he
connect ed device, using t he up/ down ar rows in t he box.
Available prot ocols:
ASTM, ASTM6xx, HL7 ver. 2. 2, HL7 version 2. 5 or POCTDML1A.
4. Select t he low- level prot ocol as follows:
Use " Serial" or " Serial ( RAW) " for t he serial connect ion
Use "Net work ( TCP/ I P) " for t he net work connect ion
Use "Net work ( TCP/ I P) ASTM" for addit ional serial connect ion ( not
all combinat ions of high- level prot ocols and low- level prot ocols
are possible)
1- 55
St ep Act i on
5.
Connect ion specificat ions for serial low- level prot ocol:
Press Edi t t o display t he Connect i on speci f i cat i ons screen.
Press Edi t t o ent er t he opt ions screen and use t he up/ down arrows
in each box t o select baud rat e, Com port and port configurat ion.
Baud rat e: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200, 38400
default is 9600
Com Port : COM1, COM2 default is COM1
Port configurat ion:
- Dat a bit s: 5, 6, 7, 8, default is 8
- St op bit s: 1, 1. 5, 2 default is 1
- Parit y: None, Even, Odd default is None
6.
Connect ion specificat ions for net work low- level prot ocol:
Press Edi t t o display t he Connect i on Speci f i cat i ons screen.
Touch t he scr een t o highlight t he following boxes one aft er anot her:
Server Address
Com Port
Reconnect int erval
Use t he keypad/ keyboar d t o ent er t he relevant informat ion.
7.
Connect ion specificat ions for POCTDML1A low- level prot ocol:
Touch t he scr een t o highlight t he following boxes one aft er anot her:
Server Address Port Reconnect I nt erval.
Use t he keypad/ keyboar d t o ent er t he relevant informat ion.

Aut omat i c dat a t r ansmi ssi on set up
I n t his program you can set up aut omat ic t ransmission of dat a t o a connect ed
LI S/ HI S comput er syst em or t o t he RADI ANCE syst em.

St ep Act i on
1- 56
1. Highlight a desired connect ion device on t he screen, using t he
up/ down arrows.
2. Act ivat e t he relevant check but t on( s) t o select t he dat a t o be sent
t o t he highlight ed connect ion.

NOTI CE: I f t he request ed pat ient dat a ( e. g. Pat ient Last Name) was received
aft er leaving t he Pat ient ident ificat ion screen, t he pat ient report will be
t ransmit t ed wit hout t he dat a. To prevent t his, select one of t he pat ient dat a
it ems t ransferred from LI S/ HI S as mandat ory.
1- 57
Aut omat i c dat a r equest set up
I n t his program you can select t he condit ions for request ing pat ient
demographics aut omat ically from t he connect ed RADI ANCE syst em or from t he
LI S/ HI S comput er syst em when ent ering pat ient I D, accession number or
sampler I D.

St ep Act i on
1. Select a connect ed device in t he "From connect ion" box, using t he
up/ down arrows.
2. Act ivat e t he relevant check but t on( s) t o request pat ient
demographics when ent ering:
Pat ient I D
Accession number
Sampler I D
3. Press Cl ose when complet ed.

NOTI CE: I f t he request ed pat ient dat a ( e. g. Pat ient Last Name) was received
aft er leaving t he Pat i ent i dent i f i cat i on screen, t he pat ient report will be st ored
wit hout t he dat a in t he Pat ient report log. The request ed pat ient dat a will be
st ored as a pat ient profile in t he analyzer' s dat abase wit hout , however, being
at t ached t o any pat ient report .

1- 58
Pat i ent l ook up set up
I n t his program you can select t he dat a source from which t o obt ain t he pat ient
informat ion on t he Pat i ent i dent i f i cat i on screen.

St ep Act i on
1. Select a dat a source from t he est ablished connect ions ( local
dat abase, RADI ANCE or LI S/ HI S connect ions) .
2. Select t he number of days you want each pat ient t o be kept in t he
list , using t he up/ down ar rows in t he box.
3. Press Cl ose.

1- 59
QA Por t al connect i on set up
This program allows you t o connect t he analyzer t o a QA Port al.
I f t he QA Port al communicat ion is enabled, t he analyzer will aut omat ically send
QC result s and Cal Verificat ion measurement s t o t he QA Port al.

To enable communicat ion wit h t he QA Port al, do t he following:

St ep Act i on
1. Touch and highlight t he "Server address" box.
Type in t he TCP/ I P address of your QA Port al, using t he screen
keypad or keyboard.
2. Touch and highlight t he "Port " box. Type in port number, using t he
keypad.
3. Press t he check but t on in t he " QA Port al communicat ion" box t o
act ivat e t he connect ion.
The icon in t he "Connect ion st at us" box indicat es t he st at e of t he
QA Port al connect ion. "Connect ed" indicat es an est ablished
connect ion t o t he QA Port al.
4. Press Cl ose t o exit t he screen.
1- 60
Di sk f unct i ons set up
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Gener al set up > Di sk f unct i ons set up
and act ivat e a but t on t o ent er a program.
Aut omat ic backup

Aut omat i c ar chi vi ng set up
I n t his program you can select aut omat ic archiving of t he dat a logs by act ivat ing
t he relevant check but t ons.

Pr ogr am
1- 61

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he check but t on t o select aut omat ic archiving on t he
analyzer' s disk.
2. To select anot her dest inat ion, deact ivat e t he check but t on in t he
"Archive dest inat ion" box and press t he drive icon t hat appears.

3. Highlight t he drive or folder and press Ex pand/ Col l apse t o open a
folder in a direct ory or wit hin a folder.
When complet ed, t he corr ect dest inat ion appears in t he upper part
of t he box.
4. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Aut omat i c ar chi vi ng set up screen.

NOTI CE: The oldest records ( 500 pat ient report s, QC or calibrat ion result s, or
2000 ent ries in t he Act ivit y log) will be aut omat ically removed from a dat a log
and placed in t he relevant archive. The archives can be st ored on t he analyzer' s
disk and viewed in "Archived Dat a logs" or at a remot e locat ion.
For det ailed informat ion on archiving t he old dat a, please refer t o chapt er 2:
Disk funct ions set up progr am in t his manual.

1- 62
Aut omat i c back up set up
I n t his program you can select aut omat ic backup of all dat a and syst em files.

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he check but t on.
2. Select t ime for aut omat ic backup by highlight ing t he "Time" box and
t yping in t he t ime, using t he screen keypad. Confirm wit h Ent er .
3. Ent er t he int erval bet ween subsequent backups in t he "I nt erval
( days) " box and t ype in t he number of days, using t he screen
keypad. Confirm wit h Ent er .
4. Press t he drive icon next t o t he "Dest inat ion" box t o select
dest inat ion.
5. Highlight t he drive or folder and press Ex pand/ Col l apse t o open a
folder in a direct ory or wit hin a folder.
Not e t hat aut omat ic backup can be select ed for t he int ernal disk or
t he net work.
of t he box.
5. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Aut omat i c back up set up screen.
1- 63
Pr i nt er s
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Gener al set up > Pr i nt er s and act ivat e a
but t on t o ent er t he program.
Print er set up

Pr i nt er set up
I n t his program you can set up ot her print ers t han t he analyzer' s print er for
making print out s.

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight a print er from t he list , using t he up/ down arrows.
2. Press Sel ect / Desel ect t o select t he highlight ed print er for print ing.
You can inst all any number of print ers, but only up t o 10 print ers
can be select ed at a t ime.
3. Act ivat e t he check but t on in t he "Manual print ing" box t o display t he
list of print ers every t ime t he Pr i nt but t on has been pressed.
I f not act ivat ed, all select ed print ers will make a print out every t ime
t he Pr i nt but t on is pressed.
4. Press Edi t t o display t he keyboard t o change t he highlight ed
print er' s name, Type a name and confirm wit h Ent er .
5. To inst all a new print er, press I nst al l pr i nt er .
The Add Print er Wizard program appear s. This funct ion can be used
by a Radiomet er service represent at ive or a person wit h net work
knowledge. To get t he desired print er inst alled t he analyzer will run
a rest art .

Pr ogr am
1- 64
Aut omat i c pr i nt i ng
I n t his program you can select aut omat ic print out of pat ient , QC ( bot h manually
and built - in) and calibrat ion result s plus Act ivit y log messages.

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he desired check but t ons for aut omat ic print out .
2. Select aut omat ic print out of several copies ( 1- 5) of pat ient result s,
using t he up/ down arrows in t he " Pat ient result s print opt ions" box.
3. Press User , Manager or Ser vi ce in t he " Message level" box t o
select t he level for t he messages in t he Act ivit y log.

1- 65
Cor r ect i v e act i ons
I n t his program you can select t he following:
Correct ive act ions for t he event s list ed in t he "Condit ions" box
Traffic light signal, if available, for an event
Analyzer act ion for t he subsequent measurement s

St ep Act i on
1. Highlight t he desired condit ion, using t he up/ down arrows in t he box.
2. Select an act ion for t his condit ion from t he opt ions in t he
"Correct ive act ion( s) " box see t he t able below.
3. Select t he desired t raffic light signal ( YELLOW or GREEN, if
available) for t he specified event by pressing t he t raffic light in t he
"Traffic light signal" box see t he t able below.
4. Select correct ive act ions/ t raffic light signal for t he ot her condit ions
in a similar way.

Condit ions and corresponding correct ive act ion opt ions are as follows:

Condi t i on Cor r ect i ve act i on Tr af f i c l i ght
Calibrat ion error( s)
present
Do not run scheduled built - in QC GREEN or
YELLOW
Calibrat ion schedule
reminder( s)
Message on next pat ient result GREEN or
YELLOW
QC error( s) present "?" on specific paramet ers GREEN or
YELLOW
QC schedule
reminder( s)
Message on next pat ient result

Lock analyzer when QC overdue
GREEN or
YELLOW
GREEN or
YELLOW
Pr ogr am
Condi t i ons and
cor r ect i v e
act i ons
1- 66
Replacement
schedule reminder( s)
Message on next pat ient result

Lock analyzer when 10 % overdue
GREEN or
YELLOW
GREEN or
YELLOW
Syst em message( s)
present
Message on next pat ient result GREEN or
YELLOW
User act ivit y
reminder( s)
GREEN or
YELLOW
Built - in QC error( s)
present
Rerun same level once ( default OFF)

NOTI CE: Crit ical syst em messages will always result in a RED t raffic light
signal.
The specified t raffic light signal and t he messages will cont inue t o appear unt il
t he condit ion no longer exist s.

Cor r ect i ve act i on Ex pl anat i on
"?" on specific
paramet ers
The affect ed paramet er( s) will be marked wit h "?" in
subsequent pat ient result s.
Message on next
pat ient result
The subsequent pat ient result s will be marked on t he
Message screen.
Lock analyzer
when QC overdue
I f a scheduled qualit y cont rol measurement is more t han
0 % overdue compared wit h it s scheduled t ime, t he
analyzer will be locked.
Lock analyzer
when 10 %
overdue
I f a scheduled replacement procedur e is more t han 10 %
overdue compared wit h it s scheduled t ime, t he analyzer
will be locked.

Ex pl anat i on of
cor r ect i v e
act i ons
1- 67
Mi scel l aneous set up
I n t his program you can select t he following opt ions ( use t he arrow but t ons t o
display t he rest of t he opt ions) :

Opt i on Funct i on
Analyzer locked Suspends all measurement s on t he analyzer; ot her
funct ions such as calibrat ions and service programs
are st ill enabled.
The analyzer can be locked via t his program or via a
"lock" command from an ext ernally connect ed
syst em, e. g. LI S or RADI ANCE.
Enable est imat ed
derived paramet ers
Enables est imat ion of t he derived paramet ers based
on default values and paramet ers t hat have been
deselect ed or are not available.
Fixed pO
2
/ pCO
2

decimals
I f enabled, t hese paramet ers will be report ed wit h a
fixed number of decimals.
Enable general
barcode support
Enables every t ext box on t he Pat i ent pr of i l e,
Pat i ent i dent i f i cat i on, Pat i ent r esul t and Qual i t y
cont r ol i dent i f i cat i on screens where it is possible
t o ent er a barcode.
Enable pat ient result
approval
Enables t he addit ional but t ons on t he Pat i ent
Resul t screen used for approval of result s.
For det ailed informat ion, refer t o chapt er 4: Sample
measurement in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual.
Apply paramet er
correct ions t o QC
I f enabled, t he user- defined correct ions ( slope and
offset ) will be applied t o t he QC result s.
Log all measurement
act ivit ies
I f enabled, "Ready", "Rinse", "Aspirat ing" and
"Measurement " will be regist ered in t he Act ivit y log.
Ot herwise t hese act ivit ies will not be regist ered in
t he log. This opt ion aims t o avoid t oo many ent ries
in t he log.
Aut o t emp unit
conversion
C will be aut omat ically changed t o F if t he ent ered
t emperat ur e is over t he value of 45.
Enable screen saver The screen saver will appear if t he analyzer has been
idle for 5 minut es.
Pr ogr am
Li st of opt i ons
1- 68
Opt i on Funct i on
Show paramet er bar I f disabled, t he paramet er bar will not appear on t he
main screen.

St ep Act i on
1. Scroll t he list of opt ions wit h t he up/ down arrows.
2. Highlight t he opt ion and press t he check but t on next t o it . To
deact ivat e t he opt ion, press t he check but t on again.
3. Press Cl ose t o confirm t he set t ings and ret urn t o t he main screen.

This opt ion disables HbF correct ion for all levels, or enables it for all levels or for
HbF levels higher t han 20 %.
To select t he desired opt ion, use t he arrow but t ons in t he box.
Guidelines for select ing/ deselect ing HbF correct ion:
For neonat al
samples:
Use " Enabled for all levels" .
I t is import ant t o enable HbF correct ion t o obt ain
correct result s for ct Bil, sO
2
, FO
2
Hb, FMet Hb, FCOHb
and FHHb.
For adult samples: Use " Disabled" or " Enabled for levels > 20 %".

NOTI CE: When an adult sample is measured wit h HbF correct ion " Enabled for
all levels" or " Enabled for levels > 20 %", it will slight ly affect t he measurement
of sO
2
, FO
2
Hb, FMet Hb, FCOHb and FHHb, and will cause a marginal number of
adult samples report ed wit h HbF present .
Act i vat i ng/
deact i vat i ng an
opt i on
Sel ect i ng HbF
cor r ect i on
1- 69

A message, sent from t he RADI ANCE syst em t o t he connect ed analyzer and
displayed on t he main screen, can be changed or delet ed in t his program.

St ep Act i on
1. Press t he Key boar d but t on, t ype t he message ( up t o 40 charact ers
long) and confirm wit h Ent er .
To delet e t he current message, press Del et e on t he keyboard, or
delet e a message and t ype a new one, if desired.
2. Confirm t he change wit h Ent er t o ret urn t o t he Mi scel l aneous
set up screen.

St ep Act i on
1. Check t hat t he Enable screen saver check but t on is act ivat ed in
t he Set up box.
2. I n t he Screen saver box, select t he t ime wit h t he arrow but t ons.

Anal y zer
messages
Set t i ng t he
t i me f or t he
scr een sav er t o
appear
1- 70
Set up def aul t set t i ngs
Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Di sk f unct i ons > Rest or e def aul t set up.
You can select t he part s of t he Set up t o be set back t o Radiomet er default s.

I t em Set t i ng
User passwor d 123456
Logoff t ime 3 minut es

Default set t ings for Access pr of i l es are as follows:

A B C D E F G H I
User X X X ( X) X
Supervisor X X X X X X X X
Manager X X X X X X X X
Service t echn. X X X X X X X X X
Guest X ( X)
Cust om 1 ( X)
Cust om 2 ( X)
Cust om 3 ( X)
Remot e
operat or
X X X X X X X X

A = Perform measurement
B = Perform calibrat ion
C = Perform replacement s
D = Perform Disk Funct ions
E = View Dat a Logs
F = Edit dat a in logs
G = Ent er Set up Programs
H = Ent er Service Programs
I = Approve result s

Columns D, E, G and H are cont rolled via t he Menu and but t on conf i gur at i on
screen set t ings, not via t he check but t ons on t he Access pr of i l es screen.
( X) means rest rict ed access t o dat a logs:
User can view t he logs, but t here is no access t o t he archived dat a logs
Guest and Cust om can view Pat ient result s log and Qualit y cont rol log
Access t o
Radi omet er
def aul t set up
Oper at or s and
passw or ds
1- 71

Anal y si s set up Def aul t set t i ng
Sy r i nge modes S65 L; ampoule QC. All user- defined modes are
delet ed.
Capi l l ar y modes C65 L. All user- defined modes are delet ed.
Par amet er pr of i l e All paramet ers ( except FHbF) are select ed.
Dynamic Paramet ers: Off
Sampl e pr e-
r egi st r at i on
I nt erpret bar code input as: Sampler I D
Confirm pre- regist ered dat a: On
I ncluded fields: All fields On
Sampl e l ogi st i cs
set up
Sample age: On ( 30 minut es for all paramet ers)
Layout s: - R- Default
Pat i ent I D l ay out set t ings included in t he - R-
Default layout :
- Pat ient I D
- Pat ient last name
- Pat ient first name
- Sample t ype
- Temp. C
Pat i ent r esul t set t ings included in t he - R- Default
layout ( bold t ext = a new t it le; xxx xxx = t he
reference range for a paramet er) :
Bl ood gas v al ues
pH xxx xxx
pCO
2
xxx xxx
pO
2
xxx xxx
< New Line >
Ox i met r y v al ues
ct Hb xxx xxx
sO
2
xxx xxx
FO
2
Hb xxx xxx
FCOHb xxx xxx
FHHb xxx xxx
FMet Hb xxx xxx
FHbF xxx xxx
Pat i ent r epor t s
< New Line >
Anal y si s set up
1- 72

Anal y si s set up Def aul t set t i ng
El ect r ol y t e val ues
cK
+
xxx xxx
cNa
+
xxx xxx
cCa
2+
xxx xxx
cCl
-
xxx xxx
< New Line >
Met abol i t e val ues
cGlu xxx xxx
cLac xxx xxx
ct Bil xxx xxx
< New Page >
Temper at ur e- cor r ect ed val ues
pH( T)
pCO
2
( T)
pO
2
( T)
< New Group >
Ox y gen St at us
ct O
2

p50
< New Line >
Aci d- Base st at us
cBase( Ecf)
Pat i ent r epor t s
( cont i nued)
3
HCO (P,st ) c

Act i vi t y Def aul t set t i ng
t Hb calibrat ion 3 mont hs
St art t ime of first calibrat ion 00: 00
Link QC schedule t o calibrat ion schedule On

Pr ogr am I t em Def aul t set t i ng
St at ist ics fact or 1. 5
Cut - off dat e for mont h- t o- dat e
st at ist ics
1
Remind t o print st at ist ics each
mont h
No
QC st at i st i cs
Remind t o export WDC dat a each
mont h
No

Cal i br at i on
schedul e
Qual i t y cont r ol
set up
1- 73

Mandat ory t emperat ure No QC i nput set up
Default t emperat ure 25 C
QC schedul e Built - in QC ( S9030, S9040, S9050) 04: 00, 12: 00,
20: 00
West gar d Rul es All rules are "Off"
Run QC af t er
r epl acement
On

Pr ogr am I t em Def aul t set t i ng
I nlet gasket 3 mont hs Repl acement
schedul e
I nlet probe Never
User act i vi t i es None
Mai nt enance
pl anni ng
None
Number of act ivit ies before
replacement warning
5
Time before replacement warning 4 hours
Repl acement
w ar ni ngs
Expect ed measurement s per day

Par amet er set up default set t ings:
Par a-
met er
Enabl ed/
Lock ed
Repr essi on Of f set Sl ope Uni t s Out - of - r ange
suppr essi on
pH Not alt ered No 0. 000 1. 000 N/ A
pCO
2
Not alt ered No 0. 0 1. 000 mmHg N/ A
pO
2
Not alt ered No 0. 0 1. 000 mmHg N/ A
ct Hb Not alt ered No N/ A 1. 000 g/ dL No
sO
2
Not alt ered No 0. 0 1. 000 % No
FO
2
Hb Not alt ered No N/ A N/ A % No
FCOHb Not alt ered No 0. 0 N/ A % No
FMet Hb Not alt ered No 0. 0 N/ A % No
FHbF Not alt ered No 0 1. 000 % Yes
FHHb Not alt ered No N/ A N/ A % No
cK
+
Not alt ered No 0. 0 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A
cNa
+
Not alt ered No 0 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A
cCa
2+
Not alt ered No 0. 00 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A
cCl
Not alt ered No 0 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A

cGlu Not alt ered No 0. 0 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A
cLac Not alt ered No 0. 0 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A
ct Bil Not alt ered No 0 1. 000 mol/ L Yes

Repl acement
set up
Gener al set up
1- 74
Uni t s default set t ings:
Par amet er Uni t
Pressures mmHg
ct Bil mol/ L
ct Hb g/ dL
FCOHb %
FHbF %
FHHb %
FMet Hb %
FO
2
Hb %
sO
2
%
Gas fract ions %
FO
2
( I ) %
Hct %
pO
2
( a/ A) %
FShunt %
RI %
cK
+
/ cNa
+
/ cCl
mmol/ L
cCa
2+
mmol/ L
cGlu mmol/ L
cLac mmol/ L
Temper at ures C
ct O
2
Vol %
ct CO
2
Vol %
D
O
2

mL/ min
V
O
2

mL/ min
Age years
Weight kg
Height m
Alt it ude m
Birt h weight g

User - def i ned pat i ent dat a i t ems default set t ings:
Name Ty pe Uni t Deci mal s
Spont aneous RR Numerical b/ min 1
Set RR Numerical b/ min 1
Vt Numerical L 2
Ve Numerical L 2
1- 75
Peak flow Numerical L/ min 1
Lit er flow Numerical L/ min 2
Ti Numerical seconds 1
PEEP Numerical cmH
2
O 1
Pressure support Numerical cmH
2
O 1
CPAP Numerical cmH
2
O 1
CMV Numerical Rat e 1
SI MV Numerical Rat e 1
Flow- by Numerical L/ min 1
HFV Numerical Rat e 1
I : E rat io Numerical None 2
Wave Numerical None None
I CD9 code Numerical None None
Oxygen device 1 Numerical None None
Oxygen device 2 Numerical None None
Diagnost ic code Numerical None None

User - def i ned not es default set t ings: No not es defined.
Language default set t ing: English.

Acoust i c si gnal s default set t ings:
Event Def aul t set t i ng
Value exceeds crit ical limit s No
Close inlet Yes
Result is ready Yes
I nlet is open t oo long Yes

Cor r ect i ve act i ons default set t ings:
Event Def aul t set t i ng Tr af f i c l i ght
Calibrat ion error( s) present Do not run QC YELLOW
Calibrat ion schedule reminder( s) No set t ing YELLOW
QC error( s) present No set t ing GREEN
QC schedule reminders No set t ing YELLOW
Replacement schedule reminders No set t ing YELLOW
Syst em message( s) pr esent No set t ing YELLOW
User act ivit y reminder( s) No set t ing YELLOW
Built - in QC error( s) present No set t ing YELLOW

1- 76
Mi scel l aneous set up default set t ings:
Event Def aul t set t i ng
Analyzer locked Not set
Enable est imat ed derived paramet ers Off
Fixed pO
2
/ pCO
2
decimals Off
Enable gener al barcode support On
Enable pat ient result approval Off
Apply paramet er correct ions t o QC On
Log all measurement act ivit ies Off
Aut o t emp unit conversion On
Enable screen saver On
Show paramet er bar On
HbF correct ion "Enabled for levels > 20 %"
Analyzer message ( Blank)
Screen saver 5 minut es t o wait when idle

Aut omat i c pr i nt i ng default set t ings:
I t em Def aul t set t i ng
Pat ient result s On
QC result s Off
Calibrat ion result s Off
Act ivit y log message Off
Message level User
Number of copies 1

Pr i nt er set up default set t ings:
I nst alled print ers I nt ernal Print er
( added print ers
are not delet ed)
Select print er dialogue Off

Aut omat i c ar chi vi ng default set t ings:
Pat ient repor t log On
Calibrat ion log On
Qualit y cont rol log On
Act ivit y log On
St ore archives on t he analyzer On

1- 77
Aut omat i c back up default set t ings:
I t em Default set t ing
Aut o backup on

Communi cat i on set up default set t ings:
RADI ANCE syst em Off
LI S/ HI S None
Aut omat ic dat a request "When ent ering sampler
I D" on
Aut omat ic dat a t ransmission Pat ient result s, Calibrat ion
result s, QC result s, Act ivit y
log messages
Pat ient lookup Local dat abase
Remot e cont r ol Enable remot e access

The following set ups have no Radiomet er set t ings:
Baromet er set up
Time and dat e set up
Analyzer ident ificat ion set up

Set ups w i t hout
Radi omet er
set t i ngs
1- 78
Pr i nt set up
Wit h t his program you can print out all or part of your analyzer set up.

St ep Act i on
1. Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up > Pr i nt anal y zer set up.
2. All check but t ons are act ivat ed.
Deact ivat e relevant check but t ons t o deselect t hose set ups t hat you
do not wish t o be print ed out .
3. Press Pr i nt t o st art print ing t he select ed set ups or press Cl ose t o
ret urn t o t he main screen.

1- 79
Cont ent s of set up set t i ngs

Press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Di sk f unct i ons > Rest or e def aul t set up t o access
t he Rest or e r adi omet er def aul t set up program.

The set up is divided in t he following groups of set t ings:
Paramet ers
General
Schedules, et c.

You can rest ore t he Radiomet er default set up or a set up you have cust omized
( Cust omer set up) and saved.
Select ing or deselect ing it ems in t he set up see Loading/ rest oring set up,
chapt er 2: Disk funct ions set up programs.
Each set up group of set t ings is described in t his sect ion.

The following set t ings ( i. e. screens and t heir dat a) will be rest ored in t he
Paramet ers group:

I t em Set up ( scr eens)
Sample modes Syringe mode
Capillary mode
Paramet er set up ( offset and slope only)
Paramet er unit s Unit s set up
Correct ions Paramet er set up ( repr ession and out - of- range
suppression only)
Crit ical ranges Reference ranges
Crit ical limit s
Age groups

Gr oups of
set up set t i ngs
Par amet er s
gr oup
1- 80
The following set t ings ( i. e. screens and t heir dat a) will be rest ored in t he
General group:

Analyzer set up Correct ive act ions
Acoust ic signals
Low level warning
I ni file Select ed language
Print er pat h
I ni set t ings and
communicat ions
Aut omat ic dat a t ransmission
Operat ors and passwords ( logon prot ect ion level and
logoff t ime only)
Miscellaneous set up ( all, except analyzer locked)
Aut omat ic backup
Save set up ( dest inat ion)
Load set up ( source)
Backup all dat a ( dest inat ion)
Export dat a logs ( dest inat ion)
Funct ion: Ext ernal keyboard enabling
Funct ion: Enable remot e access when operat or is
logged on
QC st at ist ics set up
QC input set up
West gar d Rules ( enable West gar d Rules)
Print er set up ( show list of print ers)
Layout s Pat ient repor t set up
Pat ient I D layout
Pat ient result layout
The widt h of t he following column set ups:
Pat ient result s log; Pat ient lookup; Pat ient profiles log;
QC log; Calibrat ion log; Syst em messages;
Operat ors Operat ors and passwords
Access profiles
Pre- def. not es User- defined not es

Gener al gr oup
1- 81
The following ini files ( i. e. screens and t heir dat a) will be rest ored in t he
Schedules, et c. group:

QC schedule QC schedule ( QC schedule is rest ored for t he slot s wit h
t he cont rol solut ions inst alled in t hem. The schedule
follows t he slot s, not t he QC levels) .
Wet sect ion set up Calibrat ion schedule ( minus t Hb Cal and t he st art t ime)
West gar d rules West gar d rules set t ings
Replacement
schedule
User act ivit ies
schedule
User act ivit ies
Edit user act ivit ies

Schedul es, et c.
1- 82
I nt er f aci ng f aci l i t i es
A mouse connect ed t o t he analyzer may be used t o act ivat e all t he analyzer' s
screen funct ions inst ead of t he operat or t ouching t he screen.
A st andard PS/ 2 port mouse or a USB mouse is t he sole it em t hat is required for
connect ion t o t he analyzer.
Connect i ng a mouse:
St ep Act i on
1. For a st andar d PS/ 2 port mouse only: Swit ch off t he analyzer.
2. Connect t he mouse t o t he mouse port at t he rear of t he analyzer.
3. For a st andar d PS/ 2 port mouse only: Swit ch on t he analyzer. Aft er
rest art t he mouse is ready for use.
A USB mouse can be used right aft er it has been connect ed.

An ext ernal alphanumeric keyboard may be used t o ent er dat a inst ead of t he
on- screen keyboard. However, t o select individual but t ons on t he analyzer
screen, you must use a mouse or must t ouch t he screen.
An I BM enhanced per sonal comput er keyboard or a USB keyboard is t he sole
it em t hat is required for connect ion t o t he analyzer. The keyboar d layout must
correspond t o t he language version used by t he analyzer.
Connect i ng a k ey boar d:
St ep Act i on
1. For an I BM enhanced personal comput er keyboard only: Shut down
t he analyzer.
2. Connect t he keyboard t o t he keyboard port at t he rear of t he
analyzer.
3. For an I BM enhanced personal comput er keyboard only: Turn on t he
analyzer. Aft er rest art t he keyboard is ready for use.
A USB keyboard can be used right aft er it has been connect ed.

Many hospit als are equipped wit h a comput er- cont r olled informat ion syst em
such as t he Hospit al I nformat ion Syst em ( HI S) or t he Laborat or y I nformat ion
Syst em ( LI S) . Connect ing t he analyzer t o such an informat ion syst em via a
net work enables t he user t o exercise great er cont rol over t he amount of pat ient
dat a circulat ing wit hin t he hospit al.
The t ypes of informat ion t hat can be communicat ed via a net work bet ween t he
cent ral comput er cont rolling t he informat ion syst em and t he analyzer are:
Pat ient result s
Qualit y cont rol result s
Calibrat ion dat a
Syst em messages

Connect i ng a
mouse
Connect i ng an
al pha- numer i c
k ey boar d
Connect i ng t o a
net w or k
1- 83
St ep Act i on
1. Use a shielded dat a cable wit h an RJ45 connect or t o connect t he
analyzer t o a net work.
2. The analyzer is first connect ed t o t he comput er cont rolling t he
informat ion syst em via one of t he following t wo int erfaces:
A serial line ( RS232 int erface)
An Et hernet int erface ( TCP/ I P)
3. Once t he analyzer has been physically connect ed t o t he net work,
one of t wo of t he prot ocols st at ed below is used for communicat ion
wit h t he cent ral comput er.
ASTM
HL7
POCTDML1A

For furt her informat ion, refer t o t he Communicat ion prot ocol specificat ions for
Radiomet er product s ( code no. 989- 329) .
Radiomet er recommends t hat a qualified service t echnician carry out connect ion
of t he analyzer t o a net work.

An ext ernal barcode reader can be connect ed and used side by side wit h t he
built - in barcode reader cont act your Radiomet er service represent at ive.
Ex t er nal
bar code r eader
1- 84
Sampl e count er
The sample count er let s you keep t rack of measurement s, calibrat ions and QC.
Press Ut i l i t i es > Sampl e count er t o ent er t he program.

El ement Funct i on
Paramet er and
Count
List t he paramet ers and how many t imes each has been
measured by t he analyzer. Normally t he count is t he same
as t he t ot al number of measurement s if t he paramet ers have
not been excluded from t he measurement ( s) .
Shows t he number of sample measurement s, calibrat ions
and QC measurement s made since t he sample count er was
last reset ( "User" column) . The following is regist ered:
Act i vi t y Number of ...
Tot al Complet ed sample/ QC measurement s/
calibrat ions only. I nt errupt ed or abort ed act ivit ies
are excluded.
Abort ed Abort ed sample/ QC measurement s/ calibrat ions
due t o sample errors, wet - sect ion errors, et c.
int errupt ed act ivit ies excluded.
Count ers
User All complet ed sample/ QC measurement s/
calibrat ions performed by all operat ors since t he
sample count er was last reset .
User count er s
last reset
Gives t he dat e when t he count ers in t he "User" column were
last reset t o zero.
But t ons Reset count er s reset s t he count ers in t he "User" column
( on analyzers wit h no logon prot ect ion of t he Set up
programs) .
Pr i nt print s out informat ion in Count ers and in Paramet er.

Pur pose
Descr i pt i on
2- 1
2. Di sk f unct i ons set up pr ogr ams

Creat ing a WDC report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3
Backing up all dat a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 4
Rest oring all dat a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 6
Export ing dat a logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 7
I mport ing/ export ing archives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8
Saving set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 9
Loading/ rest oring set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 10

2. Disk funct ions set up programs ABL90 FLEX reference manual
2- 2
Gener al i nf or mat i on
To access t he Disk funct ions programs, press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Di sk
f unct i ons.
The following programs ar e available by pressing a corresponding but t on.

But t on Funct i on
WDC r epor t To make a Worldwide DATACHECK report .
Back up al l
dat a
To make a backup of all dat a. Dat a is st ored as a backup at a
designat ed locat ion.
Rest or e al l
dat a
To rest ore a backup of all dat a files t o t he analyzer' s int ernal
disk from a designat ed locat ion.
Ex por t dat a
l ogs
To export select ed r ecords from select ed dat a logs.
I mpor t /
Ex por t
ar chi ves
To import ext ernally archived dat a logs.
To export or delet e archived dat a logs.
Save set up To save t he current set up of your analyzer.
Load set up To load a previously saved set up.
Rest or e
def aul t set up
To rest ore all or only some Radiomet er default set t ings.

Set up dat a refers t o informat ion or files t hat configure t he analyzer t o operat e
according t o set t ings defined in t he Set up programs.
Al l dat a refers t o dat a in t he analyzer' s int ernal dat abase, including but not
limit ed t o dat a logs, set up and syst em files.

I nformat ion is st ored on or ret rieved from t he int ernal disk, a net work, a
connect ed CD- drive ( CD- RW, CD- R/ RW) or a removable drive ( USB mass
st orage device) .

The CD- drive and removable drive ( USB mass st orage device) should be
handled according t o t he inst ruct ions on t he packaging.
Di sk f unct i ons
pr ogr ams
Def i ni t i ons
Dat a st or age
opt i ons
Di sk handl i ng
r ul es
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 2. Disk funct ions set up programs
2- 3
Cr eat i ng a WDC r epor t
Wit h t his funct ion you can make a Worldwide DATACHECK ( WDC) file for
report ing mont hly qualit y cont rol dat a. For informat ion on Worldwide
DATACHECK report ing, see t he Worldwide DATACHECK manual.

St ep Act i on
1. Touch t he "From: " box in t he Select period box and set t he dat es
for t he desired mont h, using t he up/ down arrows. The dat e in t he
"To: " box will change aut omat ically.
2. Highlight t he desired drive or folder ( anot her direct ory, removable
or ext ernally connect ed CD- drive) by pressing t he Di sk dr i ve
but t on on t he screen, and t ouching it on t he screen. Press
Ex pand/ Col l apse t o open a folder in a direct ory or wit hin a folder.
of t he box.
Press Back t o ret urn t o t he previous screen.
3. I n t he "File name" box ( t he WDC r epor t screen) , press t he
Key boar d but t on t o t ype t he file name: you can change t he four
charact ers " WDC_".
Confirm wit h Ent er on t he keyboard and ret urn t o t he WDC r epor t
screen.
4. Send t he file t o t he select ed dest inat ion by pressing Ex por t dat a in
t he "Export dat a" box.
Wait unt il t he WDC report screen appears and remove t he disk, if
any, wit h t he WDC report .

NOTI CES: " Could not creat e out put file" appears if t he dest inat ion is not
accessible.
"No st at ist ical dat a found. WDC dat a not generat ed" appear s
if no dat a is available for t he select ed mont h
Pur pose
2- 4
Back i ng up al l dat a
This funct ion is int ended as a prot ect ion or securit y against t he loss of dat a or
syst em files t hat include, but are not limit ed t o, t he following:
Pat ient repor t dat a
Pat ient profile dat a
Set up dat a
Qualit y cont rol dat a ( i. e. result s, st at ist ics, plot s)
Calibrat ion result s and set up ( i. e. schedule)
Act ivit y dat a ( i. e. replacement act ions, syst em messages)

Manually performed backup: Dat a can be st ored on a net work, a connect ed CD-
drive or a removable drive.
Aut omat ic backup ( can be select ed see Aut omat ic backup set up in sect ion Disk
funct ions set up, chapt er 1 in t his manual) : Dat a can be st ored on t he int ernal
disk or t he net work.
I n case of dat a loss or similar problem, t he loss can be minimized by using t he
backup file and t he Rest ore All Dat a funct ion.

NOTI CE: I t is t he user' s r esponsibilit y t o ensure t hat all valuable dat a is
regularly backed up. During t he analyzer warrant y period Radiomet er accept s
warrant y responsibilit y only for t he original st orage hardware and inst alled
soft ware.

Pur pose
2- 5

St ep Act i on
1. Press Change dest i nat i on t o choose t he dest inat ion.
2. Highlight t he drive or folder by t ouching it on t he screen. Press
of t he box.
I f a removable drive is used, connect it t o t he USB port
3. On t he Back up al l dat a screen press St ar t t o cont inue.
4. The backup process begins.
Net work drive or int ernal disk: Backup cont inues wit hout any
furt her act ion from t he operat or
Removable drive: Wait for t he dat a t o be prepared ( see t he t imer
in t he current t ask field locat ed next t o t he st at us indicat or in t he
upper left corner of t he screen) and press St ar t .
5. I f t he analyzer st at us shows a "Backup done" message, t he process
is complet e. Press Cl ose t o ret urn t o t he main screen.
2- 6
Rest or i ng al l dat a
You can rest ore all dat a in case of loss or damage, provided t he backup of all
your dat a is available.

St ep Act i on
1. Press Change sour ce t o choose t he source drive/ direct ory.
2. Highlight t he drive or folder by t ouching it on t he screen. Press
of t he box.
I f a removable drive is used, connect it t o t he USB port .
3. On t he Rest or e al l dat a screen press St ar t t o cont inue.
( Or press Cl ose t o cancel and ret urn t o t he main screen. )
4. The rest ore process begins.
Net work: Rest oring does not require any furt her act ion
Removable drive: Press St ar t
5. Complet e rest oring all dat a.
When rest oring is complet e, t he analyzer shut s down and rest art s
aut omat ically, configured t o t he informat ion obt ained from t he
backup file.

Pur pose
2- 7
Ex por t i ng dat a l ogs
You can export dat a from t he dat a logs t o a CD- RW, removable disk or net work.
The export ed files are made in a form of a compressed "comma separat ed value
( CSV) " file which can be read using a number of st andard dat abase and
spreadsheet programs, e. g. Microsoft Excel , Access , Lot us 123 , et c.

St ep Act i on
1. Act ivat e t he check but t ons next t o t he dat a logs t o be export ed.
2. Act ivat e t he calendar icon, t he Choose dat e screen appear s. Type
t he "From: " dat e and confirm wit h Ent er . Repeat t he same for t he
"To: " dat e.
Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Ex por t dat a l ogs screen.
3. Act ivat e t he Di sk dr i ve but t on on t he Ex por t dat a l ogs screen.
Act ivat e t he desired drive by t ouching it on t he screen.
Press Ex pand/ Col l apse t o open a folder in a direct ory or wit hin a
folder.
of t he box.
Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Ex por t dat a l ogs screen.
4. On t he Ex por t dat a l ogs screen press St ar t . The Save Dat a Logs
screen, showing t he dat a logs t o be export ed, t he amount of saves
and t he From- To export dat es, appear s. Press St ar t t o begin t he
export of dat a t o t he select ed dest inat ion.
5. I f t he dat es are different for each export ed dat a log, repeat st eps
2- 5 for each dat a log.

Pur pose
2- 8
I mpor t i ng/ ex por t i ng ar chi v es
This funct ion allows you t o do t he following:
Export ( or delet e) archived dat a logs st ored ont o any drive
I mport ext er nally archived dat a logs int o t he analyzer' s archive direct ory from
any locat ion

St ep Act i on
1. Select t he desired archive t ype by act ivat ing one of t he four
archive- t ype but t ons.
2. Highlight t he desired archive wit h t he up/ down arrows.
To export t he highlight ed archive, select t he locat ion by pressing
t he Di sk dr i ve but t on.
3.
Touch and highlight t he desired locat ion on t he
Sour ce/ Dest i nat i on screen.
folder.
of t he box.
4. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he I mpor t / Ex por t ar chi v es screen.
5. On t he I mpor t / Ex por t ar chi v es screen press Ex por t .
Press Ref r esh t o updat e t he cont ent s of a drive or direct ory.

To import an archive, follow t he procedure for export ing an archive, using t he
right - hand sect ion of t he screen and I mpor t .

To delet e an archive from a direct ory, highlight t he desired archive and press
Del et e.

Pur pose
Ex por t i ng an
ar chi v e
I mpor t i ng an
ar chi v e
Del et i ng an
ar chi v e
2- 9
Sav i ng set up
You can copy your analyzer' s current set up configurat ion ont o a CD- RW,
removable drive, or net work. I t can be reloaded if t he current set up is lost or
damaged or if t he same set up configurat ion should be loaded on ot her analyzers
wit hout performing all t he Set up programs.

St ep Act i on
1. Press Edi t l ocat i on t o select dest inat ion.
2. Select t he required locat ion by t ouching it on t he screen.
I f a removable drive is used, connect it t o t he USB port
folder.
of t he box.
3. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Save set up screen.
4. On t he Save set up screen press St ar t .
5. When saving is complet e, press Cl ose t o ret urn t o t he main screen.
6. Remove t he r emovable drive, if any.

Pur pose
2- 10
Loadi ng/ r est or i ng set up
You can reinst all a saved set up quickly and easily wit hout performing t he Set up
programs. I f desired, only part of t he set up can be loaded, e. g. operat ors.

St ep Act i on
1. Press Sel ect al l t o include all it ems from t he list on t he screen. Or
press Desel ect al l t o exclude all it ems from t he list .
2. To select single it ems, highlight t he desired it em, using t he
up/ down arrows.
Press t he check but t on ( ) t o include an it em.
3. To open or close a group of it ems, highlight t he group t it le ( e. g.
General) and press t he but t on.
4. Press t he Change sour ce but t on t o select t he source.
Removable disk: Connect it t o t he USB port .
5. Select t he required source by t ouching and highlight ing it on t he
screen.
6. Press Ex pand/ Col l apse t o access t he required folder. The chosen
source appears in t he "Choose a direct ory" box.
7. Press Back t o ret urn t o t he Load set up screen.
8. Press Cont i nue. The analyzer will shut down and t hen rest art wit h
reloaded set up configurat ion.
Pressing Cancel will t erminat e loading t he set up.

NOTI CE: Cont ent s of Set up set t ings see Set up default set t ings, chapt er 1 in
t his manual.

Pur pose
3. Wet sect i on

I nt roduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2
Wet sect ion diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3
Measuring pr ocesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
General informat ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4
Pat ient samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5
Rinse process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 6
Calibrat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 7
Aut omat ic QC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8
Manual QC samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 9

3. Wet section ABL90 FLEX reference manual
3- 2
I nt r oduct i on
The wet sect ion of t he analyzer is where all samples and solut ions are
t ransport ed for measurement , calibrat ion, rinse and qualit y cont rol.
All solut ions for t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer are cont ained in t he solut ion pack.
Gas t anks are not necessary wit h t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer, as gas is included in
t he solut ion pack.

The main component s of t he wet sect ion are:
I nlet
Sensor casset t e
Oximet ry syst em
I nt ernal t ubing
Tube valve
Perist alt ic pump for solut ion and sample t ransport
Liquid sensors
Wast e connect or
Solut ion pack cont aining t hree calibrat ion solut ion pouches ( one of t hem being
for rinse) , one gas mixt ure pouch, t hree qualit y cont rol solut ion pouches, a
flow select or, pump t ubing and a wast e pouch.

Def i ni t i on
Cont ent s of
w et sect i on
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 3. Wet section
3- 3
Wet sect i on di agr am
The following is a schemat ic diagram of t he wet sect ion of t he ABL90 FLEX
analyzer.

I t em Par t I t em Par t
1 Oximet ry module 11 Wast e pouch
2 Reference elect rode 12 CAL 3 pouch
3 Sensor int erface 13 CAL 1 pouch/ rinse
4 Opt ical pO
2
14 Gas mixt ure pouch
5 I nlet 15 QC 1 solut ion pouch
6 Valve 16 CAL 2 pouch
7 Liquid sensor 3 17 QC 3 solut ion pouch
8 Liquid sensor 2 18 QC 2 solut ion pouch
9 Liquid sensor 1 19 Flow select or
10 Perist alt ic pump 20 Pump t ube
21 Wast e connect or

Di agr am
3- 4
Measur i ng pr ocesses
The following pages describe t he process t hat occurs wit hin t he analyzer during
sample int roduct ion, rinse, calibrat ion and qualit y cont rols. The various t ypes of
sampling modes are discussed separat ely.
All processes refer t o t he wet sect ion diagram earlier in t his chapt er.

When t he analyzer is in t he Ready mode prior t o a measurement , t he sensor
casset t e cont ains CAL 1 from t he solut ion pack.

The sensor casset t e measurement chamber and t he cuvet t e in t he hemolyzer
unit of t he opt ical syst em is t hermost at t ed t o 37 C t o ensure correct measuring
condit ions.

All necessary solut ions cont ained in t he solut ion pack are int roduced
aut omat ically as required int o t he sensor casset t e and oximet ry module via t he
flow select or and inlet .

All wast e liquids are t ransport ed t o t he wast e pouch cont ained in t he solut ion
pack. This includes blood sample wast e.

I nt r oduct i on
Pr i or t o
measur ement
Heat i ng
Sol ut i ons
Wast e r emoval
3- 5
Pat i ent sampl es
The following t able describes t he analyt ical process of a blood sample
measurement wit h t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer syst em.

St age Descr i pt i on
1. The analyzer is ready t o accept a pat ient sample.
"Ready" message is displayed
Traffic light is displaying a GREEN or YELLOW light
The desired paramet ers are available
2. At t he Ready screen, t he user lift s t he inlet handle t o t he syringe or
capillary posit ion. The sample ( syringe or capillary t ube) is pressed
against t he inlet gasket and t he inlet probe ext ends int o t he sample,
which is aut omat ically aspirat ed. A 1- point calibrat ion is performed
by sampling on t he CAL1 ( rinse) solut ion.
3. The sample is drawn int o t he sensor measuring chamber and t he
oximet ry module. This process is cont rolled by liquid sensors t hat
also check sample homogeneit y wit h respect t o air bubbles. A "?"
appear s in case of an inhomogeneous sample.
I n case of problems during t he process or in case of insufficient
sample, t he measuring process is abort ed, as t he validit y of t he
measuring result may be compromised.
4. When t he aspirat ion is finished, close t he inlet .
5. Measurement of t he sample is performed as soon as t he sample is
posit ioned in t he measuring chambers. The measurement t akes 35
seconds. Concurrent wit h sample analysis, t he user ent ers pat ient
informat ion as necessary.
6. When t he measurement is complet e, t he result s are comput ed and
t hen displayed on t he screen and a rinse process st art s. For furt her
informat ion on t he rinse process see page 3- 6.

Measur i ng
pr ocess
3- 6
Ri nse pr ocess
Aft er a measurement is complet e a rinse is performed. The rinse process is t he
same, no mat t er what kind of measurement ( pat ient measurement , QC and
calibrat ion) is performed. The following t able describes t his rinse process.

1 Aft er t he measurement is complet e t he first part of t he rinse is
performed wit h a mixt ure of solut ions and air.
2. The next part of t he rinse is performed wit h a mixt ure of solut ions
and gas.
3. Thereaft er t he wet sect ion is checked. The syst em is filled wit h gas
t o equilibrat e t he measuring chambers.
4. The ent ire measuring pat h is filled wit h CAL 1 ( rinse) solut ion. The
calibrat ion st at us is reest ablished and t he device is now ready for a
new measurement .

3- 7
Cal i br at i on
The calibrat ion can be divided int o four kinds of calibrat ions:
pO
2
calibrat ion
pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac calibrat ion
pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl
calibrat ion
Oxi calibrat ion

pO
2
is sensit ivit y calibrat ed on ambient air and st at us checked on CAL1. For
furt her informat ion on t he pO
2
calibrat ion see Calibrat ion of t he pO
2
sensor in
sect ion pO
2
sensor in chapt er 5 in t his manual.
pO
2
is sensit ivit y calibrat ed once a day and st at us checked wit h every
measurement .

pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac are sensit ivit y calibrat ed on CAL3 and st at us calibrat ed on
CAL1. For furt her informat ion on t he pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac calibrat ion, see
2
sensor in sect ion pCO
2
sensor and Calibrat ion of t he
met abolit e sensors in sect ion Met abolit e sensors in chapt er 5 in t his manual.
pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac are sensit ivit y calibrat ed every four hour and st at us calibrat ed
wit h every measurement . When a new sensor casset t e is inst alled, t he
sensit ivit y calibrat ion is performed more frequent ly.

pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl
are sensit ivit y calibrat ed on CAL2 and st at us

calibrat ed on CAL1. For furt her informat ion on t he pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl

calibrat ion, see Calibrat ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors in sect ion pH and
elect rolyt e sensors in chapt er 5 in t his manual.
pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl

are sensit ivit y calibrat ed once a day and st at us
calibrat ed wit h every measurement .

ct Hb and ct Bil are sensit ivit y calibrat ed on S7770 ct Hb Calibrat ion Solut ion and
ct Hb, ct Bil and t he oximet ry paramet ers are st at us calibrat ed on a t ransparent
solut ion ( CAL3) from t he solut ion pack. For furt her informat ion on t he oxi
calibrat ion, see Calibrat ion of t he opt ical syst em in sect ion ct Hb and derivat es in
chapt er 5 in t his manual.
I t is recommended t hat ct Hb and ct Bil are sensit ivit y calibrat ed ( cuvet t e fact or)
manually every t hree mont hs by performing t he t Hb calibrat ion. Also t he
wavelengt h is calibrat ed. For furt her informat ion on t he ct Hb calibrat ion, see
sect ion t Hb calibrat ion in chapt er 6: Calibrat ion in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s
manual.
ct Hb and t he oximet ry paramet ers are st at us calibrat ed every four hours and if
t he t emperat ure of t he oximet ry opt ical syst em changes t o a t emperat ure
out side drift limit s.

pO
2
cal i br at i on
pCO
2
, cGl u,
cLac
cal i br at i on
pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
,
cCa
2+
, cCl

cal i br at i on
Ox i cal i br at i on
3- 8
Aut omat i c QC
The solut ion pack cont ains t hree levels of QC solut ion. The analyzer is designed
t o run each level once every 24 hours. However, it is possible t o set up a
schedule t o run QC more oft en, if required, as described in sect ion QC Schedule
in chapt er 1.
The QC solut ions t hat come from pouches in t he solut ion pack ent er t he sample
pat h t hrough t he inlet as a normal blood sample. The only difference is t he
posit ion of t he inlet t hat remains in t he closed posit ion.
1. When an aut omat ic QC is scheduled t o be run, it will post pone
measurement s et c. , unless t he analyzer is busy measuring a blood
sample. I n t his case, t he scheduled QC will be run aft er t he analyzer
has complet ed t he measur ement .
2. The QC measuring procedure begins:
For QC level B only: A measurement of high oxygen is performed
on a gas from a pouch t hat is aspirat ed before t he QC solut ion.
Measurement of t he QC solut ion is performed as soon as it is
posit ioned in t he measuring chambers.
3. The result is saved in t he Qualit y Cont rol log.
4. The result is compared wit h t he defined cont rol range, measuring
range and st at ist ics range.
5. The absence of any markings next t o a paramet er indicat es t hat a
paramet er was measured wit hout any fault .
Mar k i ng Ex pl anat i on
? Error in t he previous calibrat ion, or analyzer
malfunct ion.
W A violat ed West gard Rule.
R A violat ed RiLiBK rule.

Paramet er value is out side t he cont rol range, but
inside t he st at ist ics range.
Only t he values wit hin t he st at ist ics range are
considered accept ed and are included in t he QC
st at ist ics.

Paramet er value is out side t he st at ist ics range and
is not included in t he st at ist ics.

Paramet er value is out side t he range of indicat ion.
Measurement is not included in t he st at ist ics.
* Paramet er values wit h user- defined correct ions
see sect ion Paramet ers and input set up, chapt er 1
for det ails
.. Paramet er value could not be calculat ed, most likely
due t o a syst em error or malfunct ion. These values
will for t he most part be accompanied by a "?". To
obt ain a possible explanat ion, press Message.

6. Aft er t he measurement is complet e, it is followed by a rinse. For
furt her informat ion on t he rinse process see page 3- 6.

Measur i ng
pr ocess
3- 9
Manual QC sampl es
The following t able describes t he analyt ical process of a manual QC
measurement using t he manual QC opt ion.

1. The analyzer is ready t o accept a QC sample.
"Ready" message is displayed
Traffic light is GREEN or YELLOW.
The desired paramet ers are available
2. At t he Ready screen, t he user lift s t he inlet handle t o t he syringe
posit ion. Press Ampoul e QC.
3. The adapt er is pressed against t he inlet gasket and t he inlet probe
ext ends int o t he sample, which is aut omat ically aspirat ed.
NOTE: I t is mandat ory t o use t he adapt er t o minimize t he risk of
possible glass pieces from t he ampoule get t ing int o t he syst em of
t he analyzer.
4. When t he aspirat ion is finished, close t he inlet . The screen is now
ready t o accept QC informat ion.
5. Aft er t he measurement is complet e, it is followed by a rinse. For
furt her informat ion on t he rinse process see page 3- 6.

Measur i ng
pr ocess
3- 10

4. El ect r oni cs

Elect ronic boards and component s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3
4. Elect ronics ABL90 FLEX reference manual
4- 2
The elect ronics of t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer can be subdivided int o t he following
modules:
The user int erface module which consist s of a t ouch screen, a built - in barcode
scanner and an embedded comput er module
An int egrat ed t hermal print er
Elect ronics for cont rol of t he wet sect ion pump, valve, sensor casset t e,
solut ion pack and flow select or
I nt erface t o elect ronic chip for solut ion pack ident ificat ion
Power supply unit
I nlet posit ioning
Sample mixer

Communicat ion bet ween an ext ernal dat a management comput er and t he
analyzer may be achieved via a serial RS232 int erface or Et hernet connect ion
via t he RJ45 int erface port .

Gener al
i nf or mat i on
Communi cat i on
ABL90 FLEX operat or' s manual 4. Elect ronics
4- 3
El ect r oni c boar ds and component s
Universal power supply wit h input from 100- 240 VAC, 50- 60 Hz.
I t includes t hree int ernal DC out put levels, + 5 VDC, + 12 VDC, and + 24 VDC,
dist ribut ed t o different part s of analyzer elect ronics.
Power supply is prepared for bat t ery opt ion.

The Sensor module includes t he Wet Sect ion Cont rol, Sensor I nt erface,
Oximet ry Syst em, Select or Det ect or and Casset t e/ I nst rument I D.
Wet Sect i on Cont r ol :
The Wet Sect ion Cont rol PCB handles t he measurement syst em and t akes care
of dat a collect ion and act uat or cont rols.
I t includes a microcont roller circuit , mot or drivers, oximet ry circuit and
baromet er.
I t int erfaces t o User I nt erface Module, Sensor I nt erface PCB, Oximet ry Syst em
( spect rophot omet er and hemolyzer) and ot her peripheral sensor module PCB s.
Sensor I nt er f ace:
The Sensor int erface PCB handles dat a collect ion from elect ro- chemical and
opt ical sensors.
I t includes high- impedance amplifiers and int egrat ed analog- t o- digit al
convert ers t o acquire sensor signals and t ransmit t hose dat a t o Wet Sect ion
Cont rol.
Sel ect or Det ect or :
The Select or Det ect or PCB handles t he posit ion det ect ion of t he select or funct ion
in t he liquid casset t e.
I t communicat es wit h t he Wet Sect ion Cont rol t hrough an I 2C int erface.
Casset t e / I nst r ument I D:
The Casset t e/ I nst rument I D PCB handles dat a collect ion for t he inst rument - and
liquid casset t e.
I t includes a unique inst rument I D and a connect or t o collect dat a from t he
liquid casset t e I D chip.
Ox i met r y Sy st em:
The oximet ry syst em consist s of a hemolyzer wit h cuvet t e and a 138-
wavelengt h spect rophot omet er wit h a measuring range of 467- 672 nm. The
spect rophot omet er is connect ed via an opt ical fiber t o a combined hemolyzer
and measuring chamber.

The I nlet Posit ion wit h guide plat e handles t he det ect ion of inlet posit ions and
signaling LED s.
I t includes Hall det ect ors and an input / out put port t hat communicat es wit h t he
Wet Sect ion Cont rol t hrough an I 2C int erface.

The User I nt erface Module includes t he CPU Unit , display unit and barcode
reader.
Pow er suppl y
Sensor Modul e
I nl et
posi t i oni ng
User I nt er f ace
Modul e
4. Elect ronics ABL90 FLEX reference manual
4- 4
CPU Uni t :
The CPU Unit runs t he operat ing syst em and applicat ion soft ware.
I t includes a compact ETX- PC module mount ed on a baseboar d t hat int erfaces
signals t o int ernal and ext ernal connect ors.
I t also includes a speaker, a fan and a solid- st at e disk ( CF) , in which all
operat ing syst em and soft ware files are st ored, along wit h syst em dat abase
files.
Di spl ay Uni t :
The display unit handles t he Man Machine I nt erface.
I t includes a 8, 4 TFT display, resist ive t ouch panel, and an I nt erface PCB for
LVDS signal, backlight and t ouch cont rol.
Bar code Reader :
The barcode reader act s as input device for consumables, user and pat ient
barcodes.
I t includes a laser scan engine, a proximit y sensor, a buzzer, and a serial
int erface.

The 4 print er unit handles print out s of inst rument and pat ient result s.
The print er unit includes a 4 clamp shelf print er mechanism, a DC- DC convert er
and a print er cont roller wit h USB int erface.

The sample mixer det ect s and mixes blood samples in safePI CO.
I t includes a mixing mot or, det ect ors and a microcont roller t hat communicat es
wit h t he Wet Sect ion Cont rol t hrough an I 2C int erface.

Pr i nt er uni t
Sampl e mi x er
( f or saf ePI CO
onl y )
5. Sensor s and measur i ng t echnol ogi es

Over vi ew ............................................................................................... 5- 2
General const ruct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 2
General measuring principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3
Cal i br at i on ............................................................................................. 5- 4
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
The calibrat ion equat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Sensit ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8
Qualit y Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9
Ref er ence el ect r ode ............................................................................. 5- 13
Background informat ion about t he reference elect rode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14
Const ruct ion of t he reference elect rode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 15
pH and el ect r ol y t e sensor s .................................................................. 5- 16
Const ruct ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 17
Measuring pr inciple of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18
Calibrat ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
Measurement pH and elect rolyt es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 21
pCO
2
sensor ......................................................................................... 5- 22
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 23
Measuring pr inciple of t he pCO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 24
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 26
Measurement pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 27
pO
2
sensor ........................................................................................... 5- 28
Measuring pr inciple of t he pO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 29
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 30
Measurement - pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 31
Met abol i t e sensor s............................................................................... 5- 32
Const ruct ion of t he met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 33
Calibrat ion of t he met abolit e sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 34
Measurement met abolit es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 35
Measuring pr inciple of t he met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 36
ct Hb and der i vat es .............................................................................. 5- 38
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 39
Calibrat ion of t he opt ical syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
Correct ing for int erferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Measurement and correct ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 47
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 50

5. Sensors and opt ical syst em ABL90 FLEX reference manual

5- 2
Ov er v i ew
Gener al const r uct i on

I n t his manual, t he t erm sensor refers t o an individual sensor as part of t he
sensing array wit hin a sensor casset t e. The elect rical signal from each sensor is
measured by propriet ary analog elect ronics cont ained wit hin t he analyzer unit .
The sensors are locat ed on sensor boards in t he sensor casset t e.
Top sensor
board:
K Na pCO2 pH Cl Ca pO2 Ref

Bot t om sensor board:

Lac Gl u

Sensor s
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 5. Sensors and opt ical syst em

5- 3
Gener al measur i ng pr i nci pl es

There are four different measuring principles employed in t he sensors in t he
ABL90 FLEX analyzer.
- Pot ent i omet r y : The pot ent ial of a sensor chain is recorded using a
volt met er, and relat ed t o t he concent rat ion of t he sample ( t he Nernst
equat ion) . The pot ent iomet ric measuring principle is applied in t he pH, pCO
2
,
K
+
, Na
+
, Ca
2+
and Cl

sensors.
- Amper omet r y : The magnit ude of an elect rical current flowing t hrough a
sensor chain is proport ional t o t he concent rat ion of t he subst ance being
oxidized or reduced at an elect rode in t he chain. The Amperomet ric measuring
principle is applied in t he cGlu and cLac sensors.
- Opt i cal pO
2
: The opt ical syst em for pO
2
is based on t he abilit y of O
2
t o
reduce t he int ensit y and t ime const ant of t he phosphorescence fr om a
phosphorescent dye t hat is in cont act wit h t he sample. This measuring
principle is applied in t he pO
2
sensor.
- Spect r ophot omet r y : Light passes t hr ough a cuvet t e cont aining a hemolyzed
blood sample. The specific wavelengt hs absorbed and t heir int ensit y
generat es an absorpt ion spect rum used t o calculat e oximet ry paramet ers.
This measuring principle is used for measuring ct Hb, sO
2
, FO
2
Hb, FCOHb,
FHHb, FMet Hb, FHbF and ct Bil.
The first t hree measuring principles are described under t he sensors, where t hey
are applied. Spect rophot omet ry is described in t he sect ion t it led ct Hb and
derivat es.

St rict ly speaking, in pot ent iomet ry t he pot ent ial of a sensor chain is relat ed t o
t he act ivit y of a subst ance, and not it s concent rat ion.
The act ivit y of a subst ance can be considered t he "effect ive concent rat ion" of a
species, t aking non- idealit y of t he medium int o account .
Act ivit y and concent rat ion are relat ed by t he following equat ion:
a
x
= c
x

where:
a
x
= t he act ivit y of t he species x
= t he act ivit y coefficient of species x under t he measurement condit ions
( for ideal syst ems = 1)
c
x
= t he concent r at ion of species x ( mol/ L)

NOTI CE: To be exact , act ivit y is relat ed t o t he molalit y of species x, i. e. t he
number of mol/ kg of solvent . However molalit y is convert ed t o concent rat ion
( molarit y) .

The analyzer aut omat ically convert s act ivit ies int o concent rat ions. The t erm
concent rat ion is t herefore used in explanat ions of t he measuring principles for
each of t he sensors furt her on in t his chapt er.

I nt r oduct i on
Act i vi t y vs.
concent r at i on
Conv er si on of
act i vi t y t o
concent r at i on

5- 4
Cal i br at i on

General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 5
The calibrat ion equat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6
Sensit ivit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 7
Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8
Qualit y management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 9

5- 5

Calibrat ion is t he process t hat relat es t he elect rode signals during t he calibrat ion
sequence t o t he values of t he calibrat ing solut ions and air. Calibrat ion enables
t he elect rode signals t o be convert ed t o t he accurat e values for an unknown
sample.

Calibrat ion must be perfor med at regular int ervals so t hat normal variat ions in
sensor out put can be compensat ed for aft er inevit able minor changes in t he
sensor' s behavior.

Calibrat ion of all sensors is performed using air, CAL 1 ( also used for rinse) , CAL
2 and CAL 3 ( see chapt er 9, Solut ions for more informat ion on t he solut ions) .
The calibrat ion solut ions cont ain known concent rat ions of t he subst rat es t o be
measured. These concent rat ions are vit al in det ermining t he measurement
accuracy of t he analyzer.
The concent r at ion of each subst ance in t he calibrat ion solut ions is programmed
int o t he int egrat ed smart chip of t he solut ion pack. The informat ion is
aut omat ically read by t he analyzer when a solut ion pack is inst alled in t he
analyzer.

The t raceabilit y cert ificat e for t he solut ion pack is found in chapt er 9 of t his
manual.

Def i ni t i on
Fr equency
Cal i br at i on
sol ut i ons
Tr aceabi l i t y of
cal i br at i on
sol ut i ons

5- 6
The cal i br at i on equat i on
The calibrat ion equat ion expresses t he relat ionship bet ween t he elect rical
measurement at a sensor and t he concent rat ion of t he subst rat e specific t o t he
sensor.

The calibrat ion line forms t he basis of t he scale used by t he analyzer t o convert
elect rical measurement s t o concent rat ions.

Each sensor has a unique calibrat ion equat ion.
I n t he following example of a pot ent iomet ric sensor, t he pH sensor is used t o
illust rat e how t his equat ion is derived from t wo solut ions of known pH. The pH
value as graphed is a linear scale. All ot her elect rolyt e values, if graphed, would
be expressed as log
10
( a
ion
) .
- Solut ion 1 ( s1) has a pH of 7. 40, which gives a pot ent ial reading of 2. 3 mV.
- Solut ion 2 ( s2) has a pH of 7. 03, which gives a pot ent ial reading of 20. 4 mV.
These t wo values are plot t ed on a graph.
The relat ionship bet ween pot ent ial and pH is linear so a line can be drawn
bet ween t he t wo point s, as shown in t he diagram below:

The calibrat ion line now forms t he scale used t o convert t he pot ent ial measured
at t he pH sensor during sample analysis t o an act ual pH value.
Def i ni t i on
Use
Der i vi ng t he
cal i br at i on
l i ne
Scal e

5- 7
Sensi t i v i t y
The elect rode sensit ivit y illust rat es t he slope of t he calibrat ion line compared t o
t he slope of t he t heoret ical elect rode.
The sensit ivit y of t he t heoret ical elect rode is 100 % or 1. 00.

Theor et ical calibrat ion line
Slope= 61.5 mV/ pH
Sensit ivit y = 100 %
pH
Measured
pot ent ial
( mV)
65.25
96
6.8 7.3
2- point calibrat ion line
Slope = 58.4 mV/ pH
Sensit ivit y = 95 %

I f an elect rode has a sensit ivit y of 95 % or 0. 95, it s sensit ivit y is 5 % lower t han
t he sensit ivit y of t he t heoret ical elect rode.
The sensit ivit y of an elect rode is calculat ed as:
=

Pot ent ial at 6.8 Pot ent ial at 7.3
Sensit ivit y ( %)
61.5 (7.3 6.8)

where 61. 5 = sensit ivit y of t heoret ical elect rode.
Each elect rode has it s own sensit ivit y limit s.
The sensit ivit ies are range checked:
pH pCO
2
pO
2
cK
+
cNa
+
cCa
2+
cCl
cGlu cLac
% % % % % % % pA/ mmol/ L pA/ mmol/ L
Min. 85 60 85 85 85 85 75 100 100
Max. 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 2000 2000

The calibrat ion line slope is reest ablished wit h every calibrat ion.

The slope of t he calibrat ion line is described by t he sensit ivit y value.

The calibrat ion st at us values are, in general, defined as t he sensor signals of
CAL 1, except for pO
2
, which is only calibrat ed in one point ( pO
2
st at us reflect s
t he cal check) :
pH pCO
2
pO
2
cK
+
cNa
+
cCa
2+
cCl
cGlu cLac
mV mV mmHg mV mV mV mV pA pA
Min. - 50 - 50 - 20 150 150 200 - 50 0 0
Max. 250 250 20 350 350 400 100 3000 3000

Drift describes t he variat ion in locat ion of t he calibrat ion line bet ween
consecut ive calibrat ions. Typically, sensit ivit y drift is insignificant compared t o
st at us drift . The analyzer aut omat ically compensat es for t his drift by performing
a 1- point calibrat ion wit h every measurement .
Def i ni t i on
Updat i ng
Sensi t i vi t y
St at us
Dr i f t

5- 8
Measur ement

A blood sample gives a pot ent ial reading of 4. 8 mV at t he pH sensor. Reading
off from t he calibrat ion line shown below, t his pot ent ial corresponds t o a pH of
7. 35.

To compensat e for deviat ions from ideal behavior ( ex. dilut ion of sample wit h
residual rinse solut ion, and change in gas level by cont act wit h t he sample
pat h) , a correct ion is applied, t o give t he final value.
The correct ion is t ypically a linear correct ion, and is described for each sensor
t ype in t he following.

Sampl e
measur ement s
Cor r ect i ons

5- 9
Qual i t y Management
This sect ion describes t he funct ionalit ies t hat t he analyzer, apart from t he built -
in qualit y checks, applies t o ensure t he measurement qualit y.

Sy st em check s:
Syst em checks are performed regularly and aut omat ically consist of t he
following checks:
- Communicat ion checks
( t o check t he communicat ion bet ween t he PC and embedded syst ems. Are
performed aft er analyzer st art up. )
- Soft ware checks
( t o check t he correct Dat a Management syst em ( DMS) against t he correct wet
sect ion soft ware. Are performed aft er analyzer st art up. )
- Mechanical checks
( t o check t he calibrat ion and t he posit ioning of t he flow select or and t he
solut ion pump volume and t o check for leakages. Solut ion pump volume and
leakage checks are performed once a day. Flow select or calibrat ion checks are
performed wit h every act ivit y)
- Elect ronical checks
( t o check t he wet sect ion liquid t ransport , leak current and liquid sensor. Are
performed once a day. )
- Temper at ure checks
( t o check t he sensor array, spect rophot omet er and t he t emperat ure inside t he
analyzer. Are performed cont inuously. )
- Consumable int egrit y checks on t ime of inst allat ion
( Sensor casset t e: To check t he expirat ion dat e, lifet ime, condit ioning t ime and
sensit ivit y of all t he paramet ers. The act ivit ies ment ioned under analysis
check are also checked. These checks are performed aft er sensor casset t e
inst allat ion.
Solut ion pack: To check t he expirat ion dat e, lifet ime and number of remaining
t est s along wit h t he correct solut ion pack posit ioning and sample flow
int egrit y. These checks ar e performed aft er solut ion pack inst allat ion. )

Anal y si s check s:
Analysis checks are performed in connect ion wit h analysis be it pat ient sample
analysis, calibrat ion or a QC measurement consist of t he following checks:
- St at us calibrat ions/ checks
( t o check t he st at us of t he sensors a st at us calibrat ion is performed on all t he
sensors except on t he pO
2
,

where is st at us check is performed. A det ailed
descript ion of t he calibrat ions can be found furt her on in t his chapt er under
t he individual sensor t ypes. )
- Sample int egrit y checks
( t o check for sensor response st abilit y, air bubbles, insufficient sample volume
and sample pat h obst ruct ions. Blockages can indirect be revealed during t hese
checks. )
- Temper at ure checks
( t o check t he sensor array, spect rophot omet er and t he t emperat ure inside t he
analyzer. Are performed cont inuously and wit h every measurement . )
- Mechanical checks
( t o check t he pressure, solut ion pump and flow select or and t o check for
leakages. )
I nt r oduct i on
Sy st em/
anal y si s check s

5- 10
- Elect ronical checks
( t o check t he sensor impedance and leak current . )
- Measurement preparat ion checks
( t o ensure t hat t he analyzer, aft er each act ivit y, is ready for a new
measurement . )
- Consumable lifet ime checks
( To check t he expirat ion dat e and lifet ime of t he sensor casset t e. To check t he
expirat ion dat e, lifet ime and number of remaining t est s of t he solut ion pack. )

Soft ware checks:
During t he soft ware check, t he correct version soft ware in t he DMS is checked
against t he correct version of t he wet sect ion. I n case of soft ware consist ency
errors t he analyzer does not allow measurement s.
Communicat ion checks:
During t he communicat ion check, t he communicat ion bet ween t he PC and
embedded syst ems is checked. I n case of errors t he analyzer aut omat ically t ries
t o reest ablish t he connect ion.
Temper at ure checks:
During t emperat ure checks, t he t emperat ures of t he sensors,
spect rophot omet er, cuvet t e and baromet er ( int ernal t emperat ure) are checked.
I f a check of t he cont inuous t emperat ure monit oring fails t he analyzer ent ers
t he User int ervent ion required mode t hat is aut omat ically left again if t he
t emperat ur e check is ok. Aft er power on or replacement s t he analyzer wait s for
t he t emperat ures t o be wit hin limit s. I n case of t emperat ure drift of t he Oxi
spect rophot omet er, an Oxi calibrat ion is set pending and performed in
connect ion wit h a measurement , if no scheduled calibrat ion has been
performed, t hus compensat ing for t he drift . The t emperat ure is monit ored and
logged during aspirat ion of sample, QC and Cal solut ions.
Sensor checks:
During sensor response checks, t he signal responses of t he sensors are
checked. St abilit y errors are report ed by an error message and a "?" next t o t he
paramet er result s.
During calibrat ion checks, t he calibrat ion values of t he sensors are checked t o
ensure t hat t he analyzer is ready for measurement . I n case of calibrat ion errors
( except severe fluid t ransport errors) t he calibrat ion is ret ried. The User
int ervent ion required mode is not ent ered if no ot her severe error s are
encount ered.
Mechanical checks:
During flow select or checks, t he calibrat ion/ posit ioning of t he flow select or in
t he solut ion pack is checked. I f t he flow select or calibrat ion fails, t he act ivit y is
st opped and ret ried. I f t he second calibrat ion fails, t he User int ervent ion
required mode is ent ered.
During pump checks, t he volume of t he pump flow is checked. I f t he pump
calibrat ion fails, t he act ivit y is st opped and ret ried. I f t he second calibrat ion
fails, t he User int ervent ion required mode is ent ered.
Elect ronical checks:
During leak current checks, t he leak current bet ween t he reference elect rode
and t he chassis is checked t o det ect liquid leaks in t he solut ion pack. I f t he
check fails, t he check is repeat ed. I f t he second check fails, t he User
int ervent ion required mode is ent ered.
During impedance checks, t he impedance bet ween each pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
,
cCl
sensor and t he reference elect rode is checked. The int ernal impedance of

5- 11
t he pCO
2
sensor is also checked. I f t he check fails, t he check is repeat ed. I f t he
second check fails, t he User int ervent ion required mode is ent ered.
During liquid sensor checks, t he inlet , sensor and oxi liquid sensors check t he
liquid t ransport in t he wet sect ion. The calibrat ion of t he liquid sensors is also
checked. I n case a calibrat ion fails, a rinse is performed and t he syst em
calibrat ion repeat ed. I f t he second calibrat ion fails t he User int ervent ion
required mode is ent ered. I f t he solut ion is inhomogeneous, t he refill program
will perform t hree ret ries before abort ing. I f a rinse, as part of anot her program,
fails, a new rinse is t ried and t he User int ervent ion required mode is ent ered if
t he second at t empt fails. During aspirat ion of a sample or int ernal solut ion, t he
liquid sensors check t he liquid t ransport ( bot h t he air segment s and t he liquid
are expect ed t o t rig off t he sensors wit hin cert ain t ime limit s) . I n case of errors
t he act ivit y will be abort ed.
Measurement preparat ion checks:
A rinse is performed aft er each act ivit y. Wit h t he rinse, t he t emperat ure and
homogeneit y of t he rinse solut ion is checked. I n case of rinse error, a rinse will
be performed. I f t his rinse fails t oo, t he User int ervent ion required mode is
ent ered.
Sample int egrit y checks:
The pO
2
check is used t o check for any blockage or leak in t he flow pat h, and,
furt hermore, t he pO
2
sensor is checked for air in front of t he pO
2
sensor. I n case
of any air t he pO
2
paramet er will be marked wit h a ? and a corresponding error
message is given. During pO
2
checks, pressure t est s are perfor med. I n case t he
t est s fail, t he act ivit y is ret ried. I f t his act ivit y fails, t he User int ervent ion
required mode is ent ered.
Consumables checks:
During consumables check, t he sensor casset t e and t he solut ion pack lifet ime
and expirat ion dat e are checked by inspect ing t he smart chip dat a of t he
individual consumables. I n case of chip dat a errors or if t he consumables are
used up or have expired, t he User int ervent ion required mode is ent ered. The
user has t he possibilit y t o perform a replacement .
Apart from t he checks ment ioned above a flow select or check, pressure t est ,
refill, pump calibrat ion and a rinse are also performed during a solut ion pack
replacement . Furt hermore, it is checked whet her t he Solut ion pack has been
used befor e. I n case of errors, t he User int ervent ion required mode is ent ered.
The user has t he possibilit y t o perform a replacement .
During a sensor casset t e replacement it is also checked whet her t he sensor
casset t e has been used before and if t he minimum/ maximum condit ioning t ime
has been met . Thereaft er, a pressure t est , liquid sensor check, pump
calibrat ion, rinse and a calibrat ion of all t he sensors are performed. I n case of
any errors t he sensor casset t e is considered t o be uncondit ioned, and t he
analyzer will perform an aut omat ic condit ioning and a new calibrat ion t hat
prolong t he st art up t ime t o 30 minut es.
By default each of t he t hree built - in QC will be run aft er replacement s and
st art up. I f t his funct ion has been deact ivat ed it is recommended t o perform QCs
aft er replacement s and st art up.
I f t he solut ion pack and t he sensor casset t e have been replaced at t he same
t ime, all t he above checks will be carried out . I n case of errors t he User
int ervent ion required mode is ent ered. The user has t he possibilit y t o perform a
replacement .
Furt hermore some syst em checks are also performed aft er t he replacement of
t he solut ion pack and sensor casset t e.

5- 12

The following addit ional paramet ers ar e checked:
- Sensit ivit y
- St at us

I n case of error in a scheduled calibrat ion, a new calibrat ion is aut omat ically
performed.

A 1- point calibrat ion is aut omat ically performed wit h every measurement .
For pO
2
, which is only calibrat ed in one point , a calibrat ion check is performed.
I f t his check fails, a new calibrat ion is aut omat ically performed aft er
measurement and used t o calculat e t he pO
2
in t he measurement , or, in ot her
words, act ually, t o perform a calibrat ion/ t o ensure a valid calibrat ion.

Aft er sensor replacement , t he met abolit e sensors have a significant drift in t he
sensit ivit y. The analyzer aut omat ically compensat es for t his by performing a
calibrat ion, when needed, aft er every measurement t hat is used t o calculat e t he
measured met abolit e values.

By performing t he calibrat ion wit h t he measurement , inst ead of performing
frequent calibrat ions, sensor drift s are reduced more effect ively. As calibrat ions,
furt hermore, only are performed when needed, t he upt ime, where t he analyzer
is ready for measurement , is maximized.

Cal i br at i on
Measur ement

5- 13
Ref er ence el ect r ode

Background informat ion about t he reference elect rode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14
Const ruct ion of t he reference elect rode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 15


5- 14
Back gr ound i nf or mat i on about t he r ef er ence el ect r ode

The purpose of t he reference elect rode is t o provide a st able, fixed pot ent ial,
against which ot her pot ent ial differences can be measured.
The pot ent ial at t he reference elect rode is not alt ered by t he sample
composit ion.

A fixed pot ent ial is maint ained at t he reference elect rode by t he following
equilibrium react ions:

AgCl Ag
+
+ Cl

Ag
+
+ e
Ag

These react ions are possible because t he elect rode is made of an Ag rod coat ed
wit h AgCl t o provide t he Ag/ Ag
+
equlibrium in a solut ion wit h const ant Cl

concent rat ion and t o det ermine t he reference pot ent ial.

The reference elect rode is used in t he measurement of pH and elect rolyt e
concent rat ions.
Cont act wit h t he sample is made via a membrane j unct ion bet ween t he
reference elect rode liquid chamber and t he measuring chamber.

Pur pose
Fi x ed pot ent i al
Use

5- 15
Const r uct i on of t he r ef er ence el ect r ode

I t em Par t Descr i pt i on/ Funct i on
1 Membrane I nt erface t o t he sample.
2 Elect rolyt e
solut ion
Act s as a salt - bridge solut ion t hat maint ains
an elect rical cont act bet ween t he elect rode
and t he sample.
3 Elect rode Provides t he cont act bet ween t he Elect rolyt e
solut ion and t he elect rical cont act .
4 Elect rical cont act The point of elect rical cont act bet ween t he
elect rode and t he analyzer.
5 Housing Sensor casset t e housing wit h int egrat ed
reference elect rode.

Di agr am
Par t s and
f unct i ons

5- 16
pH and el ect r ol y t e sensor s

Const ruct ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 17
Measuring pr inciple of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18
Calibrat ion of t he pH and elect rolyt e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 20
Measurement pH and elect rolyt es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 21

5- 17
Const r uct i on of t he pH and el ect r ol y t e sensor s

The pH and elect rolyt e sensors are of solid- st at e design wit h a H
+
, K
+ ,
Na
+
and
Ca
2+
sensit ive PVC membrane. The Cl
sensor is of solid- st at e design wit h a Cl

sensit ive epoxy membrane.

The pH sensor is used as an example:

3
1
4
1
2
3
4

I t em Par t Descr i pt i on
1 Membrane I on- select ive membrane t hat is in direct
cont act wit h t he sample or calibrat ion
solut ion and t hat is sensit ive t o a specific ion,
e. g. t he H
+
ions.
2 Solid- st at e
cont act
The point of elect rical and ionic cont act wit h
t he membrane.
3 Elect rical cont act The point of elect rical cont act bet ween t he
sensor and t he analyzer.
4 Elect rode base The st ruct ural plat form on which t he
elect rode is formed.

Di agr am
Par t s and
descr i pt i on

5- 18
Measur i ng pr i nci pl e of t he pH and el ect r ol y t e sensor s

The pH and elect rolyt e sensors are measured according t o t he pot ent iomet ric
measuring principle, where t he pot ent ial of an elect rode chain recorded at a
volt met er is relat ed t o t he concent rat ion of a subst ance via t he Nernst equat ion.

The elect rode chain ( or elect rical circuit ) set up t o measure pH/ elect rolyt es is
illust rat ed in t he following diagram:

1
2
3 4 5 6

The elect rode chain describes an elect rical circuit consist ing of t he following:

I t em Par t Funct i on
1 Volt met er Measures t he volt age pot ent ial in t he circuit .
2 Reference elect rode Provides elect rical connect ion t o t he volt met er.
3 Liquid j unct ion Point of cont act bet ween t he reference sensor
and t he sample.
4 Sample The unknown liquid being measured.
5 Membrane An ion- sensit ive membrane, which is sensit ive
t o H
+
/ elect rolyt e ions.
6 Solid- st at e cont act Provides elect rical connect ion t o t he volt met er.

Every element in t he elect rode chain cont ribut es a volt age t o t he t ot al pot ent ial
drop t hrough t he chain. Thus:
- When immersed in t he appropriat e elect rolyt e solut ion, bot h elect rodes exhibit
separat e pot ent ials
- The membrane j unct ions bet ween t he sample and elect rolyt e solut ions also
exhibit separat e pot ent ials
The t ot al pot ent ial across t he elect rode chain, t herefore, is t he sum of t hese
separat e pot ent ials, all but one of which are known and const ant , as out lined in
t he t able on next page.
Pot ent i omet r i c
measur i ng
pr i nci pl e
El ect r ode chai n
Par t s and
descr i pt i on
El ect r ode chai n
pot ent i al

5- 19

El ement Pot ent i al Sy mbol
Reference elect rode Known and const ant when t he
Ag/ AgCl is immersed in t he
elect rolyt e solut ion.
E
ref

Liquid j unct ion bet ween t he
elect rolyt e solut ion in t he
reference elect rode and t he
sample
Known and const ant .
I ndependent of sample
composit ion.
E
LJ

I on- sensit ive membrane
separat ing t he sample and
t he pH sensor
Unknown. Dependent on sample
composit ion.
E
Sample

Solid- st at e cont act Known and const ant . E
E

Tot al pot ent ial Measured by t he volt met er. E
t ot

The unknown pot ent ial difference across t he ion- sensit ive PVC membrane is t he
difference bet ween t he measured t ot al pot ent ial and t he sum of t he known
pot ent ials:
( )
E LJ ref t ot al sample
E E E E = E + +

The pot ent ial difference across t he membrane arises as a consequence of a
change in t he charge balance at t he membrane.
The membrane is sensit ive t o H
+
/ elect rolyt e ions in t hat it has an ion exchange
abilit y. Since t he int ernal solid- st at e reference elect r ode fixes t he int ernal
pot ent ial, changes in t he ext ernal charging of t he membrane produce
measurable changes in t he overall pot ent ial.

Having measured t he unknown pot ent ial ( E
sample
) , t he pot ent ial difference across
t he membrane in t he sensor can be expressed by t he Nernst equat ion:
sample 0 x
R
E E ln
F n
= +
T
a
where:

E
0

= St andard elect rode pot ent ial
R = Gas const ant ( 8. 3143 J/ K- mole)
T = Absolut e t emperat ure ( K)
n = Charge on t he ion
F = Faraday const ant ( 96487 C/ mole)
x
a
= Act ivit y of t he species x

As shown in t he equat ion above, measuring t he pot ent ial of each of t he
elect rode chains gives a reading of t he act ivit y of t he ions in t he sample.
Act ivit y expresses t he "effect ive concent rat ion" of a species and is explained in
more det ail in t he sect ion General measuring principles earlier in t his sect ion.
The act ivit y of t he ions is aut omat ically convert ed t o a concent rat ion value by
t he analyzer.
The relat ionship bet ween act ivit y and concent rat ion is explained in t he sect ion
General measuring principles at t he beginning of t his chapt er.
Unk now n
pot ent i al
I on- sensi t i v e
membr ane
Ner nst
equat i on
Act i vi t y and
concent r at i on

5- 20
Cal i br at i on of t he pH and el ect r ol y t e sensor s

The pH and elect rolyt e sensors are calibrat ed by det ermining t he E
0
and
sensit ivit y from 2- point calibrat ions. Slight variat ions in sensor performance
bet ween calibrat ions are addressed by performing a measurement of CAL 1
wit hin every sample measurement process.

A 2- point calibrat ion is performed at pr eset int ervals using t wo solut ions from
t he solut ion pack. The pr ecise values for t hese solut ions are cont ained in t he
smart chip locat ed on t he solut ion pack.

The pH and elect rolyt e values for CAL 1 and CAL 2 are as follows ( approximat e
values) :

Level
Subst ance Uni t CAL 1 CAL 2
pH - 7. 3 6. 8
cNa
+
mmol/ L 150 70
cK
+
mmol/ L 4 10
cCl
mmol/ L 95 50
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 5 2. 3

The solut ion pH and elect rolyt e values are known and cont ained in t he solut ion
pack smart chip.

The sensit ivit y is calculat ed in t he following way and expressed as t he
percent age of t he t heoret ical sensit ivit y, calculat ed from t he sensor signal of t he
t wo calibrat ion solut ions ( mV) and t he nominal calibrat ion values:

pH:
cal2 cal1
cal2 cal1
mV mV
S
61, 5mV (pH pH )
=

Elect rolyt e sensors:

cal2 cal1
cal2
10
cal1
n( mV mV )
S
c
61, 5mV log ( )
c

where n is t he ionic charge.

St at us is defined as t he sensor signal of CAL 1 ( rinse) : mV1.
I nt r oduct i on
2- poi nt
cal i br at i on
Cal i br at i on
l evel s
Cal i br at i on

5- 21
Measur ement pH and el ect r ol y t es

The pH value measured from t he sample is calculat ed as follows, from t he
sensor signal of t he sample mV
sample
:

sample cal1
cal1
mV mV
pH pH
61, 5mV S
= +

The elect rolyt e concent rat ion in a sample is calculat ed from t he following
equat ions:
n( E - E )
sample cal1
61, 5mV S
cal1
c c 10 =
where n is t he ionic charge.

The measured value is applied a linear correct ion:

displayed 1 2
c k c k = +

NOTI CE: cCl
is compensat ed for cHCO

3
int erference by using t he measured

pH and pCO
2
, before t he linear correct ion is applied.

The following paramet ers are range checked:
- Sensit ivit y
- Sensit ivit y drift
- St at us
- Sensor response st abilit y

The sensor r esponse st abilit y is defined as t he st andard deviat ion of t he last 5
updat ings of t he response.
Measur ement
Check s

5- 22
pCO
2
sensor

2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 23
Measuring pr inciple of t he pCO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 24
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 26
Measurement pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 27
Correct ions pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 27


5- 23
Const r uct i on of t he pCO
2
sensor

1 Silicone membrane A membrane separat ing t he sample and t he
elect rolyt e solut ion. I s only permeable t o CO
2
.
2 Elect rolyt e solut ion A solut ion separat ing t he silicone membrane and
t he pH membrane, Ag/ AgCl sensors. The
elect rolyt e solut ion is vent ed by CO
2
whereby pH
is changed.
3 pH membrane H
+
sensit ive membrane.
4 Reference Ag/ AgCl elect rode
5 Solid- st at e cont act
for t he pH syst em
The point of elect rical cont act bet ween t he pH
membrane and t he analyzer.
6 Solid- st at e cont act
for t he Ag/ AgCl
syst em
The point of elect rical cont act bet ween t he
reference elect rode and t he analyzer.
7 Elect rode base The st ruct ural plat form on which t he elect rode is
formed.

Di agr am
Par t s and
descr i pt i on

5- 24
Measur i ng pr i nci pl e of t he pCO
2
sensor

The elect rode chain ( or elect rical circuit ) set up t o measure pCO
2
is illust rat ed in
t he following diagram:

The elect rode chain describes an elect rical circuit consist ing of t he following:

1 Volt met er Measures t he volt age pot ent ial in t he
circuit .
2 pH elect rode Provides elect rical connect ion t o t he
volt met er
3 Elect rolyt e solut ion Medium for connect ion
4 I nt ernal reference elect rode
( Ag/ AgCl)
Provides elect rical connect ion t o t he
volt met er

The pot ent ial differences at all t he j unct ions in t he elect rode chain are known
and const ant , except t hat at t he pH- sensit ive membrane. ( See t he sect ion pH
and elect rolyt e sensors for a full explanat ion. )
The pot ent ial difference at t he pH- sensit ive membrane depends on t he pH of t he
elect rolyt e solut ion, which in t urn depends on t he CO
2
cont ent of t he sample.
This is explained in t he measuring process below.

El ect r ode chai n
Par t s and
descr i pt i on
El ect r ode chai n
pot ent i al

5- 25

The following is an account of t he measuring process in t he pCO
2
sensor.

Par t Funct i on
Transport of CO
2
CO
2
from t he sample permeat es t he membrane.
Dissolut ion of CO
2
The CO
2
dissolves in t he elect rolyt e solut ion.
This produces carbonic acid:
H
2
O + CO
2
H
2
CO
3

Dissociat ion of
carbonic acid
Carbonic acid dissociat es according t o t he following
equilibrium react ion:
H
2
CO
3
H
+
+ HCO
3

pH change The release of H
+
ions changes t he H
+
concent rat ion, and
t hus t he pH of t he inner buffer solut ion on one side of
t he pH- sensit ive membrane.
Measurement of
pot ent ial
The concent r at ion gradient of H
+
ions across t he
membrane cr eat es a pot ent ial difference across t he
membrane.
This change in pot ent ial across t he membrane is
measured by t he volt met er.
Relat ion of pH t o
pCO
2

The pH value is relat ed t o t he part ial pressure of CO
2
in
t he sample by t he following equat ion:

| |
2
-
3
a
*
HCO
log + pK = pH
pCO o

where:
a
pK = log K
a
, t he equilibrium const ant for t he
dissociat ion of carbonic acid in wat er
o = solubilit y coefficient for CO
2
in wat er
The st ruct ure of t he pCO
2
sensor is similar t o t he pH
sensor, including t he presence of a pH- sensit ive
membrane. The maj or difference is in t he int ernal
elect rolyt e solut ion present in t he pCO
2
sensor which
allows t he dissolut ion and ult imat e dissociat ion of
carbonic acid ment ioned above.
I f [ cHCO
3
]

and o in t he elect rolyt e solut ion is const ant
t his result s in t he following:
2
pH = K- log CO p
Where
K cont ains t he equilibrium const ant pK
a
, t he
solubilit y coefficient o and t he concent rat ion of
bicarbonat e [ cHCO
3
] .

E = E'
0
- 61. 5 pH = E
0
+ 61. 5 log pCO
2

Measur i ng
pr ocess

5- 26
Cal i br at i on of t he pCO
2
sensor

The pCO
2
sensor is calibrat ed by det ermining t he sensit ivit y from 2- point
calibrat ions. Calibrat ion measurement s are performed on t wo levels of solut ion.
Slight variat ions in sensor performance bet ween calibrat ions are addressed by
performing a measurement on CAL 1 wit hin every sample measurement
process.

The ABL90 FLEX analyzer is equipped wit h a solut ion pack. This pack cont ains
precision- t onomet ered fluids. The t onomet ry calibrat ion gas mixt ure is of a
known composit ion.
The part ial pressure of CO
2
( pCO
2
) and t he solut ion pH values are known and
cont ained in t he solut ion pack smart chip.

The sensit ivit y is calculat ed in t he following way and expressed as t he
percent age of t he t heoret ical sensit ivit y, calculat ed from t he sensor signal of t he
t wo calibrat ion solut ions ( mV) and t he nominal calibrat ion values:

cal2 cal1
2
10
2
mV mV
S
CO ( cal2)
61, 5mV log ( )
CO ( cal1)
p
p

St at us is defined as t he sensor signal of CAL 1 ( rinse) : mV
1
.
I nt r oduct i on
Cal i br at i on
l evel s
Sensi t i vi t y

5- 27
Measur ement pCO
2

The pCO
2
value measured from t he sample is calculat ed as follows, from t he
sensor signal of t he sample mV
sample
:

E E
sample cal1
61,5mV S
2 2
CO CO ( cal1) 10 p p
=
displayed 1 2
c k c k = +

- Sensit ivit y
- sensit ivit y drift
- st at us
- sensor response st abilit y

updat ings of t he response.
Measur ement
Check s

5- 28
pO
2
sensor

Measuring pr inciple of t he pO
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 29
2
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 30
Measurement pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 31


5- 29
Measur i ng pr i nci pl e of t he pO
2
sensor

The opt ical syst em for pO
2
is based on t he abilit y of O
2
t o reduce t he int ensit y
and t ime const ant of t he phosphorescence from a phosphorescent dye t hat is in
cont act wit h t he sample.
The opt ical syst em for measuring pO
2
is shown in t he following diagram:

The green LED emit s light , which is reflect ed by a dichroic mirror ont o t he pO
2

sensor. Due t o t he phosphorescence, red light is emit t ed back t hr ough t he
dichroic mirror and ont o a phot o det ect or. The phot o det ect or sends t he
elect rical signals, proport ional t o t he light int ensit y, t o t he analog/ digit al
convert er and t he dat a pr ocessing unit . The calculat ion of t he pO
2
is performed.

The pO
2
is calculat ed on t he basis of t he St ern- Volmer equat ion, which describes
t he relat ionship bet ween t he phosphor escence int ensit y/ t ime const ant ( t) and
t he pO
2
value in a sample:

0
2
O ( ) k 1 p
t
t
t
| |
=
|
\ .

where k and t
0
are const ant s.

Opt i cal sy st em
f or pO
2

Measur i ng
sequence
Cal cul at i ons

5- 30
Cal i br at i on of t he pO
2
sensor

The pO
2
sensor is calibrat ed t o det ermine it s sensit ivit y by measuring one
calibrat ion point during a sensit ivit y calibrat ion process. Performance of t he
sensor from calibrat ion t o calibrat ion is checked and during sample or qualit y
cont rol analysis any drift on sensit ivit y is checked. The pO
2
sensor is calibrat ed
on ambient air.

The sensit ivit y is defined as t he percent age of t he measured pO
2
on ambient air
compared t o t he reference value:

2
2
O ( meas)
S
O ( ref)
p
p
=

where pO
2
( ref) is t he pO
2
t ension in ambient air sat urat ed wit h wat er vapor:

2 2 2
O ( ref) O (p(amb) pH O) p F =

where FO
2
is t he pO
2
fract ion in ambient air, and pH
2
O is t he part ial wat er vapor
pressure of sat urat ed air at 37
o
C, and p( amb) is t he baromet ric pressure.

I n connect ion wit h t he sensit ivit y calibrat ion performed on ambient air, also t he
CAL1 ( rinse) solut ion is measured t o obt ain a st at us. This st at us aims t o check
t he performed calibrat ion. This is done by comparing t he measur ed value of t he
CAL1 ( rinse) solut ion t o t he reference value of CAL1, given by t he smart chip) :
2 2 2
O ( st at us,cal) O ( CAL1,cal) O ( CAL1,ref) p p p =
For every measurement , t he pO
2
calibrat ion is checked by comparing t he
measured value of CAL1 ( rinse) solut ion t o t he value obt ained on t he CAL1
solut ion of t he last calibrat ion ( CAL1
CAL
) :
2 2 2
O ( st at us,meas) O ( CAL1,meas) O ( CAL1,cal) p p p =

I nt r oduct i on
Sensi t i vi t y
St at us

5- 31
Measur ement - pO
2

On whole blood, pO
2
is adj ust ed wit h t he sensit ivit y value and t he measured pO
2

is t herefore det ermined as follows:

2
2
O ( meas)
O (sens,adj ust ed)
S
p
p =

The measured value is applied a 2
nd
order blood cor rect ion, t o compensat e for
t he varying buffer value of blood, as a funct ion of pO
2
t ension. A second- or der
correct ion is applied:

2
2 1 2 2 2 3
O (display) k O k O + k p p p = +

NOTI CE: During a measurement , t he sensor t echnology used offers det ect ion of
any air bubble in front of t he pO
2
sensor t hat could lead t o significant errors.

- Sensit ivit y
- St at us

Check s

5- 32
Met abol i t e sensor s

Const ruct ion of t he met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 33
Calibrat ion of t he met abolit e sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 34
Measurement met abolit es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 35
Measuring pr inciple of t he met abolit e sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 36


5- 33
Const r uct i on of t he met abol i t e sensor s

The cGlu and cLac sensors are t hree- elect rode sensors consist ing of an int ernal
silver/ silver chloride reference elect rode, a plat inum auxiliary elect rode, and a
plat inum anode. The sensors are covered by a mult i- layer membrane bound t o
t he sensor board.
The membrane consist s of four layers:
- The biocompat ible layer
- The out er membrane permeable t o cGlu/ cLac
- The enzyme layer
- The inner membrane permeable t o H
2
O
2

1 Biocompat ible
layer
Biocompat ible layer
2 Out er membr ane Out er membr ane permeable t o glucose
diffusion cont rol
3 Enzyme layer Cont ains glucose/ lact at e oxidase.
4 I nner membr ane Cellulose acet at e.
5 Reference Ag/ AgCl elect rode.
6 Anode Plat inum elect rode.
7 Cat hode Plat inum elect rode.
8 Elect rode base The st ruct ural plat form on which t he sensor is
formed.

The zero current is a small background current measured at t he elect rode when
no cGlu/ cLac is present in a solut ion. As CAL 1 cont ains no cGlu/ cLac, a baseline
represent ing t he zero current , I
0
as a funct ion of t ime ( I
0
= f( t ) ) , is obt ained
from cont inuous measurement s on CAL 1.
This I
0
baseline is obt ained as follows:
- At t he end of a rinse, wit h CAL 1 in t he measuring chamber, t he zero
current of t he met abolit e elect rodes is measured periodically
- The previous N ( N = 8) measurement s on t he CAL 1 before a calibrat ion
or a sample measurement st art s are used t o obt ain a baseline
represent ing t he t ime funct ion of I
0

Basi c
descr i pt i on
Di agr am
Par t s and
descr i pt i on
Zer o cur r ent

5- 34
- The baseline is ext rapolat ed t hroughout t he whole elect rode calibrat ion or
sample measurement period, and represent s t he zer o current t ime funct ion
- The I
0
baseline is used in t he det erminat ion of t he sensit ivit y of t he
cGlu/ cLac sensor

Cal i br at i on of t he met abol i t e sensor s

The sensit ivit y of t he cGlu and cLac sensors is calculat ed by measuring t he
current from CAL 3 t hen subt ract ing t he zero current as measured from CAL 1.
CAL 3 has a nominal glucose concent r at ion of 10 mmol/ L and a nominal lact at e
concent rat ion of 10 mmol/ L. The precise values are specific t o t he individual lot
of t he solut ion pack and are cont ained in t he solut ion pack smart chip.
The current at t he cGlu and cLac sensors wit h CAL 3 in t he measuring chamber
is measured at regular int ervals aft er t he chamber is filled wit h solut ion. The
current , when signal st abilit y is reached, is used t o det ermine t he sensit ivit y of
t he cGlu or cLac sensor.

The sensit ivit y of t he cGlu or cLac sensor is calculat ed as follows:
cal3 0
cal
I I
S
c
=
where I
0
is t he zero current est imat ed t o t he t ime of measurement from t he 8
samples t aken on CAL 1 ( rinse) .
St at us is defined as I
0
.

Sensi t i vi t y

5- 35
Measur ement met abol i t es

The glucose or lact at e concent rat ion in a sample is calculat ed from t he following
equat ion, using t he difference bet ween t he current in t he sample and t he
ext rapolat ed zero current from t he rinse solut ion:
=
sample 0
I I
c
S

displayed 1 2
c k c k = +

NOTI CE: cLac is compensat ed for t he dependence of t he ionic composit ion by
using t he measured elect r olyt e values before t he linear correct ion is applied. I f
t he elect rolyt es are not measured, default values are used.

- Sensit ivit y
- Sensor response st abilit y

updat ings of t he response for CAL 1 ( rinse) .
For CAL 3, it is defined as t he st andard deviat ion of a linear regression for t he
last 5 samples, normalized wit h t he signal magnit ude.
Measur ement
Check s

5- 36
Measur i ng pr i nci pl e of t he met abol i t e sensor s

The cGlu and cLac sensors are measured according t o t he amperomet ric
measuring principle, in which t he magnit ude of an elect rical current flowing
t hrough an elect rode chain is relat ed t o t he concent r at ion of a subst ance being
oxidized or reduced at an elect rode in t he chain.

The elect rode chain set up t o measure glucose/ lact at e is illust rat ed in t he
following diagram
1
:

The elect rode chain describes t he elect rical circuit consist ing of t he following:

1 Amperemet er Measures t he current flowing t hrough t he circuit in
nanoamperes.
2 Cat hode Negat ive elect rode where a reduct ion react ion
occurs and elect rons are consumed.
3 Membrane Allows t he appropriat e molecules t o pass t hrough
from t he sample.
4 Sample Cont act s t he membrane.
5 Elect rolyt e Provides elect rical cont act bet ween t he anode and
cat hode.
6 Anode Posit ive elect rode where an oxidat ion react ion
occurs and elect rons are r eleased.
7 Applied volt age Applies t he necessary pot ent ial for t he reduct ion or
oxidat ion react ion under st udy.

1
Not e t hat polarizat ion volt age is applied bet ween t he anode and t he reference
elect rode ( not shown) . The current runs t hrough t he anode and cat hode chain.
Amper omet r i c
measur i ng
pr i nci pl e
El ect r ode chai n
Par t s and
f unct i ons

5- 37

A const ant polarizat ion volt age is applied t o t he elect rode chain. The current
t hrough t his chain is measured by an amperemet er .
Glucose or lact at e molecules, in solut ion, are t ransport ed across t he out er layer
of a mult ilayer membrane syst em. The enzymes glucose oxidase or lact at e
oxidase, immobilized bet ween t he out er and inner layers, convert s
glucose/ lact at e according t o t he following react ions:
Glucose: Glucose + H
2
O + O
2
Gluconic Acid + H
2
O
2

Lact at e: Lact at e + H
2
O + O
2
pyruvat e + H
2
O
2

The oxygen for t his react ion is supplied by t he membrane syst em as well as by
t he oxidat ion of H
2
O
2
at t he plat inum anode.
The H
2
O
2
produced by t he enzyme react ion is t ransport ed across t he inner
membrane t o t he plat inum anode.
When a pot ent ial is applied t o t he elect rode chain, t he oxidat ion of H
2
O
2

produces an elect rical current proport ional t o t he amount of H
2
O
2
, which in t urn
is direct ly relat ed t o t he amount of glucose/ lact at e.
H
2
O
2
2H
+
+ O
2
+ 2e

At t he count er elect rode a reduct ion process, consuming elect rons will occur:
1) H
2
O
2
+ 2e
-
2OH
-

( This process consumes excess H
2
O
2
not consumed in t he react ion
above. )
2) O
2
+ H
2
O + 2e
-
2OH
-

( This process consumes excess O
2
not consumed in t he react ion above. )
3) 2H
2
O + 2e
-
H
2
+ 2OH
-

( This process can also occur at t he cat hode. )
Any of t hese t hree react ions at t he cat hode will serve t o neut ralize t he prot ons
generat ed in t he second r eact ion, so t he t ot al change in acidit y is caused by t he
gluconic acid/ pyruvat e only.

Measur i ng
pr ocess

5- 38
ct Hb and der i v at es
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 39
Calibrat ion of t he opt ical syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 44
Correct ing for int erferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 45
Measurement and correct ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 47

5- 39

The opt ical syst em of t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer is designed t o measure t he
following paramet ers:

Par amet er Descr i pt i on
ct Hb Concent rat ion of t ot al hemoglobin
sO
2
Oxygen sat urat ion
FO
2
Hb Fract ion of oxyhemoglobin
FCOHb Fract ion of carboxyhemoglobin
FHHb Fract ion of deoxyhemoglobin
FMet Hb Fract ion of met hemoglobin
FHbF Fract ion of fet al hemoglobin
ct Bil Concent rat ion of t ot al bilirubin ( t he sum of unconj ugat ed
and conj ugat ed bilirubin) in plasma

NOTI CE: ct Bil can be measured on a whole- blood or plasma sample. Plasma
samples provide t he opt imal measurement performance. To obt ain opt imal
accuracy when following a pat ient t rend in ct Bil, use t he same sample t ype and
t he same analyzer.

The opt ical syst em is based on a 138- wavelengt h spect rophot omet er wit h a
measuring range of 467- 672 nm. The spect rophot omet er is connect ed via an
opt ical fiber t o a combined hemolyzer and measuring chamber.

Opt ical
fiber
cable
Spect r ophot omet er
Hemolyzing
unit
Mi r r or s
Gr at i ng
Sl i t
Array of
photodiodes
Hemolyzer
LED light
sour ce
Cuvet t e
Sample

Measur ed
par amet er s
Const r uct i on

5- 40

The met hod used in t he analyzer' s opt ical syst em is visible absorpt ion
spect roscopy. The measurement cycle consist s of t he following st eps:

St ep Descr i pt i on
1 The blood sample is t ransport ed t o t he cuvet t e posit ioned in t he
hemolyzer unit . The t emperat ure of t he cuvet t e is regulat ed t o 37 C.
2 A back pressure is exert ed on t he sample. This one at mosphere
over- pressurizat ion is maint ained t hroughout t he hemolyzat ion and
measurement t o eliminat e air bubbles in t he sample and t o enhance
t he hemolyzat ion process.
3 The one- L sample in t he cuvet t e is ult rasonically hemolyzed at a
frequency of about 30 kHz. This hemolyzat ion process rupt ures t he
walls of t he red blood cells, evenly mixing t he cont ent of t he red
blood cells wit h t he plasma and producing an opt ically clear
solut ion.
4 Light from a whit e LED is emit t ed t o t he cuvet t e and t he light
t ransmit t ed t hrough t he cuvet t e is guided t o t he spect rophot omet er via
an opt ical fiber.
5 The light passes t hrough a slit t hat direct s it t owards an
arrangement of mirrors and a grat ing.
6 The grat ing separat es t he light int o t he colors of t he rainbow and
t he mirror focuses t he light on a phot odiode array.
7 The phot odiode array has 256 diodes or pixels, one for each
wavelengt h, which convert t he monochromat ic light signals t o
current s.
8 The current s and t herefor e t he int ensit y of t he light signals are
measured at each of t he 256 diodes, which form t he basis for t he
absorpt ion spect rum for a part icular sample.
9 The spect rum is sent t o t he analyzers comput er, where t he
calculat ions of t he oximet ry paramet er values are made.
The 256 channels are st andardized int o 138 select ed wavelengt hs.

Absorpt ion spect roscopy is based on Lambert - Beer' s law, which st at es t hat t he
measured absorbance for a single compound is direct ly proport ional t o t he
concent rat ion of t he compound and t he lengt h of t he light pat h t hrough t he
sample [2]:
y y y
A c l

c =
where:
y
A

=
absorbance of compound y at wavelengt h
y
c
= ext inct ion coefficient of compound y at wavelengt h ( a const ant ,
charact erist ic of t he compound)
y
c
= concent rat ion of compound y in sample
l = lengt h of t he light pat h

Measur ement
cy cl e
Lamber t - Beer ' s
l aw

5- 41

The absor bance ( A) of a compound is defined as t he logarit hm of t he rat io of t he
light int ensit y before and aft er t ransmission t hrough t he compound.
I n pract ice it is t he logarit hm of t he rat io of t he light int ensit y t ransmit t ed
t hrough wat er t o t he light int ensit y t ransmit t ed t hrough t he compound.

0
= log
I
A
I

where:

0
I =
int ensit y of light t ransmit t ed t hrough wat er ( I
0
is measured as t he
int ensit y of light t ransmit t ed t hrough CAL 3 solut ion)
I = int ensit y of light t ransmit t ed t hrough t he compound

For samples cont aining more t han one opt ically act ive compound, t he t ot al
absorbance ( A
t ot al
) is t he sum of t he individual compounds absor bance, since
absorbance is an addit ive quant it y.
For example, if a sample cont ains six compounds y
1
, y
2
, . y
6
, t he t ot al
absorbance measured for t hat sample at wavelengt h
1
is:

1 1 1 1 1 1
6 1 2 3 4 5
1
y t ot al y y y y y
A A A A A A A

= + + + + +

( )
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
y y y y y y y y y y y y
l c c c c c c

c c c c c c = + + + + +
I f t here are Y compounds and measurement s are t aken at n wavelengt hs, a
general expr ession can be writ t en for A
t ot al
at t he wavelengt h
n
:
Y
y y t ot al
y 1
A c l

c
=
=
n n

where:
n
= t he individual wavelengt hs.

n
A
t ot al
can be depict ed graphically as a funct ion of wavelengt h, and if t he
differences bet ween t he wavelengt hs are small enough, a cont inuous spect rum
is produced.
Absor bance
Tot al
absor bance
Cont i nuous
spect r um

5- 42

The figure below shows t hree spect ra; pure O
2
Hb, pure HHb in a low
concent rat ion, a spect rum of 92 % oxygenat ed hemoglobin obt ained by adding
t he spect ra of O
2
Hb and HHb. The addit ivit y of absorpt ion and t he cont inuit y of
t he spect ra can be seen.
480 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 680
O2Hb (9.2 mmol/L)
HHb (0.8 mmol/L)
92 % oxygenated hemoglobin (i.e., 92 % O2Hb + 8 % HHb)
Wavelength/nm
Absorption

Example of t he spect rum obt ained from unconj ugat ed bilirubin at a
concent rat ion of 200 mol/ L.

The spect rum of conj ugat ed bilirubin is slight ly different .

I n t he spect r um t aken of a sample, t he absorpt ion recorded at each wavelengt h
cont ains cont ribut ions from each of t he compounds in t he sample. The t ask t hen
is t o det ermine t he magnit ude of t hat cont ribut ion and t hereby t he
concent rat ion of each compound in t he sample.
The concent r at ions are det ermined using t he following equat ion:

138
y t ot al
1
K
n n
y
n
c A

=
=

where:
n
y
K

=
a const ant specific t o compound y at wavelengt h
n
.

Spect r um
ex ampl es
200umol/L Unconjugated Bilirubin in Plasma
0
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
470 520 570 620 670
nm
A
b
s
o
r
b
a
n
c
e

Det er mi ni ng
concent r at i ons

5- 43

The const ant s (
n
y
K
) are det er mined using Mult ivariat e Dat a Analysis |2| where
t he spect ra of t he calibrat ion compounds are considered t oget her wit h t he
reference values of t he calibrat ion compounds. The essent ial int erfering
subst ances ( int ralipids and sulfhemoglobin) were also t aken int o account .
Mat r i x of
const ant s

5- 44
Cal i br at i on of t he opt i cal sy st em
The opt ical syst em is calibrat ed at t wo point s using t he following:
- The S7770 ct Hb Calibrat ion Solut ion wit h a known dye concent rat ion t o
det ermine t he cuvet t e pat h lengt h, l.
- A t ransparent solut ion from t he solut ion pack in t he analyzer t o det ermine t he
zero point , I
o
.

The zero point , I
o
, is t he current ( or int ensit y) measured by t he phot odiode
array on t he t ransparent solut ion in t he cuvet t e. During t his "blank calibrat ion"
t he ct Hb is calibrat ed t o t his zero point .

I
o
is measured aut omat ically during syst em st art up and during calibrat ions.

The cuvet t e pat h lengt h ( i. e. t he lengt h of t he light pat h) is det ermined from
Lambert - Beers Law by measuring t he absorbance of t he colored dye present in
t he t Hb Calibrat ion Solut ion ( S7770) , which has a known equivalent hemoglobin
concent rat ion.

Beer s Law : A = x C
dye
x l
where:
A = absorbance
= ext inct ion coefficient
C
dye
= concent rat ion of colored dye
l = lengt h of light pat h

I t is recommended t hat a t Hb calibrat ion is performed every t hree mont hs. See
sect ion t Hb calibrat ion in chapt er 6: Calibrat ion in t he ABL90 FLEX operat or' s
manual for furt her informat ion about t he t Hb calibrat ion.

Cal i br at i on
mat er i al s
Zer o poi nt
Cuvet t e pat h
l engt h
t Hb cal i br at i on
f r equency

5- 45
Cor r ect i ng f or i nt er f er ences

Fet al hemoglobin ( HbF) does not have t he same spect rum as adult hemoglobin
( HbA) due t o a slight variat ion in molecular st ruct ure. The presence of HbF in a
sample will int erfere wit h t he result if a correct ion is not performed.
I t is t hus import ant when measuring hemoglobin levels in premat ure neonat es and
neonat es aged 0- 3 mont hs, as well as adult s suffering from e.g. t halassemia, t o
t ake int o account t his difference [ 4] , and t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer aut omat ically
correct s for HbF.
NOTI CE: Hb t ypes ot her t han HbA and HbF int erfere wit h hemoglobin
measurement s and are not compensat ed for in t he ABL90 FLEX analyzers.
The diagram below shows t he t ransit ion from fet al hemoglobin t o adult
hemoglobin [ 5] .

This graph is only schemat ic and cannot be used t o det ermine FHbF.

I f t he difference bet ween t he adult and fet al t ypes of hemoglobin is not t aken
int o account in measurement s on samples cont aining HbF ( e. g. from premat ure
neonat es and neonat es aged 0- 3 mont hs) t hen a deviat ion in t he measurement
will arise.
The deviat ion is most import ant for measurement s of oxygen sat urat ion ( sO
2
and FO
2
Hb) and t he fract ion of carboxyhemoglobin ( FCOHb) , since inaccurat e
measurement s of t hese paramet ers can lead t o incorrect diagnost ic
int erpret at ion of t he result s, and consequent risk of inappropriat e t reat ment .

The presence of HbF in a sample is det ect ed from t he difference spect rum
bet ween fet al and adult oxyhemoglobin. From t he size of t he difference
spect rum t he concent rat ion of fet al oxyhemoglobin, cO
2
HbF, can be det ermined.

The amount of cO
2
HbF exceeding a cer t ain level indicat es HbF int erference. The
analyzer aut omat ically correct s for t his int erference by subt ract ing t he
difference spect rum of fet al oxyhemoglobin from t he measured spect rum.

Repressing t he spect ra of t he likely int erfering subst ances is done in t wo ways
depending on t he subst ance:
- Ei t her t he subst ance is t aken account of in t he calculat ion of t he mat rix of
const ant s, K. This applies t o I nt ralipids and Sulfhemoglobin.
- Or t he subst ance is det ect ed, and t he measured spect rum is correct ed
accordingly. This applies t o HbF.

HbF ver sus
HbA
Devi at i on of
r esul t s
Det ect i ng HbF
Cor r ect i ng f or
HbF
Repr essi ng
spect r a

5- 46
The measured spect rum is compared t o a model spect rum calculat ed from t he
det ermined concent rat ions. The difference bet ween t hese t wo spect ra is called
t he residual spect rum. I f t his residual spect rum is t oo high, t he oximet ry module
paramet ers ct Hb, sO
2
, FO
2
Hb, FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHHb, FHbF and ct Bil will be
flagged wit h a warning.
I n addit ion, a warning will accompany t he result s if any of t he following
condit ions exist :
- ct Hb < 0. 1 mmol/ L or ct Hb > 25 mmol/ L
- FHb( deriv) < 2 % or FHb( deriv) > 102 %
where FHb( deriv) is defined as sO
2
, FO
2
Hb, FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHHb
- SHb < 2 % or SHb > 10%
- Value of Turbidit y < 0. 5 % or > 5%

Resi dual
spect r um

5- 47
Measur ement and cor r ect i ons

The oximet ry paramet ers are calculat ed as follows:

Par amet er Equat i on
ct Hb( meas) = cO
2
Hb + cCOHb + cHHb + cMet Hb

sO
2

=
2
O Hb
eHb
c
c

ceHb = cHHb + cO
2
Hb ( effect ive hemoglobin)

FO
2
Hb
=
2
O Hb
t Hb
c
c

FCOHb
=
COHb
t Hb
c
c

FHHb
=
HHb
t Hb
c
c

FMet Hb
=
Met Hb
t Hb
c
c

FHbF
=
HbF
t Hb
c
c

where:

cO
2
Hb = concent rat ion of oxyhemoglobin in t he sample
cCOHb = concent rat ion of carboxyhemoglobin in t he sample
cHHb = concent rat ion of deoxyhemoglobin in t he sample
cMet Hb = concent rat ion of met hemoglobin in t he sample
cHbF = concent rat ion of fet al hemoglobin in t he sample ( is not measured
direct ly, but det ermined on t he basis of a definit ion equat ion)

Bilirubin is calculat ed as follows:
Hct ( calc) 1
t Bil( B)
t Bil( P)
=
c
c
where:

ct Bil( P) = concent rat ion of t ot al bilirubin in plasma
ct Bil( B) = concent rat ion of dilut ed plasma bilirubin aft er sample
hemolyzat ion
Hct ( calc) = calculat ed hemat ocrit ( a fract ion) .
t Hb
g/ dL
0301 . 0
Hct ( calc) c =
For furt her det ails on Hct ( calc) please refer t o I nt erference
Test s and t he explanat ion of MCHC ( Mean Corpuscular
Hemoglobin Concent rat ion) in chapt er 7 in t his manual.

Ox i met r y
par amet er s
Bi l i r ubi n

5- 48

The following paramet ers will not be calculat ed:

Par amet er I s not cal cul at ed i f
sO
2
, FCOHb, FMet Hb,
FHHb, FO
2
Hb
ct Hb < 1 mmol/ L
sO
2
ceHb = cHHb + cO
2
Hb < 0. 75 mmol/ L
ct Bil ct Hb > 14. 27 mmol/ L

The following condit ions are required t o perform HbF suppression:

Par amet er or Feat ur e Requi r ement
ct Hb > 5 mmol/ L
FCOHb < 20 %
FMet Hb < 10 %
HbF correct ion
Enabled for levels
> 20%
cO
2
HbF/ ct Hb should be more t han 0. 2.
HbF correct ion
Enabled for all levels
No lower limit value for cO
2
HbF is required, i. e.
even adult blood samples will be correct ed for HbF.
I t may be of value when analyzing blood samples
from newborns who have received adult blood
t ransfusion. I n t hese cases FHbF can be lower t han
20 % and significant deviat ions of oximet ry
paramet ers and bilirubin can occur.
HbF correct ion
Disabled
No HbF correct ions made.
HbF suppression has
been act ivat ed
The FHbF value is normally, but not always,
displayed by t he analyzer.
Message "Oxi compensat ed for HbF" is displayed.
sO
2
< 50 % Message "FHbF measurement is not possible" is
displayed by t he analyzer, if a HbF suppression has
been act ivat ed, and t he FHbF est imat ion from
cO
2
HbF is t oo uncert ain.

Rest r i ct i ons

5- 49

The uncorrect ed hemoglobin concent rat ion, ct Hb( sample) , measured on
capillary or syringe samples is correct ed as follows:

cuv
t Hb( sample)
t Hb( sample,corr)
F
c
c =
where:

ct Hb( sample, corr)
= correct ed ct Hb
F
cuv
= analyzer- dependent cuvet t e pat h lengt h const ant
det ermined at t Hb calibrat ions and aut omat ically
st ored by t he analyzer

The uncorrect ed t ot al bilirubin concent rat ion, ct Bil( sample) , measured on
capillary or syringe samples is correct ed as follows:

cuv
t Bil( sample)
t Bil( sample,corr)
F
c
c =
F
cuv
is t he same as for t Hb.

Cor r ect i ons f or
ct Hb
Cor r ect i ons f or
ct Bi l

5- 50
Ref er ences

1. CLSI / NCCSL document C12- A, Clinical and Laborat ory St andards I nst it ut e, 940 West
valley Road, Suit e 1400, Wayne, PA 19087.
2. Ewing GW. I nst rument al met hods of chemical analysis. 5t h ed. McGraw.Hill, 1985
3. Mart ens H. Mult ivar iat e calibr at ion: quat it at ive int erpr et at ion of non- select ive
chemical dat a: Dr. Techn. Thesuis. NTH Univ. of Trondheim, 1986.
4. Krzeminski A. Why correct for fet al hemoglobin in blood oximet ry measur ement s?
Radiomet er Publicat ion I nfo. No. 1992- 3. Copenhagen: Radiomet er Medical A/ S,
1992.
5. Huehns ER, Beanen GH. Development al changes in human hemoglobins. Clin Dev Med
1971; 37: 175- 203.

6. User - def i ned cor r ect i ons

Correct ion fact ors for pH and blood gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4
Correct ion fact ors for oximet ry paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
Correct ion fact ors for elect rolyt e and met abolit e paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8

6. User- defined correct ions ABL90 FLEX reference manual
6- 2
User- defined correct ions are most commonly implement ed in sit uat ions where
t he values measured for a part icular paramet er by t wo or more analyzers
deviat e consist ent ly from each ot her.
NOTI CE: Since t he perfor mance of all ABL90 FLEX analyzers is t est ed as
described in chapt er 7: Performance charact erist ics in t his manual, and each
inst rument is assumed t o operat e accurat ely and opt imally, t he unnecessary
correct ion of paramet er values by t he user can lead t o inaccurat e measurement s
being report ed.

User- defined correct ions are based on a linear correlat ion bet ween t he
measured values ( wit hout user- defined correct ions) and t he displayed values
( wit h user- defined correct ions) .
The correct ion fact ors for each measur ed paramet er are t he slope and t he offset
of t he correct ion line. Wit h user- defined correct ions it is possible t o change t he
values of eit her one or bot h of t hese correct ion fact ors, depending on t he
paramet er t ype.
Correct ed value = Slope Uncorrect ed value + Offset
The diagram below is a schemat ic represent at ion of t he relat ionship bet ween
correct ion lines wit hout and wit h user- defined correct ion.

Prior t o ent ering correct ions for any paramet er, t he user must obt ain t he
reference values for t he chosen paramet ers, using t he met hod accept ed in
his/ her laborat ory.

Pur pose of use
User - def i ned
cor r ect i ons
Pr epar at or y
act i on
Displayed ( corr ect ed)
paramet er value ( y axis)
Measured
( uncorrect ed)
paramet er value
( x axis)
Offset
Correct ion line wit hout
user corr ect ion
Correct ion line wit h
user corr ect ion
Slope = 1
0.0
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 6. User- defined correct ions
6- 3
I t should be not ed t hat in order t o define correct ions:
- Measurement s should be t aken on t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer wit hout user-
defined correct ions, and on a single reference analyzer
- A series of measurement s t hat cover t he ent ire measuring range should be
performed
- The measurement s should be made simult aneously on t he ABL90 FLEX and
t he reference analyzer, and samples must be handled correct ly.
- The slope and t he offset must be calculat ed. The user may, for example,
make a linear correlat ion bet ween t he values measured on t he ABL90 FLEX
analyzer and t he reference analyzer, using t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer as an
independent variable.
- The user must verify t he correct ions t hat are ent er ed.
Det ails of t hese procedures may be found in t he sect ion Test condit ions in
chapt er 7.

The slope/ offset for each paramet er ar e configured in Gener al Set up >
Par amet er s and I nput > Par amet er s. User- correct ed values are marked wit h
a "* " aft er t he result .
NOTI CE: The user- defined correct ions will be applied t o Qualit y Cont rol
measurement s unless t he "Apply paramet er correct ions t o QC" opt ion was
deact ivat ed in Miscellaneous set up as described in t he sect ion Miscellaneous
set up in chapt er 1.
For det ailed inst ruct ions on how t o ent er user- defined correct ions, refer t o t he
sect ion Paramet ers and input set up in chapt er 1.
Ent er i ng user -
def i ned
cor r ect i ons
6- 4
Cor r ect i on f act or s f or pH and bl ood gases
The following correct ions t o t he slope and offset are possible wit hin t he st at ed
limit s for:
Art erial, venous, and a- v
samples:
Par amet er Sl ope Of f set
pH 0. 80- 1. 20 0. 05
pCO
2
0. 80- 1. 20 10 mmHg
pO
2
0. 80- 1. 20 20 mmHg

Cor r ect i ng
sl ope and
of f set
6- 5
Cor r ect i on f act or s f or ox i met r y par amet er s
The following correct ions can be user- defined for t he oximet ry paramet ers:

Par amet er Al l ow ed user - def i ned
cor r ect i ons
Sl ope Of f set
ct Hb Yes No
sO
2
Yes Yes
FCOHb No Yes
FMet Hb No Yes
FO
2
Hb No No
FHHb No No
FHbF Yes Yes
ct Bil Yes Yes

NOTI CE: I n order t o define t he correct ions accurat ely t he measurement s of t he
oximet ry paramet ers on t he ABL90 FLEX analyzers should be made wit hout any
ent ered correct ions. To avoid t runcat ion errors from an enabled "Out - of- range-
suppression" funct ion it is import ant t o disable t he funct ion.

The following recommendat ions apply t o t he oximet ry paramet ers:

I t em Descr i pt i on
Unit s g/ dL; g/ L; mmol/ L
Sample Set ct Hb of a SAT100 sample t o ~15 g/ dL ( 9. 3 mmol/ L) and
pH ~ 7. 4
ct Hb, maximum
point
Uncorrect ed or correct ed: ~ 15 g/ dL or 9. 3 mmol/ L
Slope 0. 950- 1. 050

Unit s Fract ion
Sample Set ct Hb of gas equilibrat ed SAT0 and SAT100 samples t o ~
15 g/ dL ( 9. 3 mmol/ L) and pH ~ 7. 4
Slope 0. 900- 1. 100
Offset 0. 050

Al l ow ed
cor r ect i ons
ct Hb
sO
2

6- 6

Unit s Fract ion
Sample The zero point ( FCOHb ~ 0) is sat urat ed t o approximat ely
SAT100, and ct Hb is set t o ~ 15 g/ dL ( 9. 3 mmol/ L) and pH ~
7. 4.
Offset 0. 050

Unit s Fract ion
Sample The zero point ( FMet Hb ~ 0) is sat urat ed t o approximat ely
SAT100, and ct Hb is set t o ~ 15 g/ dL ( 9. 3 mmol/ L) and pH ~
7. 4.
Offset 0. 050

Unit s Fract ion
Sample Radiomet er recommends t hat ct Hb in t he adult samples
( wit h FHbF = 0) and fet al samples ( wit h high FHbF) is set t o
~ 15 g/ dL ( 9. 3 mmol/ L) , sO
2
~ 100 % and pH ~ 7. 4.
The " Enabled for all levels" HbF Correct ion funct ion should
be enabled in order t o have t he FHbF value displayed for t he
adult sample.
Averaging repeat ed measurement s on blood from different
donors gives an opt imized accuracy of t he correct ion.
Averaging repeat ed measurement s on blood from t he same
donor also improves t he accuracy.
Slope 0. 800- 1. 200
Offset 0. 20

The unit s for FO
2
Hb and FHHb are |Fract ion|.
Aft er t he user- defined correct ions of t he paramet er s sO
2
, FCOHb and FMet Hb
have been carried out , FO
2
Hb and FHHb are aut omat ically calculat ed using t he
formulae st at ed below, since t he sum of t he fract ions FCOHb, FMet Hb, FO
2
Hb
and FHHb as defined must be equal t o 1. 0:

FO
2
Hb:
FO
2
Hb = ( 1 FCOHb FMet Hb) sO
2

FHHb:
FHHb = ( 1 FCOHb FMet Hb) ( 1 sO
2
)
FCOHb
FMet Hb
FHbF
FO
2
Hb and
FHHb
6- 7

The following recommendat ions apply t o ct Bil:
Unit s mol/ L
Sample Radiomet er recommends t hat human plasma or serum is
used wit h pH ~ 7. 4 ( t he analyzer reading) . Zero point
sample could be adult sample ( ct Bil ~ 0 mol/ L) and
maximum point could be an unconj ugat ed bilirubin sample
( neonat al) wit h ct Bil ~ 300- 400 mol/ L.
Averaging repeat ed measurement s on samples from
different donors gives an opt imized accuracy of t he
correct ion. Averaging repeat ed measurement s on samples
from t he same donor also improves t he accuracy.
Commercial bilirubin st andards can int erfere wit h bilirubin
measurement because t hey may have an absorbance
spect rum different from t hat of human plasma.
Slope 0. 500- 1. 500
Offset 100

ct Bi l
6- 8
Cor r ect i on f act or s f or el ect r ol y t e and met abol i t e
par amet er s
The following correct ions t o t he slope and t he offset are possible wit hin t he
st at ed limit s for:
Blood samples:
Par amet er Sl ope Of f set
cK
+
0. 80- 1. 20 1. 0 mmol/ L
cNa
+
0. 80- 1. 20 10 mmol/ L
cCa
2+
0. 80- 1. 20 1. 00 mmol/ L
cCl
0. 80- 1. 20 10 mmol/ L
cGlu 0. 750- 1. 250 5. 0 mmol/ L
cLac 0. 750- 1. 250 5. 0 mmol/ L

The Radiomet er default values for t he elect rolyt e and met abolit e paramet ers
must be reset manually by t he user on t he Par amet er set up screen t o 1. 000
for each paramet er.

Cor r ect i ng
sl ope and
of f set
Reset t i ng
cor r ect i ons t o
def aul t val ues
7. Per f or mance char act er i st i cs

General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 2
Definit ion of t erms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3
Test condit ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6
Performance t est result s chart descript ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 7
Performance t est result s pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Performance t est result s pCO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8
Performance t est result s pO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Performance t est result s cK
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 9
Performance t est result s cNa
+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Performance t est result s cCl
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10
Performance t est result s cCa
2+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Performance t est result s cGlu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Performance t est result s cLac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 12
Performance t est result s ct Hb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 13
Performance t est result s sO
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 14
Performance t est result s FO
2
Hb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 15
Performance t est result s FCOHb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 15
Performance t est result s FMet Hb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 16
Performance t est result s FHHb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 17
Performance t est result s FHbF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 17
Performance t est result s bilirubin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 18
I nt erference t est s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 20

7. Performance charact erist ics ABL90 FLEX reference manual
7- 2

Performance specificat ions are achieved by comparison bet ween t he ABL90 FLEX
analyzer and t he primary reference met hods, and by comparison bet ween t he ABL90
FLEX analyzer and t he ABL735 analyzer.
Performance specificat ions of t he ABL90 FLEX analyzers are described, using t he
following:
- Bias
Prim.ref
= t he mean difference bet ween t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer and t he pr imary
reference met hods.
- Bias
Sec.ref
= t he mean difference bet ween t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer and t he ABL735
analyzer.
- Repeat abilit y ( imprecision est imat e)
- Reproducibilit y ( imprecision est imat e)
- Tot al variat ion range.
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 7. Performance charact erist ics
7- 3
Def i ni t i on of t er ms
The bias of a quant it y is defined as t he mean difference bet ween t he measured value
on a group of t est inst rument s and t he est imat ed t rue value ( as assayed by t he
reference met hod or cert ified st andard reference mat erial) . Bias
Prim.Ref
is det ermined as
follows:
Bias
Prim.ref
= X
ABL90 FLEX
X
Primary Reference met hod

Bias
Sec.Ref
is a relat ive bias bet ween t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer and t he ABL735 analyzer
in macromode ( C195 L mode) , and is det ermined as follows:
Bias
Sec.ref
= X
ABL90 FLEX
X
ABL735
Bias given in t he t ables in t his chapt er have been obt ained experiment ally.

Par amet er Pr i mar y Ref er ence Met hod
Secondar y
Ref er ence
Met hod
Ref er ence
pH Capillary- t ype glass pH elect rode
wit h a sat urat ed calomel reference
elect rode and a liquid j unct ion
sat urat ed wit h KCl ( BMS Mk2) .
The calibrat ion st andards are
t raceable t o t he Primary Reference
St andards for pH.
ABL735 [ Ref. 1, 2]
pCO
2
Tonomet ry.
The gases used for t onomet ry are
t raceable t o NI ST- cert ified St andard
Reference Mat erials.
N/ A [ Ref. 3]
pO
2
Tonomet ry.
The gases used for t onomet ry are
t raceable t o NI ST- cert ified St andard
Reference Mat erials.
N/ A [ Ref. 3]
cCa
2+
Calcium t ransfer st andards were
used. These are t raceable t o NI ST
SRM 915 and SRM 956b and have
an ionic st rengt h of 160. 0 mmol per
kg of wat er and pH 7. 40 at 37 C,
using 1 mmol/ L ( 37 C) HEPES
buffer.
ABL735 The
st andards
were
produced as
indicat ed in
[ Ref. 4]
cCl
-
NI ST- cert ified St andard Reference
Mat erial SRM 909b ( human serum)
and SRM 956b.
ABL735
cK
+
Mat erial SRM 909b ( human serum)
and SRM 956b.
ABL735
cNa
+
Mat erial SRM 909b ( human serum) ,
NI ST 956b and Radiomet er- specified
st andard ser um mat erial ( specified
using flame phot omet ry) .
ABL735

Bi as
Ref er ence
met hods
7- 4

Par amet er Pr i mar y Ref er ence Met hod
Secondar y
Ref er ence
Met hod
Ref er ence
cGlu Spect rophot omet ry, using t he
hexokinase ( HK) met hod
recommended by NCCLS, measured
on serum.
N/ A [ Ref. 5]
cLac Spect rophot omet ry using a lact at e
dehydrogenase ( LDH) met hod,
measured on serum.
N/ A [ Ref. 8]
ct Hb HiCN met hod recommended by
NCCLS.
ABL735 [ Ref. 6]
sO
2
Tonomet ry:
100%: whole blood is t onomet ered
wit h a gas mixt ure cont aining
94. 4% O
2
and 5. 6% CO
2
. 0%:
whole blood is t onomet ered wit h a
gas mixt ure cont aining 94. 4% N
2

and 5. 6% CO
2
+ dit hionit e.
ABL735
FO
2
Hb Measured according t o t he following
relat ion:
FO
2
Hb = 1 - ( FHHb + FCOHb +
FMet Hb)
ABL735
FHHb 0%: whole blood is t onomet ered
wit h a gas mixt ure cont aining
94. 4% N
2
and 5. 6% CO
2
+
dit hionit e.
ABL735
FCOHb Gas chromat ography: The
St andards ar e carbon monoxide
mixt ures wit h at mospheric air,
whose purit y is validat ed in
accordance wit h NI ST SRM 1678 ( 50
ppm CO in N
2
)
ABL735
FMet Hb Spect romet r y, modified Evelyn-
Malloy met hod.
ABL735 [ Ref. 7]
ct Bil The reference met hod for t ot al
bilirubin is a spect rophot omet ric
met hod ( wet chemist ry based on a
met hod from Bayer Healt hcare,
Tarryt own USA) .
The met hod is t raceable t o NI ST
SRM916a Bilirubin.
ABL735
FHbF The reference met hod is based on
Cat ion Exchange HPLC.
ABL735 [ Ref. 15]
General reference: [ Ref. 10] .
7- 5

The coefficient of variat ion is report ed as a percent age and calculat ed from t he mean
( or measuring level) and st andard deviat ion as follows:

CV% =
St andard deviat ion
Measuring level
100

Confidence int erval provides a range of values est imat ed from a st udy group t hat is
highly likely t o include t he t rue, but unknown, value ( "confidence int erval" applies t o
t he result s of a st at ist ical analysis) . A 95% confidence int erval means t hat t here is only
a 5% chance t hat t he t rue value is not included in t he int erval.

Repeat ed measurement s using one analyzer on samples assumed t o be ident ical will
not necessarily yield ident ical result s. The degr ee of variat ion in t he result s is a
measure of t he precision of t he analyzer.
The t able on t he next page describes t he paramet er s used t o charact erize precision
obt ained via t he performance t est s on t he ABL90 FLEX analyzer. [ Ref. 9]

Par amet er Descr i pt i on
S
0
Repeat abi l i t y
This is a st andard deviat ion obt ained from repeat ed
measurement s wit hin a short int erval of t ime using:
- The same inst rument and locat ion
- The same measurement pr ocedure
- I dent ical port ions of t he same sample
- One operat or per inst rument
S
0
for each level is pooled for all t est inst rument s and t est
days.
S
x
Repr oduci bi l i t y is obt ained from repeat ed measur ement s over
several days using:
- Random inst rument
- Random sample
- Random oper at ors
Reproducibilit y for each level is pooled for all t est inst rument s
and t est days.

TE
A
, t ot al analyt ical error is a qualit y specificat ion t hat set s a limit for bot h t he random
error ( imprecision) and syst emat ic error ( inaccuracy) in a single measurement or single
t est result . I n Radiomet er reference manual t he following expression for t ot al analyt ical
error is eit her expressed in an absolut e number
TE
A
= ( | Bias| + 1. 96 S
x
)
or in %
TE
A
= ( | Bias%| + 1. 96 CV
x
) %
The formula we are using for t ot al error allowable works at 95% probabilit y t o allow for
5% error.
Coef f i ci ent of
var i at i on
( CV% )
Conf i dence
i nt er val s
Repeat abi l i t y /
Repr oduci bi l i t y
Tot al anal yt i cal
er r or
7- 6
Test condi t i ons
Test condit ions t o det ermine bias
Prim.ref
, bias
Sec.ref
, repeat abilit y, reproducibilit y and t ot al
variat ion for pH, pCO
2
, pO
2
, cCa
2+
, cCl
, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cGlu, cLac, ct Hb, sO
2
, FO
2
Hb,
FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHHb, ct Bil and FHbF were as follows:

Reference analyzers Five ABL735 analyzers wit h Aut oCheck module were
used as a reference. The capillary mode was used
for pCO
2
and pO
2
, and t he syringe mode for all t he
ot her paramet ers.
Primary/ secondary
reference met hods
As specified for each paramet er earlier in t his
chapt er.
Analyzers and t est
modes
8- 10 ABL90 FLEX analyzers were t est ed in syringe
and capillary mode.
Blood samples Heparinized blood samples from healt hy, volunt ary
donors.
The blood is prepar ed t o obt ain different
concent rat ion levels of each measured paramet er.
Blood measurement s Measurement s on every paramet er are performed
on all analyzers, wit h 5 measurement s on every
sample of each run, repeat ed for 3 days.
The measurement s were performed by different
operat ors.
Solut ion pack All calibrat ion solut ions and gases used for t he t est s
are t raceable t o Primary Reference St andards.
Traceabilit y cert ificat es for t he ABL90 FLEX
calibrat ion solut ions and gases are found at t he end
of chapt er 9: Solut ions.
Experiment al
condit ions
Ambient t emperat ure: 22- 25 C
Relat ive humidit y: 30- 50 %.
Baromet ric pressure: 730 - 780 mmHg

NOTI CES: - The solut ions used in t he performance t est s are t hose
recommended by Radiomet er. Performances using ot her
solut ions cannot be guarant eed.
- The performance t est s are performed under condit ions where
t he analyzers are not influenced by elect romagnet ic fields.
7- 7
Per f or mance t est r esul t s char t descr i pt i on
General reference for t he ent ire sect ion: [ Ref. 11] .
Test s were performed in t he following modes:

Mode Vol ume
Syringe 65 L
Capillary 65 L

The number of measurement s during t he t est are list ed below:

Par amet er Number of
measur ement s
Test per i od,
day s
Number of
I nst r ument s
pH 786 30 8
pCO
2
691 25 10
pO
2
917 27 9
cK
+
800 13 10
cNa
+
799 30 8
cCa
2+
797 30 8
cCl
799 30 8
Blood: 1268 23 9 cGlu
Serum pool: 408 23 9
Blood: 1622 22 8 cLac
Serum pool: 546 22 8
ct Hb 1042 8 10
sO
2
1193 22 10
FO
2
Hb 1193 22 10
FCOHb 1041 12 10
FMet Hb 1049 9 10
FHHb 1193 22 10
FHbF 864 24 10
ct Bil 649 16 10
Modes
Number of
measur ement s
7- 8
Per f or mance t est r esul t s pH

Capillary- t ype glass pH elect rode wit h a sat urat ed calomel reference elect rode and a
liquid j unct ion sat urat ed wit h KCl ( BMS Mk2) [ Ref. 1, 2] .
The calibrat ion st andards are t raceable t o t he Primary Reference St andards for pH.

pH Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
7. 0 0. 008 45
7. 4 - 0. 004 45
7. 6 0. 004 45
N = number of measurement s employed

Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

pH Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
TE
A
6. 800 - 0. 007 0. 0014 0. 0076 0. 022
7. 000 - 0. 004 0. 0012 0. 0064 0. 017
7. 200 - 0. 002 0. 0014 0. 0064 0. 015
7. 400 - 0. 002 0. 0014 0. 0073 0. 016
7. 800 - 0. 006 0. 0017 0. 0113 0. 028

Per f or mance t est r esul t s pCO
2

Tonomet ry [ Ref. 3] .
The gases used for t onomet ry are t raceable t o NI ST- cert ified St andard Refer ence
Mat erials.

pCO
2

( mmHg)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
15. 0 0. 13 0. 16 0. 70 4. 7 1. 50 10. 0
40. 0 0. 18 0. 25 0. 55 1. 4 1. 26 3. 2
60. 0 - 0. 16 0. 29 0. 87 1. 5 1. 87 3. 1
80. 0 - 0. 36 0. 23 1. 45 1. 8 3. 20 4. 0
100 - 0. 77 0. 85 2. 36 2. 4 5. 40 5. 4
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod

Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 9
Per f or mance t est r esul t s pO
2

Tonomet ry [ Ref. 3] .
The gases used for t onomet ry are t raceable t o NI ST- cert ified St andard Refer ence
Mat erials.

pO
2

( mmHg)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
30. 0 0. 0 0. 21 0. 60 2. 0 1. 18 3. 9
75. 0 0. 7 0. 31 0. 84 1. 1 2. 35 3. 1
125 0. 7 0. 37 1. 19 1. 0 3. 03 2. 4
250 - 2. 0 1. 54 2. 93 1. 2 7. 74 3. 1
500 - 6. 1 2. 47 5. 95 1. 2 17. 76 3. 6

Per f or mance t est r esul t s cK
+

NI ST- cert ified St andard Reference Mat erial SRM 909b ( human serum) .

cK
+
( mmol / L) Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
5. 973 0. 065 45
3. 983 0. 067 45
1. 987 0. 108 45
N = number of measurement s on sever al analyzers used for t he t est .

Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

cK
+

( mmol / L)
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
2. 0 0. 09 0. 02 0. 08 4. 0 0. 25 12. 3
4. 0 0. 09 0. 01 0. 08 2. 0 0. 25 6. 2
6. 0 0. 12 0. 01 0. 11 1. 8 0. 34 5. 6
8. 0 0. 05 0. 01 0. 12 1. 5 0. 29 3. 6
10. 0 - 0. 01 0. 02 0. 12 1. 2 0. 25 2. 5
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 10
Per f or mance t est r esul t s cNa
+

NI ST- cert ified St andard Reference Mat erial SRM 909b ( human serum) and Radiomet er-
specified st andard serum mat erial ( specified using flame phot omet ry) .

cNa
+

( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
* )
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
120 0. 0 0. 1 0. 9 0. 8 1. 76 1. 5
130 0. 3 0. 2 1. 1 0. 8 2. 46 1. 9
140 0. 5 0. 1 1. 1 0. 8 2. 66 1. 9
160 0. 6 0. 3 1. 2 0. 8 2. 95 1. 8
180 0. 9 0. 1 1. 6 0. 9 4. 04 2. 2

* ) ABL735 corr. t o NI ST t hrough:
Na( ABL735, corr) = 1. 055 * Na( ABL735, meas) 6. 8966 ( mM)

Per f or mance t est r esul t s cCl

NI ST- cert ified St andard Reference Mat erial SRM 909b ( human serum) .

cCl
( mmol / L) Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
89. 11 - 0. 8 45
119. 45 3. 45 45


Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

cCl

( mmol / L)
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
80 0. 8 0. 1 0. 9 1. 1 2. 56 3. 2
100 0. 8 0. 1 1. 1 1. 1 2. 96 3. 0
120 1. 1 0. 1 1. 5 1. 3 4. 04 3. 4
140 0. 8 0. 1 1. 6 1. 1 3. 94 2. 8
150 0. 7 0. 1 1. 7 1. 1 4. 03 2. 7

Ref er ence
met hod

Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef

and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood
sampl es
7- 11
Per f or mance t est r esul t s cCa
2+

The calcium t ransfer st andards were used. These ar e t raceable t o NI ST SRM915 and
have an ionic st rengt h of 160. 0 mmol per kg of wat er and pH 7. 40 at 37 C, using 1
mmol/ L ( 37 C) HEPES buffer.
The st andar ds were produced as indicat ed in [ 4] .

cCa
2+
( mmol / L) Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
0. 4903 0. 063 45
1. 2608 0. 022 45
2. 5111 - 0. 02 45

Bias
ABL90 FLEX - Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90 FLEX - ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735 Prim.ref

cCa
2+

( mmol / L)
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 5 - 0. 031 0. 002 0. 015 3. 0 0. 060 12. 0
0. 75 - 0. 011 0. 002 0. 014 1. 9 0. 038 5. 1
1. 25 0. 013 0. 003 0. 017 1. 4 0. 046 3. 7
1. 75 0. 044 0. 005 0. 024 1. 4 0. 091 5. 2
2. 50 0. 063 0. 010 0. 037 1. 5 0. 136 5. 4

Per f or mance t est r esul t s cGl u

Spect rophot omet ry, using t he hexokinase ( HK) met hod recommended by NCCLS/ CLSI
[ Ref. 5] , measured on serum.

Bl ood, pO2> 90 mmHg

cGl u
( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
2. 0 - 0. 09 0. 02 0. 09 4. 5 0. 27 13. 3
6. 0 - 0. 07 0. 06 0. 16 2. 7 0. 38 6. 4
10. 0 0. 23 0. 09 0. 24 2. 4 0. 70 7. 0
25. 0 - 0. 87 0. 18 0. 83 3. 3 2. 5 10. 0
40 - 1. 58 0. 52 2. 33 5. 8 6. 2 15. 4

Ref er ence
met hod

Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 12
Bl ood, pO
2
< 90 mmHg

cGl u
( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
2. 0 - 0. 09 0. 01 0. 10 5. 0 0. 29 14. 3
6. 0 - 0. 12 0. 05 0. 18 3. 0 0. 47 7. 9
10. 0 0. 08 0. 06 0. 27 2. 7 0. 61 6. 1
25. 0 - 1. 73 0. 28 0. 84 3. 4 3. 4 13. 5
40 - 3. 28 0. 62 1. 92 4. 8 7. 0 17. 6

Ser um pool , pO
2
> 90 mmHg

cGl u
( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
2. 0 - 0. 09 0. 01 0. 07 3. 5 0. 23 11. 4
6. 0 - 0. 07 0. 03 0. 13 2. 2 0. 32 5. 4
10. 0 0. 23 0. 04 0. 24 2. 4 0. 70 7. 0
25. 0 - 0. 87 0. 17 0. 72 2. 9 2. 3 9. 1
40 - 1. 58 0. 45 1. 36 3. 4 4. 3 10. 6

Per f or mance t est r esul t s cLac

Spect rophot omet ry using a lact at e dehydrogenase ( LDH) met hod, measured on serum
[ Ref 10] .

Bl ood, pO
2
> 90 mmHg

cLac
( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 3 0. 03 0. 01 0. 08 26. 7 0. 19 62. 3
1. 0 0. 03 0. 05 0. 12 12. 0 0. 27 27. 0
5. 0 0. 09 0. 07 0. 22 4. 4 0. 52 10. 4
10. 0 0. 19 0. 10 0. 77 7. 7 1. 70 17. 0
15. 0 0. 29 0. 11 0. 92 6. 1 2. 09 13. 9
25 0. 06 0. 24 2. 32 9. 3 4. 61 18. 4

Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 13
Bl ood, pO
2
< 90 mmHg

cLac
( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 3 0. 03 0. 01 0. 08 26. 7 0. 19 62. 3
1. 0 0. 03 0. 03 0. 09 9. 0 0. 21 21. 0
5. 0 0. 09 0. 10 0. 33 6. 6 0. 74 14. 8
10. 0 - 0. 05 0. 08 0. 78 7. 8 1. 58 15. 8
15. 0 - 0. 01 0. 10 1. 17 7. 8 2. 30 15. 3
25 - 1. 26 0. 21 2. 70 10. 8 6. 55 26. 2

Ser um pool , pO
2
> 90 mmHg

cLac
( mmol / L)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 3 0. 03 0. 01 0. 07 23. 3 0. 17 56. 7
1. 0 0. 03 0. 01 0. 07 7. 0 0. 17 17. 0
5. 0 0. 09 0. 04 0. 17 3. 4 0. 42 8. 4
10. 0 0. 19 0. 04 0. 45 4. 5 1. 07 10. 7
15. 0 0. 29 0. 06 0. 78 5. 2 1. 82 12. 1
25 0. 06 0. 16 1. 92 7. 7 3. 82 15. 3

Per f or mance t est r esul t s ct Hb

HiCN met hod recommended by NCCLS [ Ref. 6] .

Set up:
Adult samples. HbF correct ion is not act ivat ed.

ct Hb
( g/ dL)
sO
2

( % )
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
* )
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 00 - - 0. 02 0. 01 0. 02 - 0. 06 -
3. 5 100 0. 02 0. 04 0. 08 2. 3 0. 18 5. 1
7. 0 100 0. 05 0. 08 0. 16 2. 3 0. 36 5. 1
10. 0 100 0. 06 0. 07 0. 20 2. 0 0. 45 4. 5
15. 0 100 0. 06 0. 07 0. 24 1. 6 0. 53 3. 5
20. 0 100 0. 00 0. 09 0. 29 1. 5 0. 57 2. 9
25. 0 100 0. 08 0. 11 0. 37 1. 5 0. 81 3. 2
* ) ABL735 HI CN- corr. t hrough:
ct Hb( ABL735) , corr = - 0. 000707 * ( ct Hb( ABL735) , meas)
2

+ 0. 9977 * ct Hb( ABL735) , meas
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 14

Per f or mance t est r esul t s sO
2

Tonomet ry:
100%: whole blood is t onomet ered wit h a gas mixt ure cont aining 94. 4% O
2
and 5. 6%
CO
2
.
0%: whole blood is t onomet ered wit h a gas mixt ure cont aining 94. 4% N
2
and 5. 6% CO
2

+ dit hionit e.

ct Hb
( g/ dL)
sO
2

( % )
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
15 0 0. 07 150
15 100 - 0. 26 150
7 100 0. 46 150
25 100 0 148

Set up:
Adult samples. HbF correct ion not act ivat ed.

Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

ct Hb
( g/ dL)
sO
2

( % )
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
15 0 0. 09 0. 07 0. 25 - 0. 58 -
15 50 - 0. 26 0. 24 0. 40 0. 8 1. 04 2. 1
15 65 - 0. 20 0. 27 0. 46 0. 7 1. 10 1. 7
15 75 - 0. 10 0. 30 0. 48 0. 6 1. 04 1. 4
15 90 - 0. 10 0. 19 0. 35 0. 4 0. 79 0. 9
15 100 - 0. 07 0. 24 0. 40 0. 4 0. 85 0. 9
7 100 0. 45 0. 11 0. 37 0. 4 1. 18 1. 2
25 100 - 0. 53 0. 09 0. 28 0. 3 1. 08 1. 1
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 15
Per f or mance t est r esul t s FO
2
Hb

Measured according t o t he following relat ion:
FO
2
Hb = 1 - ( FHHb + FCOHb + FMet Hb)

Set up:

FO
2
Hb
( % )
ct Hb
( g/ dL)
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
x
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 0 15 0. 07 0. 07 0. 25 - 0. 56 -
50. 0 15 - 0. 25 0. 27 0. 58 1. 2 1. 39 2. 8
65. 0 15 - 0. 43 0. 30 0. 48 0. 7 1. 37 2. 1
75. 0 15 - 0. 27 0. 35 0. 55 0. 7 1. 35 1. 8
90. 0 15 - 0. 23 0. 23 0. 40 0. 4 1. 01 1. 1
100. 0 15 - 0. 10 0. 16 0. 38 0. 4 0. 84 0. 8
100. 0 7 - 0. 09 0. 19 0. 48 0. 5 1. 03 1. 0
100. 0 25 - 0. 45 0. 18 0. 53 0. 5 1. 49 1. 5

Per f or mance t est r esul t s FCOHb

Gas chromat ography: The St andards are carbon monoxide mixt ures wit h at mospheric
air, whose purit y is validat ed in accordance wit h NI ST SRM 1678 ( 50 ppm CO in N
2
) .

Set up:

ct Hb
( g/ dL)
FCOHb ( % ) Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
15 0 0. 22 45
15 20 - 1. 01 45


Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

7- 16
ct Hb
( g/ dL)
FCOHb
( % )
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
15 0. 0 0. 00 0. 07 0. 23 - 0. 45 -
15 5. 0 0. 08 0. 07 0. 26 5. 2 0. 59 11. 8
15 10. 0 0. 04 0. 06 0. 34 3. 4 0. 71 7. 1
15 20. 0 0. 11 0. 07 0. 67 3. 4 1. 42 7. 1
15 30. 0 0. 17 0. 07 0. 68 2. 3 1. 50 5. 0
15 50. 0 0. 30 0. 08 0. 68 1. 4 1. 63 3. 3
15 99. 0 0. 54 0. 12 0. 72 0. 7 1. 95 2. 0

Per f or mance t est r esul t s FMet Hb

Spect romet r y, modified Evelyn- Malloy met hod [ Ref. 7] .

Set up:

ct Hb
( g/ dL)
FMet Hb ( % ) Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
15 0 0. 12 45
15 20 - 0. 76 45


Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

ct Hb
( g/ dL)
FMet H
b ( % )
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
15 0. 0 - 0. 04 0. 10 0. 23 - 0. 49 -
15 5. 0 0. 02 0. 09 0. 25 5. 0 0. 51 10. 2
15 10. 0 - 0. 04 0. 12 0. 33 3. 3 0. 69 6. 9
15 20. 0 - 0. 18 0. 08 0. 27 1. 4 0. 71 3. 5
15 30. 0 - 0. 26 0. 08 0. 34 1. 1 0. 93 3. 1
15 50. 0 - 0. 21 0. 09 0. 43 0. 9 1. 05 2. 1
15 99. 0 0. 11 0. 05 0. 61 0. 6 1. 31 1. 3
Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 17
Per f or mance t est r esul t s FHHb

0%: whole blood is t onomet ered wit h a gas mixt ure cont aining 94. 4% N
2
and 5. 6% CO
2

+ dit hionit e.

Set up:

FHHb
( % )
ct Hb
( g/ dL)
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
x
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0. 0 15 0. 07 0. 10 0. 28 - 0. 62 -
10. 0 15 0. 08 0. 18 0. 35 3. 5 0. 77 7. 7
25. 0 15 0. 05 0. 30 0. 48 1. 9 0. 99 4. 0
35. 0 15 0. 08 0. 27 0. 50 1. 4 1. 06 3. 0
50. 0 15 0. 11 0. 26 0. 57 1. 1 1. 23 2. 5
100. 0 15 - 0. 14 0. 16 0. 40 0. 4 0. 92 0. 9
0. 0 7 - 0. 45 0. 13 0. 36 - 1. 16 -
0. 0 25 0. 53 0. 09 0. 26 - 1. 04 -

Per f or mance t est r esul t s FHbF

The reference met hod is based on Cat ion Exchange HPLC. The met hod is described in
[ Ref. 15] . The met hod is performed by t he Hmat ology Laborat ory at Herlev Hospit al,
Denmark.

Set up:
Mixed adult and Fet al samples. HbF correct ion enabled for all levels.

FHbF
( % )
ct Hb
( g/ dL)
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
* )
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
0 15 1. 6 1. 8 3. 0 - 7. 48 -
5 15 3. 2 1. 8 3. 3 66 9. 67 193
10 15 0. 9 1. 7 3. 2 32 7. 17 71. 7
20 15 1. 1 1. 8 3. 6 18 8. 16 40. 8
30 15 - 1. 7 1. 8 4. 2 14 9. 93 33. 1
50 15 - 3. 1 1. 6 3. 9 7. 8 10. 74 21. 5
80 15 - 4. 2 1. 8 4. 1 5. 1 12. 24 15. 3
* ) ABL735 correct ed t o HPLC t hrough:
FHbF( ABL735) , corr = FHbF ( ABL735) , meas 0. 9* ct Hb + 11. 7
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Sec.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
and
Repeat abi l i t y
bl ood sampl es
7- 18
Per f or mance t est r esul t s bi l i r ubi n

The reference met hod for t ot al bilirubin is a spect rofot omet ric met hod ( wet chemist ry
based on a met hod from Bayer Healt hcare, Tarryt own USA.
The met hod is calibrat ed using NI ST SRM916a Bilirubin.
The met hod is performed by t he Labor at ory Unilabs AS. , Denmark.

Set up:
HbF correct ion is not act ivat ed

ct Bi l
( mol / L)
ct Hb ( g/ dL) Bi as
Pr i m.r ef
N
0 15 0. 8 3
200 15 4. 7 3
400 15 4. 7 3

Bias
ABL90- Prim.ref
= Bias
ABL90- ABL735
+ Bias
ABL735- Prim.ref

ct Bi l
( mol / L)
ct Hb
( g/ dL)
Bi as
Sec.r ef
S
0
S
X
CV
X
% TE
A
TE
A

( % )
8 15 1. 0 2. 7 7. 1 89 14. 9 186
100 15 0. 2 3. 2 9. 7 9. 7 19. 2 19. 2
200 15 - 4. 8 3. 6 12. 7 6. 4 29. 7 14. 9
400 15 - 5. 3 4. 8 13. 9 3. 5 32. 5 8. 1
600 15 - 11. 7 5. 9 18. 0 3. 0 47. 0 7. 8

NOTES:
a. Adult / fet al blood, pH = 7. 4 0. 1, normal MCHC and albumin variat ion. Spiked
wit h unconj ugat ed bilirubin.

The purpose of t he bilirubin ext ernal t est s was t o make a regression st udy of ABL90
bilirubin against reference hospit al analyzers on hospit al neonat al blood samples.
A limit ed st udy was performed on hospit al adult samples [ Ref. 13] .

For neonat al use: The bilirubin met hod has been evaluat ed on whole blood.
The allowed analyt ical error is 10% t o sat isfy average
clinical requirement s for bilirubin measurement
[ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] . For whole blood t he analyt ical error is
slight ly higher.
Ref er ence
met hod
Bi as
Pr i m.r ef

Bi as
Sec.r ef

Ex t er nal t est
r esul t s
7- 19
For adult use: Adult samples wit hin reference range:
The uncert aint y in t he bilirubin measurement on whole
blood can, in some cases, exceed t he level required t o
measure normal bilirubin levels for children older t han 3
mont hs and adult s ( bilirubin reference range
4- 22 mol/ L) .
Adult samples wit h an increased bilirubin level:
Ext ernal t est s using adult samples were performed on
samples wit h t ypically 80 % of t he t ot al bilirubin in t he
conj ugat ed form. For t hese highly conj ugat ed samples
t he ext ernal t est s showed a negat ive bias of 18% on
whole- blood samples.
The pat ient samples represent ed t ypical variat ions in ct Bil, ct Hb, sO
2
, pH and MCHC
( Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concent rat ion) values.
Three ext ernal t est s were carried out at t wo different sit es. Each t est had it s own ABL90
analyzer a t ot al of t hree.

Wet Chemist ry analyzer Roche Modular wit h Roche Calibrat or was used as a reference
[ Ref. 21] . Each ext ernal t est sit e had t wo Modulars a t ot al of four. ct Bil was measured
in mol/ L.

The field t est result s are given below:

S
yx
is t he spreading around t he linear line.
Act ual ext ernal t est from neonat al crit ical care hospit als using whole blood. Dat a from
t hree field t est s are merged. Values are in mol/ L.
y = 1.014x - 0.828
R
2
= 0.985
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
0 100 200 300 400
Modular
A
B
L
9
0
Syx=11.6
N=175
7- 20

The same dat a as above but depict ed in a Bland- Alt man plot below.

Lines indicat e Mean and + / - 15 umol or 10% . Values are in mol/ L. Difference =
ABL90 Modular.

I nt er f er ence t est s

The result s from t he int erference t est s are given as t he deviat ion from t he correct result
[ Ref. 14] .

The following int erference result s are found for t he pH and blood gas elect rodes:

I nt er f er ence on ...
Subst ance
Test
Concent r at i on
pH
( level 7. 4)
pCO
2
pO
2

mmHg

Test mat r i x
2% < |0.010| N/ A < |1| Blood/ Aqueous I nt ralipid
5% < |0.010| N/ A < |1| Blood/ Aqueous
Fluorescein 400 mg/ L N/ A N/ A < |1| Blood
K
+
17 mM < |0.010| N/ A N/ A Blood
Na
+
190 mM < |0.010| N/ A N/ A Blood
Ca
2+
5.5 mM < |0.010| N/ A N/ A Blood

pH/ bl ood gas
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 100 200 300 400
ctBil
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
7- 21

The following int erference result s are found for t he elect rolyt e elect rodes:

I nt er f er ence on ....
Subst ance
Test con-
cent r at i on
cK
+
( 4 mM
level)

cNa
+

( 140 mM
level)
cCa
2+

( 1. 25 mM
level)
cCl
-

( 105 mM
level)
Test
mat r i x
Lit hium ( Li
+
)
3.2 mM < 0.1 < 1 < 0.02 N/ A Plasma
Pot assium ( K
+
)
12 mM N/ A < 1 < 0.02 N/ A Plasma
3.4 mM < 0.1 1. 2 N/ A N/ A Plasma
2.2 mM N/ A < 1 N/ A N/ A Plasma
Calcium ( Ca
2+
)
Sodium ( Na
+
)
180 mM N/ A N/ A 0. 029 N/ A Plasma
1 mM < 0.1 < 1 N/ A 1. 1 Plasma Ammonium( NH
4
+
)
107 M < 0.1 < 1 N/ A < 1 Plasma
Magnesium ( Mg
2+
)
5 mM N/ A < 1 < 0.02 N/ A Aqueous
Zinc ( Zn
2+
)
170 M < 0.1 < 1 0. 024 N/ A Plasma
St ront ium ( Sr
2+
)
150 M N/ A N/ A < 0.02 N/ A Plasma
N/ A N/ A
- 0. 037
mM/ pH N/ A
Aqueous/
buffer
pH
6.8 8 N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
37.5 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A 76. 6 Plasma
18.75 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A 37. 6 Plasma
10 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A 19. 5 Plasma
Bromide ( Br
-
)
I odide ( I
-
)
107 M N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma Fluoride ( F
-
)
1 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
0.375 mM N/ A N/ A < 0.02 2. 1 Plasma
Perchlorat e
( ClO
4
-
)
7.5 g/ mL 0. 27 8. 7 0. 138 < 1 Plasma
10 g/ mL 0. 39 12. 1 0. 182 < 1 Plasma
15 g/ mL 0. 60 18. 8 0. 269 < 1 Plasma
Benzalkonium chlor ide

30 g/ mL 1. 28 40. 4 0. 622 < 1 Plasma
El ect r ol y t es
7- 22
I nt er f er ence on ....
Subst ance
Test con-
cent r at i on
cK
+
( 4 mM
level)

cNa
+

( 140 mM
level)
cCa
2+

( 1. 25 mM
level)
cCl
-

( 105 mM
level)
Test
mat r i x
0.91 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
Acet ylsalicylic acid
Salicylic acid
Thiocyanic acid
170 M N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma Ascorbic acid
850 M N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
1 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma Cit rat e
40 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A - 4. 9 Plasma
1 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma Oxalat e
10 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
Lact at e 25 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
Caprylic acid 0.12 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma
Acet yl- t rypt ophane 0.12 mM N/ A N/ A N/ A < 1 Plasma

Number in bol d: Exceeds specificat ions
7- 23

The following int erference result s are found for t he met abolit e elect rodes:

I nt er f er ence on
.......
Subst ance
Test
Concent r at i on Gl u mM Lac mM
Test
mat r i x
Acet aminophen= paracet amol 2 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Acet ylsalicylic acid 3.62 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
I buprofen ( sodium) 2.5 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Dopamine HCl 1 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Chlorpromazine HCl 0.2 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Et hanol 87 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Glucosamine HCl
2 mM 0. 12
< 0.1 Whole blood
0.25 mM N/ A 0. 31
Whole blood
0.33 mM N/ A 0. 39
Whole blood
0.5 mM N/ A 0. 48
Whole blood
Glycolic acid
1 mM < 0.1
0. 52
Whole blood
Lact ic acid
12 mM < 0.1 N/ A
Whole blood
Malt ose ( monohydrat e)
5 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Mannose
1 mM 0. 11 < 0.1
Whole blood
Salicylic acid
4.34 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
6 mM 14. 39 10. 95
Whole blood
8 mM 19. 31 14. 57
Whole blood
12 mM 31. 08 21. 91
Whole blood
Sodium t hiocyanat e
24 mM 94. 69 58. 75
Whole blood
Xylose
Acet oacet at e ( Lit hium
acet acet oacet at e)
2 mM < 0.1 0. 11
Whole blood
Creat inine
Galact ose
3.3 mM 0. 14 < 0.1
Whole blood
D- Glucose
67 mM N/ A - 0. 21
Whole blood
Pyruvat e ( pyruvic acid sodium
salt )
2 mM < 0.1 < 0.1
Whole blood
Urea
Uric acid
1.5 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Heparin
8000 iu/ dL < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
EDTA ( Edet at e disodium
2H
2
O)
3 mM < 0.1 < 0.1
Whole blood
Cit rat e ( sodium cit rat e 2H
2
O)
Oxalat e ( sodium oxalat e)
Fluoride ( Sodium fluor ide)
50 mM - 0. 12 - 0. 13
Whole blood
Pralidoxime chloride
0.045 mM < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Met abol i t es
7- 24
I nt er f er ence on
.......
Subst ance
Test
Concent r at i on Gl u mM Lac mM
Test
mat r i x
2.5 mM 2. 25 N/ A
Whole blood
3.33 mM 2. 88 N/ A
Whole blood
5 mM 4. 58 N/ A
Whole blood
2- deoxy Glucose
10 mM 9. 58
< 0.1 Whole blood
Unconj ugat ed Bilirubin
0.2 g/ L < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Conj ugat ed Bilirubin
0.2 g/ L < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood
Ascorbic acid
300 mg/ dL < 0.1 < 0.1 Whole blood

7- 25

The subst ances against which t he oximet ry paramet ers ( ct Hb, sO
2
, FO
2
Hb, FCOHb,
FMet Hb, FHHb, FHbF) and ct Bil were t est ed for int erference are given in t he t able
below:
( SAT100 blood reference t est sample: ct Hb = 15 g/ dL, sO
2
= 100 %, FCOHb = 0. 7%,
FMet Hb = 0. 5%, ct Bil = 0, pH = 7. 4. Paramet er sensit ivit y from t he influence on t he
absorbance spect rum from various subst ances. )

ct Hb
g/ dL
sO
2

%
FO
2
Hb
%
FCOHb
%
FMet Hb
%
FHHb
%
FHbF
%
ct Bi l
mol / L
Li mi t f or cl i ni cal r el evance..

Level

0. 5 g/ dL 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 20%
30
mol/ L
6.85 < | 0.5| - 1. 1 - 2. 5 < | 1%| 1. 4 1. 1 ND 38
7.15 < | 0.5| < | 1%| - 1. 0 < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| < | 30|
7.4 Refer ence pH
pH

8 < | 0.5| < | 1%| - 1. 1 < | 1%| 1. 3 < | 1%| 21 < | 30|
Fluorescein
250 mg/ L 1. 31 - 3. 2 - 9. 5 - 4. 1 10. 7 2. 9 ND - 1115
bet a- carot ene* )
3.7 mol/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| < | 30|
Pat ent Blue V
10 mg/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| 1. 5 < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| ND < | 30|
10 mg/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| 3. 7 < | 1%| - 3. 2 < | 1%| ND < | 30|
30 mg/ L - 1. 63 2. 7 13. 7 < | 1%| - 11. 2 - 2. 8 ND - 83
Met hylene Blue

60 mg/ L - 3. 01 4. 2 27. 8 - 1. 2 - 21. 5 - 5. 1 ND - 154
7 mg/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| < | 30|
Cardio Green

30 mg/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| 1. 6 < | 1%| - 1. 2 < | 1%| ND < | 30|
Evans Blue
5 mg/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| < | 30|
2% < | 0.5| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| < | 30|
I nt ralipid

5% < | 0.5| < | 1%| - 1. 4 < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| < | 30|
HiCN
30% 1. 09 < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| ND 903
20% - 2. 12 < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| ND < | 30|
SHb

50% - 4. 49 1. 7 - 5. 7 < | 1%| 7. 3 - 1. 6 ND 135
Bilirubin ( ukonj )
500 mol/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| N/ A
Bilirubin ( konj )
400 mol/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 1%| < | 20%| N/ A
2 g/ L 2. 37 < | 1%| - 15. 85 2. 48 12. 73 < | 1%| ND - 85. 93
0.8 g/ L 1. 07 < | 1%| - 7. 40 1. 02 5. 87 < | 1%| ND - 36. 40
0.4 g/ L 0. 52 < | 1%| - 4. 00 < | 1%| 3. 37 < | 1%| ND < | 30|
Hydroxocoba-
lamin

0.2 g/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| - 2. 33 < | 1%| 1. 83 < | 1%| ND < | 30|
Ox i met r y
par amet er s
7- 26
ct Hb
g/ dL
sO
2

%
FO
2
Hb
%
FCOHb
%
FMet Hb
%
FHHb
%
FHbF
%
ct Bi l
mol / L
Li mi t f or cl i ni cal r el evance..

Level

0. 5 g/ dL 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 20%
30
mol/ L
2 g/ L 2. 29 - 4. 12 - 16. 23 2. 85 9. 87 3. 52 ND < | 30|
0.8 g/ L 1. 15 - 2. 02 - 8. 68 1. 53 5. 33 1. 82 ND < | 30|
0.4 g/ L 0. 69 - 1. 27 - 5. 23 < | 1%| 3. 18 1. 17 ND < | 30|
Cyanocobalamin

0.2 g/ L < | 0.5| < | 1%| - 2. 23 < | 1%| 1. 35 < | 1%| ND < | 30|

* I nt erference calculat ed from spect rum
* * ND: Not displayed

FHbF is sensit ive t o pH deviat ions from t he nominal value of pH = 7. 4. I f pH is
convert ed int o cH
+
( hydrogen ion concent rat ion) , t he relat ionship bet ween t he changes
in cH
+
and FHbF is linear as seen from t he following equat ion:
+
HbF 0.51%/(nmol/L) ( H 40 nmol/L) F c A =
pH AFHbF %
7. 15 - 15. 8
7. 25 - 8. 2
7. 4 0
7. 5 4. 1
7. 6 7. 7

MCHC ( Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concent rat ion) is used t o est imat e hemat ocrit ,
Hct , which is used in t he ct Bil measurement . MCHC is an average Hb concent rat ion in
t he red blood cell ( RBC) . I f t he RBC volume decreases, MCHC increases. I f an RBC has
iron deficit , MCHC decreases.
Hct is det ermined from ct Hb as follows:
t Hb
Hct
MCHC
c
=

A st andard value of 332 g/ L is assumed for MCHC which gives
Hct = ct Hb 0. 0301 if t he unit for ct Hb is g/ dL.
MCHC can, however, deviat e from t his st andard value as illust rat ed in t he following
t able ( see t he next page) .
Eryt hrocyt omet ric values given for apparent ly healt hy whit e and black subj ect s of
different ages are t aken from: Geigy Scient ific Tables, Physical Chemist ry, Composit ion
of Blood, Hemat ology, Somamet ric Dat a , CI BA- GEI GY, 1984; 3, 207.

FHbF
sensi t i v i t y f or
pH changes
ct Bi l sensi t i vi t y
f or MCHC
var i at i ons
7- 27

Subj ect s Age Hct
mean
Hct
95 % r ange
MCHC
mean, g/ L
MCHC 95
% r ange,
g/ L
Men Adult s 0. 47 0. 39- 0. 55 340 310- 370
Women Adult s 0. 42 0. 36- 0. 48 330 300- 360
Boys Newborn
1 mont h
3 mont hs
6 mont hs
9 mont hs
1 year
2 years
4 years
8 years
14 years
0. 59
0. 50
0. 45
0. 46
0. 45
0. 41
0. 40
0. 37
0. 41
0. 41
0. 53- 0. 65
0. 44- 0. 56
0. 39- 0. 52
0. 39- 0. 51
0. 39- 0. 52
0. 37- 0. 45
0. 36- 0. 47
0. 30- 0. 44
0. 37- 0. 45
0. 36- 0. 46
330
320
330
300
280
290
300
280
290
300
320- 340
310- 330
320- 340
290- 310
270- 300
280- 300
280- 310
270- 290
280- 300
290- 310
Girls Newborn
1 mont h
3 mont hs
6 mont hs
9 mont hs
1 year
2 years
4 years
8 years
14 years
0. 58
0. 49
0. 44
0. 44
0. 43
0. 43
0. 43
0. 43
0. 40
0. 40
0. 51- 0. 65
0. 42- 0. 56
0. 39- 0. 51
0. 39- 0. 50
0. 37- 0. 50
0. 37- 0. 49
0. 36- 0. 50
0. 36- 0. 51
0. 36- 0. 46
0. 36- 0. 47
340
320
330
320
300
300
300
280
280
290
330- 350
310- 330
320- 340
310- 330
290- 310
290- 310
290- 310
270- 290
270- 290
280- 300

I f AMCHC is defined as AMCHC = 332 g/ L MCHC, t hen t he cont ribut ion t o t he relat ive
error on t he ct Bil measurement is as follows:
t Bil Hct MCHC
t Bil 1 Hct MCHC
c
c
A A
=

A worst - case example, using 95 % confidence values:
A newborn girl wit h Hct = 0. 58, MCHC = 350 g/ L and ct Bil = 400 mol/ L. ct Hb may be
derived as Hct MCHC = 0. 58 x 350 g/ L = 20. 3 g/ dL ( refer ence range is 18. 0 21. 0
g/ dL) .
t Bil 0.58 18
0.071
t Bil 1 0. 58 350
c
c
A
= = +
And Act Bil = 0. 071 x 400 = 28 mol/ L.

I f t he reference value for Hct is known, it is possible t o correct t he displayed ct Bil value,
using t he following equat ion:
1 t Hb( displayed) 0.0301
t Bil( correct ed) t Bil( displayed)
1 Hct ( reference)
c
c c

=

ct Hb is measured in g/ dL.

7- 28
ct Bil is slight ly sensit ive t o pH deviat ions from t he nominal value of pH = 7. 4.
General reference: [ Ref. 12]

Ant icoagulant s cont aining sodium salt s give erroneously high cNa
+
result s. Sodium
fluoride wit h or wit hout EDTA and oxalat e ( disodium) affect s cGlu result s. Sodium
fluoride gives erroneously high cNa
+
and low cCa
2+
, cGlu and cLac result s. Trisodium
cit rat e affect s cNa
+
, cK
+
and cGlu result s.
Radiomet er, t herefore, recommends t he use of heparin as t he only ant icoagulant .

WARNI NG - Ri sk of er r oneous r esul t s
Do not use EDTA, as it leads t o erroneous pH, pCO
2
, cNa
+
, cK
+
and cCa
2+

result s. Use of EDTA will also affect subsequent measurement s on t he Ca
elect rode and it will reduce t he lifet ime of t his elect rode.

Ant i coagul ant s
( sampl i ng)

7- 29

1. Krist ensen HB, Salomon A, Kokholm G. I nt ernat ional pH scales and cert ificat ion of pH.
2. Definit ion of pH scales, st andard reference values, measurement of pH and relat ed
t er minology ( Recommendat ions 1994) . Pur e and Appl Chem 1985; 57, 3: 531- 42.
3. Burnet t RW, Covingt on AK, Maas AHJ, Mller- Plat he O et al. J Clin Chem Clin Biochem 1989;
27: 403- 08.
4. I FCC refer ence met hods and mat erials for measurement pH, gases and elect rolyt es in blood.
Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1993; 53, Suppl 214: 84- 94.
5. Glucose. CLSI / NCCLS Publicat ion RS1- A. Clinical and Laborat ory St andards I nst it ut e, 940 West
Valley Road, Suit e 1400, Wayne, PA 19087, 1989.
6. Refer ence and select ed procedures for t he quant it at ive det erminat ion of hemoglobin in blood.
Approved St andard ( 3rd edit ion) , CLSI / NCCLS Publicat ion H15- 2A. Clinical and Laborat ory
St andards I nst it ut e, 940 West Valley Road, Suit e 1400, Wayne, PA 19087, 2000.
7. Evelyn K, Malloy H. Microdet erminat ion of oxyhemoglobin, met hemoglobin and sulfhemoglobin
in a single sample of blood. Biological Chem 1938; 126: 655- 62.
8. Begmeyer . Met hods of enzymat ic analysis. 3rd ed. , Verlag Chemie Deerfield Beach 1984; 6:
582- 88.
9. VI M93: I SO, I nt er nat ional Vocabulary of Basic and Gener al Ter ms in Met rology, Geneva:
I nt er nat ional Organizat ion for St andardizat ion; 1993.
10. Krist ensen H. B. Traceabilit y t o t he pr imary r eference st andards at Radiomet er . Copenhagen:
Radiomet er Medical ApS, 2004. Code 918- 541.
11. CLSI Evaluat ion of Precision Performance of Clinical Chemist ry Devices; Approved Guidelines,
EP5- A, Vol. 19, No. 2.
12. CLSI Prot ocols for Det erminat ion of Limit s of Det ect ion and Limit s of Quant it at ion; Approved
Guidelines, EP17- A, Vol. 24, No. 34.
13. CLSI Met hod Comparison and Bias Est imat ion Using Pat ient Samples; Approved Guideline
Second Edit ion, EP9- A2, Vol. 22, No. 17.
14. CLSI approved guideline for int erference t est ing in clinical chemist ry, EP7- A, Vol. 22, No. 27.
15. Tan GB, Aw TC, Dunst an RA & Lee SH, Evaluat ion of high performance liquid chromat ography
for rout ine est imat ion of haemoglobins A2 and F. Jour nal of Clinical Pat hology 46: 852- 856.
16. Fraser CG. The applicat ion of t heor et ical goals based on biological var iat ion dat a in proficiency
t est ing. Arch Pat hol Lab Med 1988; 112: 402- 15.
17. Ehrmeyer SS, Laessig RH, Leinweber JE, Oryall JJ. 1990 Medicar e/ CLI A final rules for
proficiency t est ing: minimum int ralaborat ory performance charact erist ics ( CV and bias)
needed t o pass. Clin Chem 1990; 36, 10: 1736- 40.
18. Fraser CG, Pet ersen PH, Ricos C, Haeckel R. Proposed qualit y specificat ions for t he impr ecision
and inaccuracy of analyt ical syst ems for clinical chemist ry. Eur J CLin Chem Clin Biochem
1992; 30: 311- 17.
19. West gard JO, Seehafer JJ, Barry PL. Allowable impr ecision for laborat ory t est based on clinical
and analyt ical t est out come crit er ia. Clin Chem 1994; 40, 10: 1909- 14.
20. Vander line RE, Goodwine J, Koch D, Scheer D, St eindel S, Cembrowski G. Guidelines for
providing qualit y st at laborat ory services. 1987 Laborat ory Qualit y Assur ance Commit ee.
21. Wahlefeld AW, Herz G, Bernt E. Modificat ion of t he Malloy- Evelyn met hod for a simple, reliable
det er minat ion of t ot al bilirubin in serum. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1972; 29 Supplement 126:
Abst ract 11: 12.
Li st of
r ef er ences
7- 30

8. Par amet er s

Measured paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6
I nput paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 13
Derived paramet ers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 15
Unit s and numerical format of derived paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 19
List of equat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 23
Oxyhemoglobin dissociat ion curve ( ODC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 37
Conversion of unit s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 42
Default values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 44
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 45

8. Parameters ABL90 FLEX reference manual
8- 2
The Deep Pict ure developed by Radiomet er [ 1] ( visit our websit e www. deep-
pict ure. com) expands t radit ional pH and blood gas analysis by evaluat ing t he
capabilit y of art erial blood t o carry sufficient oxygen t o t issues and t o release it .
I t simplifies int erpret at ion by dividing t he process int o t hree st ages:

Ox y gen
upt ak e
Oxygen upt ake in t he lungs indicat es whet her t he pulmonary gas
exchange is efficient enough t o oxygenat e art erial blood.
The upt ake of oxygen in t he lungs can be described by
paramet ers in combinat ion, primarily t he art erial oxygen t ension
( pO
2
( a) ) , fract ion of O
2
in dry inspired air ( FO
2
( I ) ) and shunt
fract ion of perfused blood ( Q
s
/ Q

t
)
However, ot her paramet er s may also be used, such as t he
difference in alveolar air and art erial blood oxygen t ension
( pO
2
( A- a) ) .
Ox y gen
t r anspor t
Oxygen t ransport reveals if art erial blood cont ains sufficient
oxygen.
The oxygen concent rat ion of art erial blood ( ct O
2
( a) ) also t ermed
oxygen cont ent is det ermined by t he concent rat ion of t ot al
hemoglobin ( ct Hb( a) ) , t he fract ion of oxygenat ed hemoglobin
( FO
2
Hb( a) ) and t he art erial oxygen t ension ( pO
2
( a) ) .
Ot her paramet ers t hat should be known are t he oxygen
sat urat ion ( sO
2
( a) ) and t he fract ions of dyshemoglobins
( FCOHb( a) and FMet Hb( a) ) .
Ox y gen
r el ease
Oxygen release describes t he abilit y of art erial blood t o release
oxygen t o t he t issues.
The release of oxygen from capillaries t o t issues is det ermined by
t he oxygen t ension gradient bet ween t he t wo. This release of
oxygen is also influenced by t he hemoglobin- oxygen affinit y,
which is indicat ed by t he oxygen t ension at 50 % sat urat ion,
p50.

The Deep
Pi ct ur e
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 8. Parameters
8- 3

The symbols for t he paramet ers are based on t he principles described by
Wandrup [ 2] . Each symbol consist s of t hree part s, described below:

1. Propert y A symbol in it alics
describing t he quant it y
p for pressure
c for concent rat ion
F for fract ion
V for volume
et c.
2. Component An abbreviat ion of t he
component name
O
2
for oxygen
CO
2
for carbon dioxide
COHb for carboxyhemoglobin
et c.
3. ( Syst em) Specificat ion of t he syst em B for blood
P for plasma
a for art erial blood
v
for mixed venous blood

A for alveolar air
T for pat ient t emperat ur e

Ex ampl e:
pO
2
( a)

The paramet ers are list ed by symbol in t hree groups: measured, input and
derived.
Sy mbol s
property
component
system
8- 4

The following ranges are used:

Range Descr i pt i on
I ndicat ion

The range of indicat ion for a paramet er is t he range wit hin which
t he analyzer is physically capable of measuring.
Report able I s user- defined; is equal t o or narrower t han t he range of
indicat ion. Can be select ed for all measured and derived
paramet ers.
Report able range is t he range of result s from a t est ing syst em or
met hod over which a specified analyt ical performance is claimed.
Reference "Reference ranges are valuable guidelines for t he clinician, but
t hey should not be regarded as absolut e indicat ors of healt h and
disease. Reference ranges should be used wit h caut ion since
values for healt hy individuals oft en overlap significant ly wit h
values for persons afflict ed wit h disease. I n addit ion, laborat ory
values may vary significant ly due t o met hodological differences
and mode of st andardizat ion" [ 10] .
Ref. 10 has been t he source for t he reference ranges given in t his
sect ion. I n some cases t he values are t aken from ot her sources
marked by t heir reference number.
When possible, t he reference ranges for art erial blood have been
list ed. Reference ranges must be used wit h caut ion as t hey
depend on a number of fact ors, such as sex, age and normal
physiological condit ion.

Crit ical limit s are user- defined and can be ent er ed int o t he analyzer soft ware
see sect ion Reference ranges and crit ical limit s in chapt er 1.

Derived paramet ers are calculat ed according t o t he equat ions st at ed.

I f Then
t he required measured or
input values are unknown
default values are used, unless a measured
paramet er does not have a value or is
out side t he range of indicat ion.
all values are known t he derived paramet er is designat ed
calculat ed and a "c" is added t o t he result .
a default value is used t he derived paramet er is designat ed
est imat ed and an "e" is added t o t he result .

I f one or more default values have been used in t he calculat ion, t he result may
deviat e significant ly from t he t rue value. The deviat ion on "est imat ed" oxygen
st at us paramet ers might become part icularly significant if default values are
used inst ead of measured blood oximet ry dat a.
I n some cases, however, t he default value is not accept ed as t he input for t he
calculat ion. This is because t he act ual values of t he missing paramet er may
deviat e significant ly from t he default value, t hus making t he est imat ion clinically
inappropriat e. I f sO
2
cannot be measured due t o severe errors, it will be
calculat ed.
Ranges and
l i mi t s
Der i ved
par amet er s
8- 5

Some of t he list ed paramet ers are measured, depending on t he analyzer
configurat ion. I n t hese cases t he equat ion given only applies if t hat paramet er is
not direct ly measured by t he analyzer.

Unless ot herwise st at ed, a paramet er will be calculat ed or est imat ed irrespect ive
of t he choice on t he Pat i ent I dent i f i cat i on scr een: " Art erial" , "Capillary" ,
"Venous", "Mixed venous" or "Not specified". Some paramet ers, however, are
defined for art erial samples only; t hey will be calculat ed only for sample t ypes
ent ered as " Art erial" or "Capillary" .
The symbol for syst em ( blood ( B) or plasma ( P) ) is not st at ed in t he equat ions
unless it is import ant for t he calculat ion.

The unit s given for each paramet er refer t o t he unit s available on t he analyzer for
t hat paramet er.

The default values are list ed in Default values at t he end of t his chapt er.

Measur ed
par amet er s
Sampl e t y pe
Uni t s
Def aul t val ues
8- 6
Measur ed par amet er s
The following is t he used:

m = male
f = female
Reference
range
For adult art erial blood
Reference

[ 10]
( unless ot herwise specified)

Definit ion I ndicat es t he acidit y or alkalinit y of t he sample.
Unit -
Range of indicat ion 6.300- 8.000
Reference range 7.35- 7.45 ( m, f)

Definit ion Concent rat ion of hydrogen ions in blood.
Unit nmol/ L
Range of indicat ion 10.0- 501

I s used bot h for blood and expired- air samples.
Definit ion Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of carbon dioxide in
blood.
High and low pCO
2
values of art erial blood
indicat e blood hypercapnia and hypocapnia,
respect ively.
Unit mmHg; kPa; Torr
Range of indicat ion mmHg; Torr: 5.0- 250
kPa: 0.67- 33.3
Reference range mmHg: 35- 48 ( m) ; 32- 45 ( f)
kPa: 4.67- 6.40 ( m) ; 4.27- 6.00 ( f)
Conversion of unit s p( kPa) = 0.133322 p( mmHg) = 0. 133322
p( Torr)
p( mmHg) = p( Torr) = 7.500638 p( kPa)

Gener al
i nf or mat i on
pH
cH
+

pCO
2

8- 7

I s used for bot h blood and expired air samples.
Definit ion Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen in blood.
High and low pO
2
values of art erial blood indicat e
blood hyperoxia and hypoxia, respect ively.
Range of indicat ion mmHg; Torr: 0.0- 800
kPa: 0.00- 107
Reference range mmHg: 83- 108 ( m, f)
kPa: 11.07- 14.40 ( m, f)
Conversion of unit s p ( kPa) = 0.133322 p( mmHg) = 0.133322
p( Torr)
p( mmHg) = p( Torr) = 7.500638 p( kPa)

Definit ion Ambient baromet ric pressure ( p( amb) ) .
Range of indicat ion mmHg; Torr: 450- 800
kPa: 60.0- 106.7
Reference range -
Conversion of unit s p ( kPa) = 0.133322 p( mmHg) = 0.133322
p( Torr)
p( mmHg) = p( Torr) = 7.500638 p( kPa)

Definit ion Concent rat ion of t ot al hemoglobin in blood.
Tot al hemoglobin includes all t ypes of hemoglobin:
deoxy- , oxy- , carboxy- , met - .
Unit g/ dL; g/ L; mmol/ L
Range of indicat ion g/ dL: 0. 48- 27. 7
g/ L: 4. 8- 277
mmol/ L: 0. 30- 17. 2
Reference range g/ dL: 13.5- 17.5 ( m) ; 12.0- 16.0 ( f)
g/ L: 135- 175 ( m) ; 120- 160 ( f)
mmol/ L: 8.4- 10.9 ( m) ; 7.4- 9.9 ( f)
Conversion of unit s ct Hb ( g/ dL) = 1.61140 ct Hb ( mmol/ L) ;
ct Hb ( g/ L) = 16.1140 ct Hb ( mmol/ L) ;
ct Hb ( mmol/ L) = 0.62058 ct Hb ( g/ dL) =
0.062058 ct Hb ( g/ L)
Default value 9.3087 mmol/ L, ( 15.0 g/ dL or 150 g/ L)

pO
2

Bar o
ct Hb
8- 8

Can also be calculat ed: see Derived par amet ers eq. 39.
Definit ion Oxygen sat urat ion, t he rat io bet ween t he
concent rat ions of oxyhemoglobin and t he hemoglobin
minus t he dyshemoglobins.
Unit %; fract ion
Range of indicat ion %: 2- 102
Fract ion: 0. 02- 1. 02
Reference range %: 95- 99 ( m, f)
Fract ion: 0.95- 0.99 ( m, f)
Reference [ 11]

Definit ion Fract ion of oxyhemoglobin in t ot al hemoglobin in
blood.
Unit %; fract ion
Fract ion: 0. 02- 1. 03
Reference range %: 94- 98 ( m, f)
Fract ion: 0.94- 0.98 ( m, f)

Definit ion Fract ion of carboxyhemoglobin in t ot al hemoglobin in
blood.
Unit %; fract ion
Fract ion: 0. 02- 1. 03
Reference range %: 0.5- 1.5 ( m, f)
Fract ion: 0.005- 0.015 ( m, f)
Default value 0.004 ( 0.4 %)

Definit ion Fract ion of met hemoglobin in t ot al hemoglobin in
blood.
Unit %; fract ion
Fract ion: 0. 02- 1. 03
Reference range %: 0.0- 1.5 ( m, f)
Fract ion: 0.000- 0.015 ( m, f)
Default value 0.004 ( 0.4 %)

sO
2

FO
2
Hb
FCOHb
FMet Hb
8- 9

Definit ion Fract ion of deoxyhemoglobin in t ot al hemoglobin in
blood.
Deoxyhemoglobin is t he part of t ot al hemoglobin
which can bind oxygen forming oxyhemoglobin. I t is
also t ermed reduced hemoglobin, RHb.
Unit %; fract ion
Fract ion: 0. 02- 1. 02

Definit ion Fract ion of fet al hemoglobin in t ot al hemoglobin in
blood.
Unit %; fract ion
Fract ion: 0. 25- 1. 21
Reference range
( neonat es)
%: ~80 ( m, f)
Fract ion: ~0.80 ( m, f)

Definit ion Concent rat ion of pot assium ions in plasma.
Unit mmol/ L; meq/ L
Range of indicat ion mmol/ L; meq/ L: 0.5- 25.0
Reference range m, f: 3.4- 4.5 mmol/ L
Conversion of unit s mmol/ L = meq/ L

Definit ion Concent rat ion of sodium ions in plasma.
Range of indicat ion mmol/ L; meq/ L: 7- 350
Reference range m, f; 136- 146 mmol/ L

Definit ion Concent rat ion of calcium ions in plasma.
Unit mmol/ L; meq/ L; mg/ dL
Range of indicat ion mmol/ L: 0.2- 9.99
meq/ L: 0.4- 19.98
mg/ dL: 0.8- 40.04
Reference range m, f: 1.15- 1.29 mmol/ L; 2.30- 2.58 meq/ L; 4.61- 5.17
mg/ dL
Conversion of unit s meq/ L = 2 mmol/ L
mg/ dL = 4.008 mmol/ L
Reference [ 12]

FHHb
FHbF
cK
+

cNa
+

cCa
2+

8- 10

Definit ion Concent rat ion of chloride ions in plasma.
Range of indicat ion mmol/ L; meq/ L: 7- 350
Reference range 98- 106 mmol/ L ( m, f)

Definit ion Concent rat ion of D- glucose in plasma.
Unit mmol/ L; mg/ dL
Range of indicat ion mmol/ L: 0- 60
mg/ dL: 0- 1081
Reference range m, f: 3.89- 5.83 mmol/ L; 70- 105 mg/ dL
Conversion of unit s cGlucose ( mg/ dL) = 18.016 cGlucose ( mmol/ L)
cGlucose ( mmol/ L) = 0.055506 cGlucose ( mg/ dL)

Definit ion Concent rat ion of L- lact at e in plasma.
Unit mmol/ L; meq/ L; mg/ dL
Range of indicat ion mmol/ L: 0. 1- 31
meq/ L: 0. 1- 31
mg/ dL: 1- 279
Reference range m, f: 0.5- 1.6 mmol/ L; 4.5- 14.4 mg/ dL
Conversion of unit s cLact at e ( mg/ dL) = 9.008 cLact at e ( mmol/ L)
cLact at e ( mmol/ L) = 0.11101 cLact at e ( mg/ dL)
( conversion based on t he molecular weight of lact ic
acid)

Definit ion Concent rat ion of t ot al bilirubin in plasma.
Tot al bilirubin includes it s t wo forms: conj ugat ed and
unconj ugat ed.
Unit mol/ L; mg/ dL; mg/ L
Range of indicat ion mol/ L: 20- 1000
mg/ dL: 1. 2- 58. 5
mg/ L: 12- 585
Reference range See t he t able on t he next page.
Conversion of unit s ct Bil ( mol/ L) = 17.1 ct Bil ( mg/ dL)
ct Bil ( mol/ L) = 1.71 ct Bil ( mg/ L)
ct Bil ( mg/ dL) = 0.0585 ct Bil ( mol/ L)
ct Bil ( mg/ L) = 0.585 ct Bil ( mol/ L)

cCl
-

cGl u
cLac
ct Bi l
8- 11
The reference ranges are as follows:

Age ct Bi l
s24 hrs, premat ure 103- 205 mol/ L
1.0- 8.0 mg/ dL
10- 80 mg/ L
s24 hrs, full- t erm 34- 103 mol/ L
2.0- 6.0 mg/ dL
20- 60 mg/ L
s48 hrs, premat ure 103- 205 mol/ L
6- 12 mg/ dL
60- 120 mg/ L
s48 hrs 103- 171 mol/ L
6- 10 mg/ dL
60- 100 mg/ L
3- 5 days, premat ure 171- 239 mol/ L
10- 14 mg/ dL
100- 140 mg/ L
3- 5 days, full- t erm 68- 137 mol/ L
4- 8 mg/ dL
40- 80 mg/ L
> 1 mont h 3.4- 17 mol/ L
0.2- 1.0 mg/ dL
2- 10 mg/ L

The following t able shows t he possible ranges and pr ecision ( number of
decimals) of t he measured paramet ers.
These ranges can be narrowed by calculat ion ranges, report able ranges, range
of indicat ion, et c. , but should be t aken int o considerat ion when ext ernal syst ems
are int erfaced t o t he analyzer.

Numer i cal f or mat w i t hi n t he f ol l ow i ng r anges: Sy mbol Uni t
Range Range
pH - 4. 000 11. 000
cH
+
nmol/ L - 999999. 0 199. 9 200 9999999
pCO
2
mmHg 0. 0 99. 9 100 750
kPa 0. 00 9. 99 10. 0 100. 0
pO
2
mmHg 0. 0 99. 9 100 2250
kPa 0. 0 9. 99 10. 0 99. 9 100 300
Baro mmHg 98 1500
kPa 13. 0 200. 0
ct Hb g/ dL - 0. 81 0. 99 1. 0 80. 6
g/ L - 8. 1 9. 9 10 806
mmol/ L - 0. 50 0. 99 1. 0 50. 0
sO
2
% - 1000. 0 1000. 0
fract ion - 10. 000 10. 000

8- 12
Range Range
FO
2
Hb % - 1000. 0 1000. 0
fract ion - 10. 000 10. 000
FCOHb % - 1000. 0 1000. 0
fract ion - 10. 000 10. 000
FMet Hb % - 1000. 0 1000. 0
fract ion - 10. 000 10. 000
FHHb % - 1000. 0 1000. 0
fract ion - 10. 000 10. 000
FHbF % - 100 200
fract ion - 1. 00 2. 00
cK
+
mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
meq/ L 0. 0 100. 0
cNa
+
mmol/ L 0 1500
meq/ L 0 1500
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 00 50. 00
meq/ L 0. 00 100. 00
mg/ dL 0. 00 200. 40
cCl
-
mmol/ L 0 1000
meq/ L 0 1000
cGlu mmol/ L - 1. 0 24. 9 25 150
mg/ dL - 18 2702
cLac mmol/ L - 1. 0 14. 9 15 100
meq/ L - 1. 0 14. 9 15 100
mg/ dL - 9 901
ct Bil mg/ dL - 5. 8 292. 3
micromol/ L - 100 5000
mg/ L - 58 2923

8- 13
I nput par amet er s
I nput paramet ers are t he paramet ers keyed in by t he operat or on t he Pat i ent
I dent i f i cat i on screen or t ransferred fr om an int erfaced dat abase.
All input paramet ers are given in t his sect ion.

Definit ion Pat ient t emperat ure.
Unit C; F
I nput range C: 15.0- 45.0
F: 59- 113
Conversion
T F =
o
9
32
5
T C + ; T C =
o
5
( 32)
9
T F

Definit ion Fract ion of oxygen in dry inspired air.
Unit %; fract ion
I nput range %: 0- 100
fract ion: 0.000- 1.000

I s used if t he analyzer version does not include t he oximet ry measuring syst em.
Definit ion Concent rat ion of t ot al hemoglobin in blood.
I nput range / Unit g/ dL: 0.0- 33.0
g/ L: 0- 330
mmol/ L: 0.0- 20.5
Conversion ct Hb ( g/ dL) = 1.61140 ct Hb ( mmol/ L) ;
ct Hb ( g/ L) = 16.1140 ct Hb ( mmol/ L) ;
ct Hb ( mmol/ L) = 0.62058 ct Hb ( g/ dL) =
0.062058 ct Hb ( g/ L)

Definit ion Respirat ory quot ient , rat io bet ween t he CO
2

product ion and t he O
2
consumpt ion.
I nput range 0.00- 2.00

Definit ion Oxygen t ension of mixed venous blood.
I nput range/ Unit mmHg; Torr: 0.0- 750.0
kPa: 0.00- 100
Conversion p( kPa) = 0.133322 p( mmHg)
p( mmHg) = 7.500638 p( kPa)

Def i ni t i on
T
FO
2
( I )
ct Hb
RQ
pO
2
( v
)
8- 14

Definit ion Oxygen sat urat ion of mixed venous blood.
I nput range/ Unit %: 0.0- 100.0
fract ion: 0.000- 1.000

Definit ion Cardiac out put ; volume of blood delivered from
t he left vent ricle int o t he aort a per unit of t ime.
Also t ermed CO or C.O.
I nput range/ Unit 0.0- 100.0 L/ min

Definit ion Oxygen consumpt ion; t ot al amount of oxygen
ut ilized by t he whole organism per unit of t ime.
I nput range/ Unit mL/ min: 0- 21000
mmol/ min: 0.0- 937.1
Conversion mmol/ min = ( mL/ min) / 22.41

Definit ion Volume of carbon monoxide added t o t he pat ient
for measurement and calculat ion of V( B) [ 5] .
I nput range/ Unit 0.0- 1000.0 mL

Definit ion The fract ion of COHb measured before t he CO-
inj ect ion.
fract ion: 0.000- 1.000

Definit ion The fract ion of COHb measured aft er t he CO-
inj ect ion.
fract ion: 0.000- 1.000
sO
2
( v
)
Q

t

V
O
2

VCO
FCOHb( 1)
FCOHb( 2)
8- 15
Der i v ed par amet er s
I n t he Ty pe column t he following symbols are used:
- ms for measured paramet ers
- dv for derived paramet ers
- in for input paramet ers

Sy mbol Def i ni t i on Ty pe Eq.
pH( T) pH of blood at pat ient t emperat ure. dv 1
cH
+
( T) Concent rat ion of hydrogen ions in blood at
pat ient t emperat ure.
dv 2
pCO
2
( T) Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of carbon dioxide
at pat ient t emperat ure.
dv 3
cHCO
3
( P) Concent rat ion of hydrogen carbonat e in plasma

( also t ermed act ual bicarbonat e) .
dv 4
cBase( B)
or ABE
Act ual Base Excess, t he concent rat ion of t it rable
base when t he blood is t it rat ed wit h a st rong
base or acid t o a plasma pH of 7.40, at pCO
2
of
5.33 kPa ( 40 mmHg) and 37 C, at t he act ual
oxygen sat urat ion [ 4,5,24] .
Posit ive values ( base excess) indicat e a relat ive
deficit of non- carbonic acids; negat ive values
( base deficit ) indicat e a relat ive excess of non-
carbonic acids.
dv 5
cBase( B, ox) cBase( B) of fully oxygenat ed blood. dv 6
cBase( Ecf)
or SBE
St andard Base Excess, an in vivo expression of
base excess [ 5,6,24] . I t refers t o a model of t he
ext racellular fluid ( one part of blood is dilut ed
by t wo part s of it s own plasma) and is calcu-
lat ed using a st andard value for t he hemoglobin
concent rat ion of t he t ot al ext racellular fluid.
dv 7
cBase( Ecf, ox) cBase( Ecf) of fully oxygenat ed blood. dv 8
cHCO
3
( P, st ) St andard Bicarbonat e, t he concent rat ion of

hydrogen carbonat e in t he plasma from blood
t hat is equilibrat ed wit h a gas mixt ure wit h
pCO
2
= 5.33 kPa ( 40 mmHg) and
pO
2
> 13.33 kPa ( 100 mmHg) at 37 C [ 4,5] .
dv 9
ct CO
2
( P) Concent rat ion of t ot al carbon dioxide, ( free CO
2

+ bound CO
2
) in plasma.
dv 10
ct CO
2
( B) Concent rat ion of t ot al carbon dioxide in whole
blood ( also t ermed CO
2
cont ent ) .
Calculat ed based on t he t ot al CO
2

concent rat ions in t he t wo phases: plasma and
eryt hrocyt e fluid [ 5] .
dv 11
Gener al
i nf or mat i on
Aci d- base
der i v ed
par amet er s
8- 16

pH( st ) St andard pH ( or eucapnic pH) , defined as
t he pH of plasma of blood equilibrat ed t o
pCO
2
= 5.33 kPa ( 40 mmHg) .
By ensuring t he normal value of pCO
2
, t he
respirat ory influence from pH is removed,
and pH( P,st ) t herefore reflect s t he met a-
bolic st at us of t he blood plasma.
dv 12
VCO
2
/ V( dry
air)
The volume fract ion of carbon dioxide in dry
air.
dv 51

FHHb Fract ion of deoxyhemoglobin in t ot al
hemoglobin in blood.
Deoxyhemoglobin is t he part of t ot al
hemoglobin which can bind oxygen, forming
oxyhemoglobin. I t is also t ermed reduced
hemoglobin, RHb.
ms/ dv 41
FO
2
Hb Fract ion of oxyhemoglobin in t ot al hemoglobin
in blood.
ms/ dv 40
sO
2
Oxygen sat urat ion, t he rat io bet ween t he
concent rat ions of oxyhemoglobin and t he
hemoglobin minus t he dyshemoglobins.
ms/ dv 39
Hct Hemat ocrit , t he rat io bet ween t he volume of
eryt hrocyt es and t he volume of whole blood.
dv 13

pO
2
( T) Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen at
dv 14
pO
2
( A) Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen in
alveolar air.
dv 15
pO
2
( A, T) Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen in
alveolar air at pat ient t emperat ure.
dv 16
pO
2
( a) /
FO
2
( I )
Oxygen t ension rat io of art erial blood and t he
fract ion of oxygen in dry inspired air
dv 17
pO
2
( a, T) /
FO
2
( I )
Oxygen t ension rat io of art erial blood at
pat ient t emperat ure and t he fract ion of
oxygen in dry inspired air
dv 18
p50 Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen at half
sat urat ion ( 50 %) in blood.
High and low values indicat e decr eased and
increased affinit y of oxygen t o hemoglobin,
respect ively.
dv 19
p50( T) Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen at half
sat urat ion ( 50 %) in blood at pat ient
t emperat ur e.
dv 20
Ox i met r y
der i v ed
par amet er s
Ox y gen der i v ed
par amet er s
8- 17

p50( st ) Part ial pressure ( or t ension) of oxygen at half
sat urat ion ( 50 %) in blood at st andard
condit ions: t emperat ur e = 37 C
pH = 7. 40
pCO
2
= 5. 33 kPa
FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHbF set t o 0
p50( st ) may, however, vary due t o variat ions
in 2, 3- DPG concent rat ion or t o t he presence
of abnormal hemoglobins.
dv 21
pO
2
( Aa) Difference in t he part ial pressure ( or t ension)
of oxygen in alveolar air and art erial blood.
I ndicat es t he efficacy of t he oxygenat ion
process in t he lungs.
dv 22
pO
2
( Aa, T) Difference in t he part ial pressure ( or t ension)
of oxygen in alveolar air and art erial blood at
dv 23
pO
2
( a/ A) Rat io of t he part ial pressure ( or t ension) of
oxygen in art erial blood and alveolar air.
I ndicat es t he efficacy of t he oxygenat ion
process in t he lungs.
dv 24
pO
2
( a/ A, T) Rat io of t he part ial pressure ( or t ension) of
oxygen in art erial blood and alveolar air at
dv 25
pO
2
( x) or p
x
Oxygen ext ract ion t ension of art erial blood.
Reflect s t he int egrat ed effect s of changes in
t he art erial pO
2
( a) , ct O
2
and p50 on t he abilit y
of art erial blood t o release O
2
t o t he t issues
[ 8] .
dv 26
pO
2
( x, T) or
p
x
( T)
Oxygen ext ract ion t ension of art erial blood at
dv 50
ct O
2
( B) Tot al oxygen concent rat ion of blood.
Also t ermed O
2
cont ent .
dv 27
ct O
2
( av
)
Oxygen concent rat ion difference bet ween
art erial and mixed venous blood.
dv 28
BO
2
Hemoglobin oxygen capacit y; t he maximum
concent rat ion of oxygen bound t o hemoglobin
in blood sat urat ed, so t hat all deoxyhemoglobin
is convert ed t o oxyhemoglobin.
dv 29
ct O
2
( x) Extractable oxygen concentration of arterial
blood.
Defined as t he amount of O
2
t hat can be
ext ract ed per lit er of art erial blood at an
oxygen t ension of 5.0 kPa ( 38 mmHg) ,
maint aining const ant pH and pCO
2
[ 8] .
dv 30
D
O
2

Oxygen delivery; t he t ot al amount of oxygen
delivered t o t he whole organism per unit of
t ime.
dv 31
8- 18

Q

t

Cardiac out put ; volume of blood delivered from
t he left vent ricle int o t he aort a per unit of t ime.
Also t ermed CO or C.O.
dv/ in 32
V
O
2

Oxygen consumpt ion; t ot al amount of oxygen
ut ilized by t he whole organism per unit of t ime.
dv/ in 33
FO
2
( I ) Fract ion of oxygen in dry inspired air. in
FShunt Relat ive physiological shunt or concent rat ion-
based shunt [ 5,8,9] .
- Calculat ed from t he pulmonary shunt
equat ion:
s
2
t
2 2
Q 1
t O ( a v)
Q
1
t O ( A) t O ( a)
c
c c
=

if bot h art erial and mixed venous blood
samples are used.
- May be est imat ed from one art erial
sample by assuming a const ant difference
in t he concent rat ions of t ot al oxygen in
art erial and mixed venous blood:
2
t O ( a v) 2.3 mmol / L ( 5. 15 mL/ dL) c =
dv 34
FShunt ( T) FShunt at pat ient t emper at ure. dv 35
RI Respirat ory I ndex; rat io bet ween t he oxygen
t ension difference of alveolar air and art erial
blood and t he oxygen t ension of art erial blood.
dv 36
RI ( T) Respirat ory I ndex; rat io bet ween t he oxygen
t ension difference of alveolar air and art erial
blood and t he oxygen t ension of art erial blood
at pat ient t emperat ure.
dv 37
VO
2
/ V( dry
air)
Volume fract ion of oxygen in dry air. dv 52
Q
x
Cardiac oxygen compensat ion fact or of art erial
blood defined as t he fact or by which t he
cardiac out put should increase t o allow release
of 2.3 mmol/ L ( 5.1 mL/ dL) oxygen at a mixed
venous pO
2
of 5.0 kPa ( 38 mmHg) [ 5,8] .
dv 38
V( B) Volume of blood, calculat ed when FCOHb and
V( CO) values are keyed in [ 5] .
dv 42

8- 19
Uni t s and numer i cal f or mat of der i v ed par amet er s
Derived paramet ers are calculat ed or est imat ed on t he basis of measured and
keyed- in dat a. Calculat ions are made using equat ions programmed int o t he
analyzer. The accuracy of t he calculat ions depends on t he input paramet ers
keyed int o t he analyzers comput er.
I f t he calculat ion of a paramet er requires input from t he operat or , but t his input
is not fort hcoming, t he analyzer will use cert ain default values ( refer t o t he
sect ion Default values in t his chapt er) .
Not all input paramet ers are st ored as default s. I n t hese inst ances t he
dependent derived paramet er will not be report ed if t he relevant input
paramet er( s) is/ are not ent ered.
I f t he default values are used in t he calculat ion of a paramet er, t hen a
paramet er is considered est imat ed ( "e" ) rat her t han calculat ed ( " c") .

The t able below list s t he elect rolyt e derived paramet ers for t he analyzers.

Sy mbol Uni t Anal y zer I nput par amet er Sampl e
t y pe
Anion Gap, K
+
meq/ L,
mmol/ L
c
2)

Anion Gap meq/ L,
mmol/ L
c
3)

cCa
2+
( 7. 4) meq/ L,
mg/ dL,
mmol/ L
c
4)

mOsm mmol/ kg c
5)

2) I f t he analyzer includes K
+
, Na
+
and Cl
measurement s.
3) I f t he analyzer includes Na
+
and Cl
measurement s.
4) I f t he analyzer includes Ca
2+
measurement .
5) I f t he analyzer includes Na
+
and Glucose measurement s.

Cal cul at ed
ver sus
est i mat ed
par amet er s
El ect r ol y t e
par amet er s
8- 20

The following t able shows t he possible ranges and pr ecision ( number of
decimals) of t he measured paramet ers. These ranges can be nar rowed by
calculat ion ranges, report able ranges, range of indicat ion, et c. , but should be
t aken int o considerat ion when ext ernal syst ems are int erfaced t o t he analyzer.
Range Range
pH( T) - 4. 000 11. 000
cH
+
( T) nmol/ L - 999999. 0 199. 9 200 9999999
pCO
2
( T) mmHg 0. 0 99. 9 100 750
kPa 0. 00 9. 99 10. 0 100. 0
cHCO
3
( P) mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
cBase( B) mmol/ L - 50. 0 50. 0
cBase( B, ox) mmol/ L - 100. 0 100. 0
cBase( Ecf) mmol/ L - 50. 0 50. 0
cBase( Ecf, ox) mmol/ L - 100. 0 100. 0
cHCO
3
( P, st ) mmol/ L 0. 0 150. 0
ct CO
2
( P) mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
Vol % 0. 0 224. 1
mL/ dL 0. 0 224. 1
ct CO
2
( B) mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
Vol % 0. 0 224. 1
mL/ dL 0. 0 224. 1
pH( st ) - 4. 000 11. 000
VCO
2
/ V( dry
air)
% - 10. 0 110. 0
fract ion - 0. 100 1. 100
Hct % - 10. 0 110. 0
fract ion - 0. 100 1. 100
pO
2
( T) mmHg 0. 0 99. 9 100 750
kPa 0. 00 9. 99 10. 0 100. 0
pO
2
( A) mmHg 0. 0 750. 1
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
pO
2
( A, T) mmHg 0. 0 750. 1
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
p50 mmHg 0. 00 750. 06
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
p50( T) mmHg 0. 00 750. 06
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
p50( st ) mmHg 0. 00 750. 06
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
Possi bl e
r anges and
pr eci si on
( number of
deci mal s)
8- 21

Numer i cal f or mat w i t hi n t he f ol l ow i ng r anges Sy mbol Uni t
Range Range
pO
2
( Aa) mmHg 0. 0 750. 1
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
pO
2
( Aa, T) mmHg 0. 0 750. 1
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
pO
2
( a/ A) % 0. 0 10000. 0
fract ion 0. 000 100. 000
pO
2
( a/ A, T) % 0. 0 10000. 0
fract ion 0. 000 100. 000
pO
2
( a) / FO
2
( I ) mmHg 0. 0 99. 9 100 7501
kPa 0. 00 9. 99 10. 0 1000. 0
pO
2
( a, T) /
FO
2
( I )
mmHg 0. 0 99. 9 100 7501
kPa 0. 00 9. 99 10. 0 1000. 0
pO
2
( x) mmHg 0. 0 750. 1
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
pO
2
( x, T) mmHg 0. 0 750. 1
kPa 0. 00 100. 00
ct O
2
( B) mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
Vol % 0. 0 224. 1
mL/ dL 0. 0 224. 1
ct O
2
( av
)
mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
Vol % 0. 0 224. 1
mL/ dL 0. 0 224. 1
BO
2
mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
Vol % 0. 0 224. 1
mL/ dL 0. 0 224. 1
ct O
2
( x) mmol/ L 0. 0 100. 0
Vol % 0. 0 224. 1
mL/ dL 0. 0 224. 1
D
O
2

mL/ min 0 22414
mmol/ min 0. 0 1000. 0
Q

t
L/ min 0. 0 100. 0

V
O
2
mL/ min 0 22414

mmol/ min 0. 0 1000. 0

8- 22
Numer i cal f or mat Sy mbol Uni t
Range Range
FShunt % - 10. 0 110. 0
fract ion - 0. 100 1. 100
FShunt ( T) % - 10. 0 110. 0
fract ion - 0. 100 1. 100
RI % - 10 999900
fract ion - 0. 10 9999. 00
RI ( T) % - 10 999900
fract ion - 0. 10 9999. 00
Q
x
fract ion - 0. 10 10. 0
VO
2
/ V( dry
air)
% - 10. 0 1. 100
fract ion - 0. 100 1. 100
V( B) L 0. 0 20. 0
Anion Gap,
K
+

mmol/ L - 500. 0 500. 0
meq/ L - 500. 0 500. 0
Anion Gap mmol/ L - 500. 0 500. 0
meq/ L - 500. 0 500. 0
cCa
2+
( 7. 4) mmol/ L 0. 00 50. 00
meq/ L 0. 00 100. 00
mg/ dL 0. 00 200. 40
mOsm mmol/ kg - 0. 7 3150. 0

8- 23
Li st of equat i ons
All definit ions and equat ions are based on SI unit s. I f "T" for pat ient
t emperat ur e is not st at ed, t he calculat ion is based on a t emperat ure of 37. 0 C.
The following SI unit s are used:
concent rat ion in mmol/ L
t emperat ur e in C
pressure in kPa
fract ions ( not %)

The following symbols are used in t he equat ions:
log( x) = log
10
( x)
ln( x) = log
e
( x)

Eq. 1 [ 13] :
( ) pH( ) pH( 37) 0.0147 0.0065 pH( 37) - 7.40 - 37 T T ( = + (

NOTI CE: The formula is different from previous Radiomet er analyzers. The
const ant 0.0146 is now changed t o 0.0147, t o be in accordance wit h NCCLS
( CLSI ) - approved guidelines [ 24] .
The change corresponds t o 0.1 mpH/ C.

Eq. 2:
( ) 9 pH ( )
+
H ( ) = 10 c
T
T

Eq. 3 [ 4] :
( ) 0.019 - 37
2 2
CO ( ) CO ( 37) 10
T
p T p
(

=
const ant 0.021 is now changed t o 0.019, t o be in accordance wit h NCCLS ( CLSI ) -
approved guidelines [ 24] .
The change corresponds t o 2%/ 5 C.

Eq. 4 [ 24] :
( ) p
pH- pK
-
3 2
HCO ( P) 0.23 CO 10 c p =
where
095 . 6 pK
p
=
cHCO
3
( P) includes ions of hydrogen carbonat e, carbonat e and carbamat e in t he

plasma.
NOTI CE: The formula is different from previous Radiomet er analyzers. The pK
p
is
now const ant , t o be in accordance wit h NCCLS ( CLSI ) - approved guidelines [ 24] .
The change corresponds t o 5% in t he pH range 7- 7.8.

Uni t s and
sy mbol s
pH( T)
cH
+
( T)
pCO
2
( T)
cHCO
3
( P)
8- 24

Eq. 5 [ 24] :
-
3
Base( B) (1 0.014 t Hb) ( HCO ( P) 24.8 ( 1.43 t Hb 7.7) ( pH 7.4) ) c c c c = + +
calculat ion is done in accordance wit h NCCLS ( CLSI ) - approved guidelines [ 24] .
However, since it is assumed t hat t he previous met hod [ 14] is a bet t er model,
t he previous range checks are ret ained ( no values displayed out side 50
mmol/ L and values t agged wit h "?" out side t he range of 30 mmol/ L) .
The change corresponds t o less t han 0.6 mmol/ L in t he reference ranges for pH,
pCO
2
and ct Hb.

Eq. 6 [ 4] :
) O 1 ( t Hb 3062 . 0 Base( B) ox) Base( B,
2
s c c c =
I f ct Hb is not measured or keyed in, t he default value will be used.
I f sO
2
is not measured, it will be calculat ed from equat ion 39.

Eq. 7 [ 24] :
-
3
Base( Ecf) HCO (P) 24.8 16.2 ( pH 7.4) c c = +
See NOTI CE in Eq. 5

Eq. 8:
cBase( Ecf,ox) = cBase( Ecf) 0.3062 3 ( 1 sO
2
)

Eq. 9 [ 4, 14] :
( )
-
3
HCO (P,st ) 24.47 0.919 Z+ Z a' Z- 8 c = +
where

Eq. Descr i pt i on
9. 1
- 3 4
a' = 4.04 10 4.25 10 t Hb c
+
9. 2
( )
2
Base( B) - 0.3062 t Hb 1- O Z c c s =

Eq. 10 [ 4, 5] :
-
2 2 3
t CO (P) 0.23 CO HCO (P) c p c = +

cBase( B)

cBase( B,ox )
cBase( Ecf )
cBase( Ecf ,ox )
cHCO
3
( P, st )
ct CO
2
( P)
8- 25

Eq. 11 [ 5] :
( ) Ery Ery
pH K
3
2 2
2
t CO (B) 9.286 10 CO t Hb 1+ 10
t Hb
t CO (P) 1
21.0
p
c p c
c
c
(
=
(

| |
+
|
\ .

where
Eq. Descr i pt i on
11. 1
( ) ( )
Ery 2
pH 7.19 0.77 pH- 7.40 0.035 1 O s = + +
11. 2
( ) Ery 2
pH 7.84 0.06 O
Ery
pK 6.095 log 1+ 10
s (
=
(

Eq. 12 [ 14] :
pH( st ) : see equat ions 5.3- 5.5 below.

Eq. Descr i pt i on
5. 3
2 2 2
5.33 pH( Hb) pH
pH( st ) pH log
CO log CO (Hb) log( 7.5006 CO ) p p p
| | | |
= +
| |
| |
\ . \ .

5. 4 ( ) 0.16169 t Hb 2
pH( Hb) 4.06 10 t Hb+ 5.98 - 1.92 10
c
c

=
5. 5 ( ) 0.15158 t Hb 2
2
log CO ( Hb) 1.7674 10 t Hb+ 3.4046 + 2.12 10
c
p c

=

Eq. 13 [ 15] :
Hct = 0. 04939ct Hb
Hct cannot be calculat ed on t he basis of a default ct Hb value.
NOTI CE: The formula is different from t he formula used in previous Radiomet er
analyzers. The previous formula Hct = 0.0485ct Hb+ 8.310
-3
was changed t o
ensure t hat Hct = 0 when ct Hb= 0. The slope was adj ust ed t o make Hct ident ical
for t he t wo formulas when ct Hb= 9. 3087 mmol/ L.
The change corresponds t o 1% in t he ct Hb range 6.3- 12.3.

Eq. 14 [ 16, 17] :
The st andar d Oxygen Dissociat ion Curve ( ODC) is used ( i. e. p50( st ) = 3. 578
kPa) at act ual values of pH, pCO
2
, FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHbF ( see equat ions 46- 47
in t he sect ion Oxyhemoglobin dissociat ion curve ( ODC) furt her in t his chapt er) .
pO
2
( T) is calculat ed by a numerical met hod using:
( )
i 2,i 2 2,i
t ( ) t Hb 1- COHb - Met Hb O ( ) O ( ) O ( ) c F F s T T p T o = + T
ct CO
2
( B)
pH( st )
Hct
pO
2
( T)
8- 26
where
Eq. Descr i pt i on See
14. 1 S = ODC( P,A,T) Eq. 47
14. 2
( )
2,i
S 1- Met Hb COHb
O ( ) =
1- COHb- Met Hb
F F
s T
F F

Eq. 46. 12
14. 3
( )
2,
2,i
P
O ( ) =
COHb
1
O ( ) 1 COHb Met Hb
i
p T
F
s T F F
+

Eq. 46. 10
14. 4 ( ) ( )
(
+

=
2 4 2
37. 0 - 10 1 . 2 37. 0 - 10 15 . 1
2
0105 . 0 O
T T
e o

14. 5 P is t he variable during it erat ion.
14. 6
( ) A= ac - 1. 04 - 37. 0
pH
T
T
c

c

14. 7 T= pat ient t emperat ure in C ( keyed- in) .
14. 8
( )

c
=
c
= =
2 3
i 2,i 2
1.47 10 6.5 10 pH(37) 7.40
( )
When t ( ) (37.0) , t hen O ( ) O ( )
i
pH
T
T t p T p T

Changes in t he equat ions for pH( T) and ct O
2
correspond t o less t han 0. 5% of
pO
2
( T) in t he reference range for pH, pCO
2
, pO
2
and ct Hb and T in t he int erval
32- 42 C, using FHbF = 0. 5%.

Eq. 15 [ 5] :
( )
( )
2 2
1 1
2 2
O ( A) O ( I ) ( amb) - 6.275
CO RQ O ( I ) RQ 1
p F p
p F

=
(

(

I f FO
2
( I ) and RQ are not keyed in, t hey are set t o t he default values.
The calculat ion requires ent ering t he sample t ype as "Art erial" or "Capillary".

Eq. 16 [ 4, 5, 18] :
( )
2 2 2
1 - 1
2 2
O ( A, ) O ( I ) ( amb) - H O( )
CO ( ) RQ O ( I ) RQ 1
p T F p p T
p T F
= (

(

(

( ) ( )
2 2 5
2.36 10 37.0 9.6 10 37.0
2
H O( ) = 6.275 10
T T
p T
(

(

I f FO
2
( I ) and RQ are not keyed in, t hey are set t o t he default values.

Eq. 17:
( I ) O
( a) O
( I ) O / ( a) O
2
2
2 2
F
p
F p =
The calculat ion cannot be performed on t he basis of t he default FO
2
( I ) value,
and t he calculat ion requires ent ering t he sample as "Art erial" or "Capillary".
pO
2
( A)
pO
2
( A,T)
pO
2
( a) / FO
2
( I )
8- 27

Eq. 18:
( I ) O
) , ( a O
( I ) O / ) ( a, O
2
2
2 2
F
T p
F T p =
The calculat ion cannot be performed on t he basis of t he default FO
2
( I ) value,
and t he calculat ion requires ent ering t he sample as "Art erial" or "Capillary".

Eq. 19 Refer t o Eq. 46. 10:
The ODC is det ermined as described in equat ions 46- 47 in t he sect ion
Oxyhemoglobin Dissociat ion Curve furt her in t his chapt er.
( )
P
50=
COHb
1
0.5 1- COHb - Met Hb
p
F
F F
+

where

Descr i pt i on See. . .
P = ODC( S,A,T) Eq. 47
( ) 0.5 1 COHb - Met Hb COHb
1- Met Hb
F F F
S
F
+
=
Eq. 46.11
A = a
T = 37.0 C Eq. 46.13

Eq. 20:
( )
P
50( ) =
COHb
1
0.5 1- COHb - Met Hb
p T
F
F F
+

where

Descr i pt i on See
P = ODC( S,A,T) Eq. 47
( ) 0.5 1 COHb - Met Hb COHb
1- Met Hb
F F F
S
F
+
=
Eq. 46.11
( )
pH
a 1.04 37.0
( )
A T
T
c
=
c

( )

c
=
c
2 3
pH
1.47 10 6.5 10 pH(37) 7.40
( ) T

T = pat ient t emperat ure in C ( keyed- in)

pO
2
( a,T) /
FO
2
( I )
p50
p50( T)
8- 28

Eq. 21:
p50 is calculat ed for pH = 7. 40, pCO
2
= 5. 33 kPa, FCOHb = 0, FMet Hb = 0,
FHbF = 0.
Oxyhemoglobin dissociat ion curve ( ODC) , see equat ion 47 furt her in t his
chapt er.
p50( st ) = ODC( S,A,T)
where

Descr i pt i on See
S = 0.5 Eq. 46.11
A = a6 corresponds t o pH = 7.40, pCO
2
= 5.33 kPa, FCOHb = 0,
FMet Hb = 0, FHbF = 0
Eq. 46.13
T = 37.0 C

Eq. 22:
2 2 2
O ( A a) = O ( A) - O ( a) p p p

Eq. 23:
pO
2
( Aa,T) = pO
2
( A,T) pO
2
( a,T)

Eq. 24:
2
2
2
O ( a)
O ( a/ A)
O ( A)
p
p
p
=

Eq. 25:
2
2
2
O (a, )
O ( a/ A, ) =
O ( A, )
p T
p T
p T


p50( st )
pO
2
( A- a)
pO
2
( A- a,T)
pO
2
( a/ A)
pO
2
( a/ A,T)
8- 29

Eq. 26 [ 8] :
pO
2
( x) is calculat ed by a numerical met hod, using:

26. 1 S = ODC( P,A,T) Eq. 47
26. 2
( )
2,i
1 Met Hb COHb
O
1 COHb Met Hb
S F F
s
F F

=

Eq. 46. 12
26. 3
( )
2,i
2,i
P
O
COHb
1
O 1 COHb Met Hb
p
F
s F F
=
+

Eq. 46. 10
26. 4
( )
i 2,i
2, i
t t Hb 1 COHb Met Hb O
+ 0.0105 O
c F F s
p
= +

26. 5 A = a
26. 6 T = 37 C

When t
i
= ct O
2
2. 3 mmol/ L, t hen pO
2,i
= pO
2
( x) , where ct O
2
is det ermined as
described in equat ion 27.
pO
2
(x) cannot be calculat ed on t he basis of a default ct Hb value.
pO
2
( x) can only be calculat ed if t he measured sO
2
( a) s 0. 97.

Eq. 27 [ 5] :
( )
2 2 2 2
t O O O O 1 COHb Met Hb t Hb c p s F F c = o +
oO
2
is t he concent rat ional solubilit y coefficient for O
2
in blood ( here set t o
0. 0105 mmol/ L/ kPa at 37 C [ 24] .
ct O
2
cannot be calculat ed on t he basis of a default ct Hb value.
oxygen solubilit y coefficient is now changed from 0. 00983 t o 0. 0105 t o be in
accordance wit h NCCLS ( CLSI ) - approved guidelines [ 24] .
The change corresponds t o 0. 00067 mmol/ L/ kPa.

Eq. 28:
ct O
2
( a v
) = ct O
2
( a) ct O
2
( v
)
where ct O
2
( a) and
ct O
2
( v
) are calculat ed from equat ion 27 for art erial and mixed
venous blood, respect ively. The calculat ion requires t wo measurement s and input
of bot h pO
2
( v
) and sO
2
( v
) .

Eq. 29 [ 7] :
( )
2
t Hb 1 COHb Met Hb BO c F F =
BO
2
pO
2
( x )
( or p
x
)
ct O
2

ct O
2
( av
)
BO
2

8- 30

Eq. 30 [ 8] :
The ODC is det ermined, as described in equat ions 46- 47 in t he sect ion
2 2
t O ( ) t O ( )
i
c x c a t =
where

30. 1
( )
i 2,i
2
t Hb 1 COHb- Met Hb O
0.0105 O ( 5)
t c F F s
p
= +
+

30. 2 pO
2
( 5) = 5.00 kPa
30. 3 S = ODC( P,A,T) Eq. 47
30. 4
( )
2
2,i
COHb
O ( 5) 1
O 1 COHb Met Hb
F
P p
s F F
(
= + (

(

Eq. 46. 9
30. 5
( )
( )
2,i
1 Met Hb COHb
O
1 COHb Met Hb
S F F
s
F F

=

Eq. 46. 12
30. 6 A = a
30. 7 T = 37.0 C

ct O
2
( a) is det ermined as described in equat ion 27.
ct O
2
(x) cannot be calculat ed on t he basis of a default ct Hb value.
ct O
2
( x) can only be calculat ed if t he measured sO
2
( a) s 0. 97.

Eq. 31:
t
Q
. .
=
2 2
t O O D c
Q

t
is t he cardiac out put and is an input paramet er for t he calculat ion of D
O
2
.
I f Q

t
is not keyed in, D
O
2
will not be calculat ed.

Eq. 32:
2
t
2
VO
Q
t O (a- v)
.
.
c
=
I f V
O
2
is not keyed in, Q

t

Eq. 33:
t 2 2
VO Q t O (a- v) c =
. .

I f Q

t
is not keyed in, V
O
2

ct O
2
( x )
( or c
x
)
D
O
2

Q

t

V
O
2

8- 31

Eq. 34 [ 5] :
2 2
2 2
t O (c) t O (a)
Shunt =
t O (c) t O ( v)
c c
F
c c

and

Eq. Descr i pt i on
34. 1
2 2
2 2
t O ( A) t O (a)
Shunt
t O ( A) t O ( v)
c c
F
c c

34. 2
1
2 2
2 2
t O (a) t O ( v)
Shunt = 1
t O ( A) t O (a)
c c
F
c c
(
+
(

where
ct O
2
( c) : t ot al oxygen in pulmonary capillary blood
ct O
2
( a) : t ot al oxygen in art erial blood
ct O
2
( A) : t ot al oxygen in alveolar air. Oxygen t ension = pO
2
( A) .
ct O
2
( v
) : t ot al oxygen in mixed venous blood

34. 3
( )
2 2 2
t O (a) 0.0105 O ( a) t Hb 1 COHb Met Hb O ( a) c p c F F s = +
34. 4
( )
2 2
2
t O ( A) 0.0105 O ( A) t Hb
1 COHb Met Hb O ( A)
c p c
F F s
= +

34. 5
( )
2 2
2
t O ( v) 0.0105 O ( v) t Hb
1 COHb Met Hb O ( v)
c p c
F F s
= +

where:
pO
2
( a) : oxygen t ension in art erial blood; measured
pO
2
( A) : oxygen t ension in alveolar blood. See equat ion 15.
pO
2
( v
) : oxygen t ension in mixed venous blood; measured and t hen

ent ered
sO
2
( a) : oxygen sat urat ion in art erial blood; can be measured
sO
2
( A) : oxygen sat urat ion in ( alveolar) blood calculat ed from equat ion
39 where P = pO
2
( A)
sO
2
( v
) : oxygen sat urat ion in mixed venous blood; measured and t hen
ent ered
The calculat ion requires ent ering t he sample t ype as "Art erial" or
" Capillary"
I f sO
2
( a) > 0. 97, t he default value ( 3. 578 kPa) will be used t o est imat e
t he ODC.
I f no venous sample is measured, FShunt is est imat ed assuming:
ct O
2
( a) ct O
2
( v
) = 2.3 mmol/ L in equat ion 34.2

FShunt
8- 32

Eq. 35 [ 5, 16] :
1
2 2
2 2
t O ( a, ) - t O ( v, )
Shunt ( ) = 1
t O ( A, ) - t O ( a, )
c T c T
F T
c T c T
(
+
(

where
ct O
2
( a, T) : t ot al oxygen in art erial blood at pat ient t emperat ure
ct O
2
( A, T) : t ot al oxygen in alveolar blood at pat ient t emperat ur e
ct O
2
( v
, T) : t ot al oxygen in mixed venous blood at pat ient t emperat ure

35. 1 ct O
2
( a, T) = ct O
2
calculat ed from equat ion 25 for art erial pO
2

and sO
2
values at 37
o
C

35. 2
( )
2 2 2
2
t O ( A, ) O ( ) O ( A, )
t Hb 1- COHb- Met Hb O ( A, )
c T T p T
c F F s T
o =
+

35. 3
( ) ( )
2 - 2 4
- 1. 15 10 - 37. 0 2. 1 10 37. 0
2
O ( ) 0.0105e
T T
T o
(
+
(

=

35. 4 pO
2
( A,T) is calculat ed from equat ion 16
35. 5 sO
2
( A,T) = S
35. 6 S = ODC( P,A,T) Eq. 47
35. 7 P = pO
2
( A,T)
35. 8
( )
pH
A a 1.04 37.0
( )
T
T
c
=
c

35. 9 T = pat ient t emperat ure ( keyed- in)
35. 10
( )

c
=
c
2 3
pH
1.47 10 6.5 10 pH(37) 7.40
( ) T

I f sO
2
( a) > 0.97, t he default p50(st ) (3.578 kPa) will be used t o
det ermine t he ODC.

35. 11
ct O
2
( v
,T) = ct O
2
( v
) at 37
o
C is calculat ed from
equat ion 27 for mixed venous blood values of pO
2
and sO
2
.
I f no mixed venous sample is measured, t he FShunt ( T) is
est imat ed assuming ct O
2
( a, T)
ct O
2
( v
, T) = 2. 3 mmol/ L in equat ion 35.

Eq. 36:
2 2
2
O ( A) O (a)
RI =
O (a)
p p
p


Eq. 37:
2 2
2
O ( A, ) O ( a, )
RI ( ) =
O ( a, )
p T p T
T
p T

FShunt ( T)
RI
RI ( T)
8- 33

Eq. 38 [ 8] :
x
2 i
2.3
Q
t O (a) t c
=

38. 1
( )
i 2, i 2
t t Hb 1- COHb- Met Hb O 0.0105 O (5) c F F s p = +

38. 2 pO
2
( 5) = 5.00 kPa
38. 3 S = ODC( P,A,T)
38. 4
( )
2
2, i
COHb
O ( 5) 1
O 1 COHb Met Hb
F
P p
s F F
(
= + (

(

Eq. 46.9
38. 5
( )
2,i
S 1 Met Hb COHb
O
1- COHb- Met Hb
F F
s
F F

=
Eq.
46.12
38. 6 A = a
38. 7 T = 37.0 C

ct O
2
( a) is det ermined as described in equat ion 27.
Q
x
Q
x
can only be calculat ed if t he measured sO
2
( a)

s 0. 97.

Eq. 39:
The ODC is det ermined as described in equat ion 46 ( point s I and I I I ) . See t he
sect ion Oxyhemoglobin dissociat ion curve ( ODC) furt her in t his chapt er.
( )
2
S 1 Met Hb COHb
O
1- COHb- Met Hb
F F
s
F F

=
where

Descr i pt i on See
S = ODC( P,A,T)
2
2
2
O COHb
P O
O (1 COHb Met Hb)
p F
p
s F F
= +

Eq. 46.9
A = a
T = 37.0 C

Eq. 40:
( )
2 2
O Hb O 1 COHb Met Hb F s F F =
I f sO
2
I f dyshemoglobins ( FCOHb, FMet Hb) are not known, t hey are set t o t he default
values.
Q
x

sO
2

FO
2
Hb
8- 34

Eq. 41:
( )
2
HHb 1 O 1 COHb Met Hb COHb Met Hb F s F F F F =
I f sO
2
I f dyshemoglobins ( FCOHb, FMet Hb) are not known, t hey are set t o t he default
values.

Eq. 42 [ 5] :
( )
( CO)
(B)
24 COHb( 2) COHb( 1) 0.91 t Hb
V
V
F F c
=

Eq. Descr i pt i on
42. 1
( )
( CO)
(B)
21.84 COHb( 2) COHb( 1) t Hb
V
V
F F c
=

42. 2 V( CO) = volume (in mL) of carbon monoxide inj ect ed according t o t he
procedure and t he value keyed in
42. 3 FCOHb( 1) = fract ion of COHb measured before t he CO inj ect ion
42. 4 FCOHb( 2) = fract ion of COHb measured aft er t he CO inj ect ion

Eq. 43:
+
3
Anion Gap,K Na K Cl HCO c c c c
+ +
= +

Eq. 44:
+
=
3
HCO Cl Na Gap Anion c c c

Eq. 45 [ 12] :
2 2 0.24( 7.4 pH)
Ca (7.4) Ca 10 c c
+ +
=
Due t o biological variat ions t his equat ion can only be used for a pH value in t he
range 7.2- 7.6.
previous formula was an approximat ion of t he current formula.
The change corresponds t o 1% in t he pH range 7. 2- 7- 6.

See Oxyhemoglobin dissociat ion curve ( ODC) , furt her in t his chapt er.

Eq. 48 [ 25] :
Glu Na 2 Osm c c m + =
+

Eq. 49:
An it erat ive met hod is used t o calculat e FHbF. The input paramet ers are sO
2
,
ceHb ( effect ive hemoglobin concent rat ion) and cO
2
HbF ( concent r at ion of fet al
oxyhemoglobin) .
FHHb
V( B)
Ani on Gap, K
+

Ani on Gap
cCa
2+
( 7. 4)
Eq. 46- 47
mOsm
FHbF
8- 35
I n t he calculat ions t he following are assumed: pH = 7. 4, pCO
2
= 5. 33 kPa,
FCOHb = 0, FMet Hb = 0, cDPG = 5 mmol/ L, and t emp = 37 C.
49. 1 An est imat e of FHbF is made: FHbF
est
= 0. 8
49. 2 pO
2
,
est
= ODC ( sO
2
,A, T) ; Eq. 47
where t he const ant A depends on FHbF = FHbF
est

49. 3 sO
2
( for fet al blood) = ODC ( pO
2
,
est
, A,T) ; Eq. 47
where FHbF = 1
49. 4 cO
2
HbF
est
= sO
2
( fet al blood) ceHb FHbF
est

49. 5
eHb
HbF O HbF O
HbF
est 2 meas. 2
est
c
c c
F

= A
49. 6 I f ,AFHbF
est
, > 0. 001, proceed t o 49. 7.
I f ,AFHbF
est
, < 0. 001, proceed t o 49. 9.
49. 7 FHbF
est , new
= FHbF
est , old
+ AFHbF
est

49. 8 Ret urn t o 49. 2.
49. 9 End of it erat ion. The value for FHbF has converged.

Eq. 50 [ 8, 18] :
The ODC is det ermined as described in equat ions 46- 47 in Oxyhemoglobin
Dissociat ion Curve furt her in t his chapt er.
pO
2
( x) is calculat ed by a numerical met hod, using:

50. 1 S = ODC( P,A,T) Eq. 47
50. 2
( )
2,i
1 Met Hb COHb
O ( )
1 COHb Met Hb
S F F
s T
F F

=

Eq. 46. 12
50. 3
( )
2,i
2,i
P
O ( )
COHb
1
O ( ) 1 COHb Met Hb
p T
F
s T F F
=
+

Eq. 46. 10
50. 4
( )
i 2, i
2 2, i
t ( ) t Hb 1 COHb Met Hb O ( )
+ O ( ) O ( )
T c F F s T
T p T o
= +

50. 5
( )
pH
A a 1.04 37.0
( )
T
T
c
=
c

Eq. 20
50. 6 T = pat ient t emperat ure
50. 7 | |
2 5
) 37 ( 10 21 ) 37 ( 115 . 0
2
0105 . 0 ) ( O
+

=
T T
e T o

50. 8
2,i 2
O = O ( x, ) p p T
when t
i
( T) = ct O
2
( 37 C) 2. 3 mmol/ L

pO
2
( x, T) is calculat ed in accordance wit h OSA V3. 0.
pO
2
( x,T) can only be calculat ed if t he measured sO
2
( a) s 0.97.
pO
2
( x, T) is t agged wit h "?" if any of t he following paramet ers: sO
2
, FMet Hb,
FCOHb, pO
2
, pCO
2
, pH or ct Hb is t agged wit h "?".
pO
2
( x ,T)
8- 36

Eq. 51:
275 . 6 ( amb)
CO
air) ( dry / CO
2
2
=
p
p
V V
Eq. 52:
2
2
O
O / ( dry air)
( amb) 6.275
p
V V
p
=

VCO
2
/ V( dr y
ai r )
VO
2
/ V( dr y ai r )
8- 37
Ox y hemogl obi n di ssoci at i on cur v e ( ODC)
These equat ions account for t he effect of FCOHb on t he shape of t he
Oxyhemoglobin Dissociat ion Curve ( ODC) in accordance wit h t he Haldane
equat ion.
Eq. 46 |16, 18|:
( ) | |
o o o o
x x k t anh h ) x x ( y y + =
where k
o
= 0. 5343

Eq. Descr i pt i on
46. 1 x ln = p
46. 2
s
s
- 1
ln y =
46. 3
o
o
o
y ln
1-
s
s
= where s
o
= 0. 867
46. 4 x
0
= x
00
+ a + b = I n( p
00
) + a + b where p
oo
= 7 kPa.

The act ual posit ion of t he ODC in t he coordinat e syst em ( ln( s/ ( 1s) ) vs ln( p) )
used in t he mat hemat ical model, is expressed by equat ions 46. 3 and 46. 4.
The symbols "a" and "b" reflect t he ODC displacement from t he reference
posit ion t o it s act ual posit ion in t his coordinat e syst em:
"a" describes t he displacement at 37 C.
"b" t he addit ional displacement due t o t he pat ient t emperat ur e difference from
37 C.

The reference posit ion of t he ODC was chosen t o be t he one t hat corresponds t o
t he default value for p50( st ) = 3. 578 kPa, which is t radit ionally considered t he
most likely value of p50 for adult humans under st andard condit ions, namely:

pH = 7. 40
pCO
2
= 5. 33 kPa
FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHbF = 0
cDPG = 5 mmol/ L

ODC equat i ons
The ODC
r ef er ence
posi t i on
8- 38

The ODC displacement which is described by "a" and "b" in t he coordinat e
syst em ( ln( s/ ( 1s) ) vsln( p) ) , is given by t he change in p50 from t he default t o
it s act ual value in a more common coordinat e syst em ( sO
2
, pO
2
) .

Eq. Descr i pt i on
46. 5
o
x x ln a b
7
p
=
46. 6
h = + h a
o
where h
o
= 3.5
46. 7
b 0.055 ( )
o
T T = T
o
= 37 C
46. 8
2
O CO p p M p = +
where M pCO is t aken from t he Haldane equat ion |20|:
2
2
O CO
O Hb COHb
p p
M
c c
= , t o give eq. 46.9
46. 9
2
2
2
O COHb
O
O 1 COHb Met Hb
p F
p p
s F F
(
= +
(

- -
or equat ion 46.10
46. 10
( )
2
2
O
COHb
1
O 1 COHb Met Hb
p
p
F
s F F
=
+

The ordinat e, s, may loosely be t ermed t he combined
oxygen/ carbon monoxide sat urat ion of hemoglobin and is
described by equat ion 46. 11 below:

Eq. Descr i pt i on
46. 11
( )
2
2
2
O Hb COHb
O Hb COHb HHb
O 1- COHb- Met Hb COHb
1 Met Hb
c c
s
c c c
s F F F
F
+
=
+ +
+
=
or
46. 12
( )
2
1- Met Hb COHb
O
1 COHb Met Hb
s F F
s
F F

=

The ODC
di spl acement
8- 39

The act ual posit ion of t he ODC at 37 C for a given sample is, in principle,
det ermined in t wo st eps:
1. The calculat ion of t he combined effect on t he ODC posit ion at 37 C of all
known causes for displacement ( = ac in equat ion 46. 13) , and based on
t his posit ion.
2. The comput at ion by a numerical met hod of t he act ual posit ion of t he
ODC curve by shift ing it t o pass t hrough t he known set of coordinat es
( P
0
, S
0
) .

Eq. Descr i pt i on
46. 13 a = ac + a6
46. 14 ac = a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5
46. 15 a1 = 0.88 ( pH 7.40)
46. 16
2
CO
a2 0.048 ln
5.33
p
=
46. 17 a3 0.7 Met Hb F =
46. 18
( ) ( ) a4 0.06 0.02 HbF DPG 5 F c =
46. 19 a5 0.25 HbF F =

I :

pO
2
, sO
2
can be used.
I f sO
2
> 0. 97, t he calculat ion is based on I I or I I I see
below.
Coordinat es ( P
0
, S
0
) are calculat ed from equat ions
( 46. 9) and ( 46. 11) .
I f FCOHb and FMet Hb are not known, t he default values
are used.
The ODC is shift ed from t he reference posit ion t o a
posit ion t hat corresponds t o t he effect of all measured
paramet ers according t o st ep I .
The magnit ude of t he shift is "ac".

The ODC is t hen furt her shift ed t o pass t hrough t he
point ( P
0
, S
0
) .
The magnit ude of t he shift is "a6".

The act ual ODC
posi t i on
Det er mi ni ng
t he act ual
di spl acement
8- 40

I I :

sO
2
> 0. 97 ( or erroneous) and p50( st ) is known.
Coordinat es ( P
0
, S
0
) are calculat ed from ( p50( st ) , 0. 5)
using equat ions 46. 9 and 46. 11.
Reference posit ion of t he ODC.

The ODC is shift ed from t he reference posit ion t o pass
t hrough t he point ( P
0
, S
0
) . I n t his posit ion, t he ODC
reflect s t he p50( st ) of t he pat ient , i. e. , t he part icular
pat ient but at st andard condit ions.

The ODC is furt her shift ed, as det ermined by t he effect
of t he measured paramet ers ( "ac") , t o it s act ual posi-
t ion. This posit ion reflect s t he p50( act ) of t he pat ient .
( I I I ) :

sO
2
> 0. 97 ( or erroneous) .
Reference posit ion of t he ODC.

The posit ion of t he act ual ODC can now be approxi-
mat ed from t he reference posit ion, using t he act ual
values of pH, pCO
2
, FCOHb, FMet Hb and FHbF t o
det ermine t he shift "ac".

NOTI CE: The curves are used only t o illust rat e t he principles of t he ODC
det erminat ion.

8- 41

Calculat ion of a set of coordinat es on t he ODC is symbolized by:
Eq. 47:
S = ODC( P, A, T) or P = ODC( S, A, T)
These equat ions are symbolic represent at ions of t he relat ionship bet ween
sat urat ion ( S) , t ension ( P) , displacement ( A) and t emperat ure ( T) .
To calculat e S or P and t o furt her calculat e sO
2
and pO
2
, t he ot her variables
should be specified. S and P are calculat ed using numerical met hods.
P is input t o equat ion 46. 1.
S is input t o equat ion 46. 2.
A is input t o equat ion 46. 5.
T is input t o equat ion 46. 7.

Coor di nat es on
t he ODC
8- 42
Conv er si on of uni t s
The equat ions st at ed above are based on t he SI - unit syst em. I f paramet ers ar e
known in ot her unit s, t hey must be convert ed int o a SI unit before ent ering t he
equat ions. The result will be in an SI unit .
Aft er t he calculat ion t he result may be convert ed t o t he desired unit . Conversion
of unit s may be performed, using t he equat ions st at ed below:

T F =
o
9
( ) 32
5
T C +
T C =
o
5
( 32)
9
T F

cX ( meq/ L) = cX ( mmol/ L) where X is K
+
, Na
+
or Cl
.

cCa
2+
( meq/ L) =
2 cCa
2+
( mmol/ L) or
cCa
2+
( mg/ dL) =
4.008 cCa
2+
( mmol/ L)
cCa
2+

( mmol/ L)
=
0.5 cCa
2+
( meq/ L) or
cCa
2+

( mmol/ L)
=
0.2495 cCa
2+
( mg/ dL)

p ( mmHg) =
p
( Torr)
= 7.500638 p( kPa)
p ( kPa) = 0.133322 p( mmHg) = 0.133322 p( Torr) )

|4|
ct Hb ( g/ dL) = 1.61140 ct Hb ( mmol/ L)
ct Hb ( g/ L) = 16.1140 ct Hb ( mmol/ L) or
ct Hb ( mmol/ L) = 0.62058 ct Hb ( g/ dL)
ct Hb ( mmol/ L) = 0.062058 ct Hb ( g/ L)

Vol % =
2.241 ( mmol/ L)
Vol % =
mL/ dL
mmol/ L =
0.4462 ( mL/ dL)

V
O
2
mmol/ min = V
O
2
/ 22.41 mL/ min

SI uni t s
Temper at ur e
cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCl

cCa
2+

Pr essur e
ct Hb
ct CO
2
, ct O
2
,
ct O
2
( av
) BO
V
O
2

8- 43

|22|
cGlu ( mg/ dL) =
18.016 cGlu ( mmol/ L) or
cGlu ( mmol/ L) =
0.055506 cGlu ( mg/ dL)

|22|
cLac ( mg/ dL) =
9.008 cLac ( mmol/ L) or
cLac ( mmol/ L) =
0.11101 cLac ( mg/ dL)
cLac ( meq/ L) =
cLac ( mmol/ L)
( conversion based on t he molecular weight of lact ic acid)

ct Bil ( mol/ L) = 17.1 ct Bil ( mg/ dL)
ct Bil ( mol/ L) = 1.71 ct Bil ( mg/ L) or
ct Bil ( mg/ dL) = 0.0585 ct Bil ( mol/ L)
ct Bil ( mg/ L) = 0.585 ct Bil ( mol/ L)

NOTI CE: All conversions of unit s are made by t he analyzer.

cGl u
cLac
ct Bi l
8- 44
Def aul t v al ues
The following default values are used in t he analyzer, if ot her values are not
keyed in.

T = 37.0 C
FO
2
( I ) = 0.21 ( 21.0 %)
RQ = 0.86
ct Hb = 9.3087 mmol/ L, ( 15.00 g/ dL or 150 g/ L)
FCOHb = 0.004 ( 0.4 %)
FMet Hb = 0.004 ( 0.4 %)
p50( st ) = 3.578 kPa ( 26.84 mmHg)

I n addit ion t o t he above default values, t he analyzer uses t he following default :
Ambient t emperat ure = 25. 0 C.

Val ues
8- 45
Ref er ences
1. The Deep Pict ure, crit ical informat ion from blood gas analysis. Copenhagen:
Radiomet er Medical A/ S, 1993: 1- 14.
2. Wandrup JH. Physicochemical logic and simple symbol t erminology of oxygen st at us.
Blood Gas News 1993; 2,1: 9- 11.
3. Siggaard- Andersen O, Durst RA, Maas AHJ. Approved recommendat ion ( 1984) on
physicochemical quant it ies and unit s in clinical chemist ry. J Clin Chem Clin Biochem
1987; 25: 369- 91.
4. Siggaard- Andersen O. The acid- base st at us of t he blood. 4t h revised ed. Copenhagen:
Munksgaard, 1976.
5. Siggaard- Andersen O, Wimberley PD, Fogh- Andersen N, Gt hgen I H. Measured and
derived quant it ies wit h modern pH and blood gas equipment : calculat ion algorit hms wit h
54 equat ions. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1988; 48, Suppl 189: 7- 15.
6. Burnet t RW, Noonan DC. Calculat ions and correct ion fact ors used in det erminat ion of
blood pH and blood gases. Clin Chem 1974; 20,12: 1499- 1506.
7. Wimberley PD, Siggaard- Andersen O, Fogh- Andersen N, Zij lst ra WG, Severinghaus JW.
Hemoglobin oxygen sat urat ion and relat ed quant it ies: definit ions, symbols and clinical
use. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1990; 50: 455- 59. Available as AS104.
8. Siggaard- Andersen O, Gt hgen I H, Wimberley PD, Fogh- Andersen N. The oxygen st at us
of t he art erial blood revised: relevant oxygen paramet ers for monit oring t he art erial
oxygen availabilit y. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1990; 50, Suppl 203: 17- 28. Available as
AS108.
9. Wandrup JH. Oxygen upt ake in t he lungs. Blood Gas News 1992; 1,1: 3- 5.
10. Tiet z NW, Logan NM. Reference ranges. I n: Tiet z NW, ed. Fundament als of clinical
chemist ry. 3rd ed. Philadelphia: WB Saunders Company, 1987: 944- 75.
11. Siggaard- Andersen O, Wimberley PD, Fogh- Andersen N, Gt hgen I H. Art erial oxygen
st at us det ermined wit h rout ine pH/ blood gas equipment and mult i- wavelengt h
hemoximet ry: reference values, precision and accuracy. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1990;
50, Suppl 203: 57- 66. Available as AS106.
12. Siggaard- Andersen O, Thode J, Wandrup JH. The concent rat ion of free calcium ions in
t he blood plasma ionized calcium. I n: Siggaard- Andersen O, ed. Proceedings of t he I FCC
expert panel on pH and blood gases held at Herlev Hospit al 1980. Copenhagen:
Radiomet er Medical A/ S, 1981: 163- 90. Available as AS79.
13. Severinghaus JW. Blood gas calculat or. J Appl Physiol 1966; 21,3: 1108- 16. Available as
ST36.
14. Christ iansen TF. An algorit hm for calculat ing t he concent rat ion of t he base excess of
blood. I n: Siggaard- Andersen O, ed. Proceedings of t he I FCC expert panel on pH and
blood gases held at Herlev Hospit al 1980. Copenhagen: Radiomet er Medical A/ S, 1981:
77- 81.
15. Kokholm G. Simult aneous measurement s of blood pH, pCO
2
, pO
2
and concent rat ions of
hemoglobin and it s derivat ives a mult icent er st udy. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1990; 50,
Suppl 203: 75- 86. Available as AS107.
16. Siggaard- Andersen O, Wimberley PD, Gt hgen I H, Siggaard- Andersen M. A mat hemat ical
model of t he hemoglobin- oxygen dissociat ion curve of human blood and of t he oxygen
part ial pressure as a funct ion of t emperat ure. Clin Chem 1984; 30: 1646- 51.
17. Siggaard- Andersen O, Wimberley PD, Gt hgen I H, Fogh- Andersen N, Rasmussen JP.
Variabilit y of t he t emperat ure coefficient s for pH, pCO
2
and pO
2
in blood. Scand J Clin Lab
I nvest 1988; 48, Suppl 189: 85- 88.
18. Siggaard- Andersen O, Siggaard- Andersen M. The oxygen st at us algorit hm: a comput er
program for calculat ing and displaying pH and blood gas dat a. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest
1990; 50, Suppl 203: 29- 45.
19. Bart els H, Christ oforides C, Hedley- Whyt e J, Laasberg L. Solubilit y coefficient s of gases.
I n: Alt man PL, Dit t mer DS, eds. Respirat ion and circulat ion. Bet hesda, Maryland: Fed
Amer Soc Exper Biol, 1971: 16- 18.
20. Rought on FJW, Darling RC. The effect of carbon monoxide on t he oxyhemoglobin
dissociat ion curve. Am J Physiol 1944; 141: 17- 31.
8- 46
21. Engquist A.. Fluids elect rolyt es nut rit ion. Copenhagen: Munksgaard, 1985: 56- 68, 118.
22. Olesen H et al. A proposal for an I UPAC/ I FCC recommendat ion, quant it ies and unit s in
clinical laborat ory sciences. I UPAC/ I FCC St age 1, Draft 1, 1990: 1- 361.
23. Kokholm G, Larsen E, Jensen ST, Christ iansenTF. 3rd ed. Blood gas measurement s at
high alt it udes. Copenhagen: Radiomet er Medical A/ S, 1991. Available as AS109.
24. Blood gas and pH analysis and relat ed measurement s; approved guideline. NCCLS ( CLSI )
document C46- A, 2001
25. Burt on DR. Clinical physiology of acid- base and elect rolyt e disorders. 4t h ed. New York:
McGraw- Hill, 1994

9. Sol ut i ons
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2
Solut ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3
Cert ificat e of t raceabilit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 5

9. Solut ions ABL90 FLEX reference manual
9- 2
The ABL90 FLEX analyzer ut ilizes a solut ion pack for all calibrat ions, QC and
rinse procedures, and for t he collect ion of wast e fluids.

The solut ion pack cont ains eight foil pouches:
Three wit h calibrat ion solut ion
One wit h a gas mixt ure
Three wit h qualit y cont rol solut ion
One for wast e
One of t he calibrat ion solut ions ( CAL 1) is also used for rinse.
Calibrat ion solut ions and QC solut ions in t he solut ion pack have a unique lot
number. Assigned values for t he QC solut ions are unique for each individual
solut ion pack because t hey are adj ust ed according t o t he lifet ime of t he solut ion
pack when inst alled on t he analyzer.

Each solut ion pack has a lot number, which ident ifies t he solut ion packs
assembled in one product ion lot .

All t he solut ions described in t his chapt er are for in vit ro diagnost ic use.

The expirat ion dat e of t he solut ion pack is found on t he solut ion pack barcode
label. A solut ion pack can be used on t he analyzer for up t o 30 days ( or unt il no
more act ivit ies are left ) but not aft er t he expirat ion dat e. This means t hat if you
inst all a solut ion pack 5 days before t he expirat ion dat e, it can only be used for
5 days.

The solut ion pack st orage t emperat ure range is 2- 25 C. The st orage alt it ude
range is sea level t o 4000 met ers. The baromet er pressure should lie bet ween
450- 800 mmHg, or 60. 0- 106. 7 kPa, or 450- 800 Torr.

Mat erial Safet y Dat a Sheet s ( MSDS) for all solut ions in t he solut ion pack are
available from your Radiomet er dist ribut or.
I nt r oduct i on
Sol ut i on pack
Lot
I n vi t r o
di agnost i c use
Ex pi r at i on dat e
St or age
Mat er i al saf et y
Dat a Sheet s
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 9. Solut ions
9- 3
Sol ut i ons
The solut ions cont ained in t he pouches of t he solut ion pack are used for eit her
calibrat ion or qualit y cont rol of all analyt es. During sample analysis and qualit y
cont rol measurement s CAL 1 also act s as a rinse solut ion, removing t he sample
from t he sensor casset t e measuring chamber.

Sol ut i on Vol ume
( mL)
S1920 CAL 1 200
S1930 CAL 2 100
S1940 CAL 3 100
S9030 QC 1 200
S9040 QC 2 100
S9050 QC 3 100
Gas mixt ure 150 * )
* ) at sea level

Solut ion composit ions include organic buffers, inorganic salt s, surfact ant ,
met abolit es, preservat ives, ant i- coagulant , enzyme and colorant which provide
t he following subst ances wit h approximat e concent rat ions as given below:

Concent r at i on
Subst ance Uni t CAL 1
S1920
CAL 2
S1930
CAL 3
S1940
pH 7. 30 6. 8 NA
pCO
2
mmHg 35 NA 80
pO
2
mmHg 180 NA NA
cNa
+
mmol/ L 150 70 NA
cK
+
mmol/ L 4 10 NA
cCl
mmol/ L 95 50 NA
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 5 2. 3 NA
cGlu mmol/ L 0
( background)
NA 10
cLac mmol/ L 0
( background)
NA 10
ct Hb g/ dL NA NA 0

NOTI CE: The act ual analyt e concent rat ions for each solut ion in a solut ion pack
lot are included in t he smart chip cont ained in each solut ion pack. The values
are read int o t he analyzer when t he solut ion pack is inst alled in an analyzer.
Use
Pouch v ol ume
Composi t i on
9- 4

Concent r at i on
Subst ance Uni t S9030
( QC 1)
S9040
( QC 2)
S9050
( QC 3)
Sol ut i on Sol ut i on Gas pO
2

( at 760
mmHg)
Sol ut i on
pH 7. 2 6. 8 NA 7. 5
pCO
2
mmHg 30 67 NA 22
pO
2
mmHg 180 300
( 42. 07 %)
20
cNa
+
mmol/ L 140 118 NA 175
cK
+
mmol/ L 4 7 NA 1. 8
cCl
mmol/ L 105 95 NA 125

cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 8 1. 65 NA 0. 3
cGlu mmol/ L 0 15 NA 7
cLac mmol/ L 0 8 NA 4
ct Hb mmol/ L 0 8 NA 12
sO
2
% 97 NA 70
FO
2
Hb % 92 NA 49
FCOHb % 3 NA 20
FMet Hb % 2 NA 10
FHbF % 80 NA 50
ct Bil mol/ L 0 300 NA 450

NOTI CE: The act ual analyt e concent rat ions for each solut ion in a solut ion pack
lot are included in t he smart chip cont ained in each solut ion pack. The values
are read int o t he analyzer when t he solut ion pack is inst alled in an analyzer.
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 9. Solut ions
9- 5
Cer t i f i cat e of t r aceabi l i t y

9- 6

10- 1
10. Messages

List of analyzer messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 2
10. Troubleshoot ing, updat ed for soft ware version 2. 3 ABL90 FLEX reference manual
10- 2

Li st of anal y zer messages
The following messages will be seen on t he user and manager levels. The
messages are list ed in numerical order.
Operat or act ions are list ed in order of priorit y. Perform t he first act ion in t he list ;
if unsuccessful, t ry t he next act ion, et c.
I n case of analyzer error or malfunct ion, t he error will be logged in t he Act ivit y
log.
Do t he following:

St ep Act i on
1. Open t he Act ivit y log.
2. Find t he relevant error.
3. Highlight it by t ouching t he screen.
4. Press Tr oubl eshoot .
5. Follow t he procedures given t o remedy t he error.

The following t able describes possible errors and how t o remedy t hem.
NOTI CE: The list cont ains all possible errors and may t hus list errors t hat will
not be relevant for all analyzer variant s. Furt hermore, operat or act ions are in
relat ion of t he analyzer and may differ from local procedures in your inst it ut ion.
I n t hat case, follow local procedures.
Messages on
user and
manager l ev el s
ABL90 FLEX reference manual 10. Troubleshoot ing, updat ed for soft ware version 2. 3
10- 3

1 I nconsist ent
soft ware
versions. Please
cont act service
I nconsist ent soft ware
versions for different
modules. May appear aft er
replacing a complet e module
or as a result of an
incomplet e soft ware
upgrade.
- Cont act Radiomet er
service represent at ive.
Removal condit ion:
- Successful soft ware
consist ency check.
83 Value above
reference range
The paramet er value is
above t he user- defined
reference range.
This is only a message, not
an error.
- No act ion required.
84 Value below
reference range
The paramet er value is below
t he user- defined reference
range.
an error.
85 Value below
crit ical limit
t he user- defined crit ical limit .
an error
86 Value above
crit ical limit
above t he user- defined
crit ical limit .
an error.
89 Measured QC
value above
cont rol range
The measured paramet er
value is above t he cont rol
range.
- Verify t he procedure
and repeat t he
measurement .
- Refer t o t he ABL90
FLEX reference
manual. *
90 Measured QC
value below
cont rol range
The measured paramet er
value is below t he cont rol
range.
and repeat t he
measurement .
FLEX reference
manual. *
93 Value above
report able range
above t he report able range.
- Check for and remedy
ot her errors relat ed t o
t he result , syst em
messages or calibrat ion
st at us.
- Perform QC. I f t he QC
result is accept ed, t he
blood sample may be
suspect ed.
- Perform measurement
on new blood sample.
* The ABL90 FLEX reference manual includes a qualit y cont rol appendix for
manual QC.
10- 4
94

Value below
report able range
t he report able range.
ot her errors relat ed t o
t he result , syst em
messages or calibrat ion
st at us.
- Perform QC. I f t he QC
result is accept ed, t he
blood sample may be
suspect ed.
- Perform a
measurement on new
blood sample.
117 LI S/ HI S: I nvalid
connect ion
configurat ion
The communicat ion
configurat ion or t he prot ocol
definit ion was invalid.
- Check t he
communicat ion
paramet ers specified in
Communicat ions Set up.
128 LI S/ HI S: Failed
t o open
connect ion
The communicat ion hardware
was busy or t he remot e
syst em did not respond.
- Check t hat t he remot e
syst em is running,
correct ly configured and
responding.
- Check communicat ion
paramet ers, e. g. baud
rat e, parit y, I P addr ess,
et c. , as defined in
Communicat ion Set up.
- Reboot t he analyzer.
t o close
connect ion
Messages were queued when
t he communicat ion channel
was closed. Result s and
ot her messages sent by t he
analyzer t o a remot e syst em
may be lost .
- I f t he problem
persist s, check t he
communicat ion
hardware. The remot e
syst em may lack buffer
capacit y.
t o send packet
A communicat ion error
occurred while sending a
message. The message was
not sent .
syst em is running and
responding.
- Check t he
communicat ion
hardware, including
cables.
- Repeat sending.
t o receive packet
An error occurred while
receiving a message. The
analyzer was not able t o
recognize t he received
massage.
- Check t hat prot ocol
t ypes are cor rect ly
configured on bot h t he
analyzer and t he remot e
syst em.
133 LI S/ HI S:
Connect ion lost
A previously est ablished
LI S/ HI S connect ion has been
lost .
syst em is running and
responding.
- Check cables.
134 LI S/ HI S:
Connect ion
est ablished
The connect ion was
successfully est ablished.
- No act ion required. For
informat ion only.
10- 5
165 LI S/ HI S: High-
level prot ocol
could not
generat e high-
level packet
format t ing a message.
- Check prot ocol
configurat ions.
Cont act Radiomet er
166 LI S/ HI S: General
communicat ion
error
An int ernal error occurred in
t he LI S/ HI S communicat ion
module.
service represent at ive if
t he problem persist s.
167 LI S/ HI S: High-
level prot ocol
received packet
in wrong format
parsing ( int erpret ing) a
message.
- Check prot ocol
configurat ions.
Cont act Radiomet er
200 User msg: This is only a message. An
operat or has ent ered a not e
in t he log.
201 West gar d Rule
( 1. 2s) violat ion
Measured paramet er value is
out side t he mean + / - 2 SD
range.
- Verify procedure and
repeat measurement .
- Check Replacement
St at us for pending
replacement s.
FLEX reference manual
for det ailed evaluat ion
procedur e.
202 West gar d Rule
( 1. 3s) violat ion
out side t he mean + / - 3 SD
range.
- Check Replacement
replacement s including
elect rodes.
procedur e.
203 West gar d Rule
( 2. 2s) violat ion
Two consecut ive
measurement s are out side
t he mean + / - 2 SD range on
t he same side of t he mean.
This may indicat e a shift .
- Check Replacement
elect rodes.
procedur e.
204 West gar d Rule
( R. 4s) violat ion
The difference bet ween t wo
consecut ive measurement s
exceeds 4 SD. This may
indicat e an inconsist ency in
your procedure or an
unst able analyzer.
- Check Replacement
elect rode replacement s.
procedur e.
10- 6
205 West gar d Rule
( 4. 1s) violat ion
Four consecut ive
measurement s are out side
t he mean + / - 1 SD range on
t he same side of t he mean. A
t rend or shift is indicat ed.
Pat ient result s should be
considered unreliable unt il
t he problem is remedied.
- Check for excessive
elect rode sensor
calibrat ion drift .
- Check Replacement
- Refer t o ABL90 FLEX
reference manual for
evaluat ion procedure.
206 West gar d Rule
( 10. x) violat ion
Ten consecut ive
measurement s are on t he
same side of t he mean. A
t rend or shift is indicat ed.
Pat ient result s should be
considered unreliable unt il
t he problem is remedied.
- Check t he elect rode
drift during last
calibrat ion.
- Check Replacement
- Refer t o ABL90 FLEX
reference manual for
evaluat ion procedure.
207 Calibrat ion
schedule
reminder( s)
present
One or more scheduled
calibrat ions are overdue.
- Check t he Calibrat ion
St at us and perform any
pending calibrat ions.
208 Qualit y cont rol
schedule
reminder( s)
present
One or more scheduled QC
measurement s are overdue.
- Check t he Qualit y
Cont rol St at us and
perform t he pending
qualit y cont rol.
209 Replacement
schedule
reminder( s)
present
One or more scheduled
replacement s are overdue.
- Check t he
Replacement St at us and
perform any pending
replacement act ions.
210 Calibrat ion
error( s) present
An error regist ered on one or
more paramet ers during t he
last calibrat ion.
- Check Calibrat ion
St at us for errors in
lat est calibrat ion result s
for t he given paramet er.
View calibrat ion error
messages and t ake
required corr ect ive
act ion.
211 Qualit y cont rol
error( s) present
One or more errors were
regist ered during last QC
measurement on one of t he
inst alled QC levels.
- Check Qualit y Cont rol
St at us for errors. View
QC error messages and
t ake required correct ive
act ion.
212 Syst em
message( s)
present
One or more syst ems errors
are present .
- Check t he Syst em
Messages St at us for
errors. Take correct ive
required act ion.
213 Aut omat ic
backup failed
An error occurred during t he
scheduled dat a backup.
- Check Aut omat ic
Backup Set up.
- Check net work and
servers used for t he
backup.
- Cont act your I T
engineer.
10- 7
214 Aut omat ic
backup
succeeded
The scheduled aut omat ic
backup was complet ed
successfully.
216 General print er
error
A print er problem has
occurred, e. g. t he paper is
j ammed
- Check print er paper.
Clear any j am.
- Power down and
rest art t he analyzer.
217 Replacement : The message is used in t he
Act ivit y Log t o indicat e a
performed replacement .
290 Warning: SHb
det ect ed
FSHb det ect ed in t he range
of 1- 10 %.
informat ion only.
291 SHb t oo high Det ect ed FSHb is great er
t han 10%. Measurement
accuracy is affect ed.
- Repeat t he
measurement .
292 Turbidit y t oo
high
Turbidit y is great er t han 5
%: t oo high for reliable
measurement s.
- Hyperlipemic sample;
decrease t he lipemic
cont ent by e. g.
cent rifuge or ext ract ion.
- Perform t he
measurement on a
blood sample from a
healt hy donor.
293 Oxi compensat ed
for HbF
OXI paramet ers have been
HbF compensat ed. Paramet er
FHbF may be shown or not
shown.
informat ion only.
329 QC expirat ion
dat e exceeded
The qualit y cont rol
measurement was performed
on an expired cont rol
solut ion.
- Discont inue t he use of
t he lot and set up a
valid lot for t he cont rol
solut ion.
331 No sample
det ect ed during
sample aspirat ion
No sample det ect ed in
sensor.
Measurement is abort ed.
- Ensure t hat adequat e
sample volume is used.
- Check t he sample for
clot s.
10- 8
357 Temp. error:
Baromet er
Temper at ure in t he
baromet er on t he Analyzer
Cont rol is out side
37 + / - 1. 0 C.
- Ensure t hat t he
ambient t emperat ure is
bet ween 15 and 32 C.
- I f t he syst em has j ust
performed a cold st art ,
wait for t he error t o
disappear.
- Replace t he fan filt er,
if dirt y.
- Shield t he analyzer
from direct sunlight and
ot her heat sources.
375 Calibrat ion st at us
out of limit s
The st at us value is out side
t he range for t he given
paramet er.
any syst em messages.
- Repeat t he calibrat ion.
- Check solut ion pack
st at us and replace, if
necessary.
- Check sensor casset t e
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
- Successful calibrat ion.
376 Calibrat ion Drift
1 out of range
The Drift 1 value exceeds t he
t olerance.
necessary.
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
377 Calibrat ion Drift
2 out of range
The Drift 2 value exceeds t he
t olerance.
necessary.
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
10- 9
378 Calibrat ion
sensit ivit y out of
range
The sensit ivit y value is out of
range for t he given
paramet er.
necessary.
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
379 Calibrat ion
unst able
( response fault )
An elect rode response fault
occurred during calibrat ion.
necessary.
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
443 Ca( 7. 4) not
usable
cCa
2+
at a pH of 7. 4 is not
usable as t he act ual pH is
out side t he 7. 2- 7. 6 range.
452 I nt erference
during
measurement
I nt erference was det ect ed
during measurement .
- Check t he pat ient
record for medicat ion
cont aining possible
int erfering subst ances.
484 Today is last day
in st at . mont h -
remember t o
print QC
st at ist ics
Aft er t he current day, qualit y
cont rol st at ist ics obt ained
over t he mont h will be
delet ed and new st at ist ics
st art ed.
- Print t he QC st at ist ics
if a copy is required.
487 A new st at ist ical
mont h has begun
- remember t o
export WDC dat a
A new st at ist ical mont h has
begun.
- Make a WDC report
disk.
Removal condit ion:
- A WDC report disk has
been made.
494 Bilirubin t oo high Det ect ed bilirubin
concent rat ion, ct Bil( blood) , is
great er t han 2000 mol/ L.
The corresponding plasma
bilirubin concent rat ion can be
calculat ed as follows:
ct Bil( blood) = ( 1- Hct )
ct Bil( plasma) .
10- 10
508 Liquid t ransport
error during rinse
Liquid t ransport of Rinse
failed
- Check solut ion pack or
sensor casset t e st at us
and replace, if
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
- Successful Rinse.
512 Temper at ure
error
The t emperat ure was out side
t he required range during
measurement or calibrat ion.
All result s are marked wit h
"?".
- Ensure t hat t he
- I f t he analyzer has
recent ly performed a
cold st art , wait for t he
t emperat ur e error t o
disappear.
- I f t he solut ion pack or
sensor casset t e has
recent ly been replaced,
wait for t he t emperat ur e
error t o disappear.
- Shield analyzer from
direct sunlight or heat
sources.
521 I nhomogeneous
sample
Air bubbles were det ect ed in
t he sample. Result s may
have "?".
- Repeat t he
measurement .
522 Calibrat ion error One or more calibrat ion
values are erroneous.
necessary.
necessary.
Removal condit ion:
- Successful calibrat ion
523 Calibrat ion drift
out of range
Calibrat ion drift exceeds
defined limit s.
any Syst em Messages.
- Perform any pending
elect rodes.
- Check t hat elect rodes
are properly inst alled.
- Verify t hat proper
solut ions and gases are
used.
- Perform t he Elect rode
Troubleshoot ing
procedur e.
Removal condit ion:
- Calibrat ion drift wit hin
defined limit s.
10- 11
529 I nlet LS failed t o
calibrat e
I nlet liquid sensor failed t o
calibrat e.
- Repeat t he liquid
sensor calibrat ion.
531 Sensors LS failed
t o calibrat e
Liquid sensor near t he sensor
casset t e failed t o calibrat e.
st at us and replace if
necessary.
537 OXI LS failed t o
calibrat e
OXI module liquid sensor
failed t o calibrat e.
necessary.
581 OXI spect rum
mismat ch
Spect rum deviat es from t he
expect ed blood or QC
spect rum. Measurement may
be unreliable.
- Check t he pat ient
record for medicat ion
cont aining possible
int erfering subst ances.
- St art a calibrat ion.
582 t Hb calibrat ion
cuvet t e fact or
out side limit s
t Hb calibrat ion failed. - Perform a calibrat ion.
- Repeat t he t Hb
calibrat ion.
Removal condit ion:
- Successful t Hb
calibrat ion.
584 t Hb calibrat ion
wavelengt h
out side limit s
t Hb calibrat ion failed. - Perform a calibrat ion.
- Repeat t he t Hb
calibrat ion.
Removal condit ion:
- A successful t Hb
calibrat ion
588 Measured QC
value lower t han
st at ist ical range
t he lower limit of t he user-
defined st at ist ical range.
Measurement is not included
in st at ist ics.
and repeat t he
measurement .
for det ails on t he
evaluat ion of t he
result s.
10- 12
589 Measured QC
value higher t han
st at ist ical range
above t he upper limit of t he
user- defined st at ist ical
range. Measurement not
included int o st at ist ics.
and repeat t he
measurement .
for det ails on t he
evaluat ion of t he
result s.
593 I nsufficient
sample
Sample volume is t oo small
for t he select ed measuring
mode. Affect ed paramet ers
will be marked wit h "?".
- Repeat t he
measurement , ensuring
sufficient sample
volume.
595 Liquid sensor
calibrat ion error
One or more of t he liquid
sensors failed calibrat ion.
necessary.
606 Cal expired ( pH) Too long t ime passed since
t he last successful calibrat ion
of t he paramet er. Paramet er
measurement values are
report ed as ". . .. . ".
- Perform a calibrat ion.
Removal condit ion:
608 Cal expired
( pCO
2
)
Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
- Successful 2- point
calibrat ion.
609 Cal expired ( pO
2
) Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
calibrat ion.
610 Cal expired ( K) Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
calibrat ion.
611 Cal expired ( Na) Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
calibrat ion.
612 Cal expired ( Ca) Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
calibrat ion.
10- 13
613 Cal expired ( Cl) Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
calibrat ion.
614 Cal expired ( Glu) Too long t ime passed since
Removal condit ion:
- Successful 1- or 2-
point calibrat ion.
615 Cal expired ( Lac) Too long t ime passed since
report ed as . . .
Removal condit ion:
point calibrat ion.
616 Cal expired ( OXI ) Too long t ime elapsed since
Removal condit ion:
point calibrat ion.
641 ABL/ DMS PC
rest art ed
The analyzer was rest art ed
from power off.
For informat ion only.
642 ABL/ DMS PC
connect ed t o wet
sect ion
Added by DMS PC when
connect ion t o t he wet sect ion
is obt ained.
643 ABL/ DMS PC
disconnect ed
from wet sect ion
The connect ion from t he DMS
PC t o t he wet sect ion is lost .
- Shut down and rest art
t he analyzer.
648 Calibrat ion failed
or not accept ed
The last calibrat ion was
abort ed or not accept ed.
necessary.
necessary.
syst em messages.
Removal condit ion:
662 Baromet er out of
range
Measured baromet er value is
out side t he measuring range:
60- 106. 7 kPa.
669 QC value out side
cont rol range
out side cont rol range.
and repeat
measurement .
- Refer t o Qualit y
Cont rol Syst ems
Reference Manual.
10- 14
679 Baromet er er ror The measured paramet er
may be unreliable due t o
baromet er er ror.
682 OXI module not
act ive
The OXI module is not
responding due t o an int ernal
communicat ion problem, or
t he soft ware configurat ion
does not mat ch t he analyzer
t ype.
- Shut down t he
analyzer, using t he
Temporary Shut down
funct ion; t hen rest art it .
Removal condit ion:
- OXI module ready, or
soft ware configured
wit hout OXI module
support .
688 ct Hb/ ceHb t oo
low for OXI
calculat ion
ct Hb < 1 mmol/ L, or ceHb <
0. 75 mmol/ L. I f ct Hb is t oo
low, FHHb, FO
2
Hb, FCOHb
and FMet Hb are not
calculat ed. I f ceHb = cHHb +
cO
2
Hb is t oo low, sO
2
is not
calculat ed.
- I f Oxi derivat es are
want ed, elevat e t Hb
and/ or sO
2
.
692 ABL not
connect ed t o
RADI ANCE
The analyzer is not
connect ed t o RADI ANCE.
- Cont act your
RADI ANCE/ I T engineer.
- Check RADI ANCE
Communicat ion Set up
including TCP/ I P
address, port no. and
password.
- Check t hat RADI ANCE
is responding.
- Check net work
connect ions.
Removal condit ion:
- RADI ANCE connect ion
est ablished or disabled.
693 ABL not
connect ed t o
RADI ANCE -
incorrect
password
The analyzer was refused
connect ion t o RADI ANCE due
t o incorrect password.
- Ent er t he correct
password in t he
analyzer' s RADI ANCE
Removal condit ion:
est ablished or disabled.
694 ABL connect ed t o
RADI ANCE
The analyzer is connect ed t o
RADI ANCE.
695 ABL disconnect ed
from RADI ANCE
The analyzer was
disconnect ed from
RADI ANCE.
696 ABL< > RADI ANCE
communicat ion
error
Communicat ion error
bet ween t he analyzer and
RADI ANCE.
10- 15
699 Built - in QC
measurement
st art ed due t o
calibrat ion error
The analyzer was set up t o
perform built - in QC
measurement s in case of
calibrat ion errors.
St at us and remedy any
report ed calibrat ion
errors.
700 Scheduled built -
in QC not run
due t o errors in
last calibrat ion
Last calibrat ion cont ained an
error, and t he analyzer was
set up t o suspend built - in QC
measurement s in case of
St at us and remedy
703 QC expired QC measurement is 25 %
overdue ( cor rect ive act ion
"Lock analyzer" has been
select ed in t he Set up
program: Correct ive
Act ions) .
- Perform a qualit y
cont rol measurement .
Removal condit ion:
- No QC measurement s
are pending.
704 Built - in QC
measurement is
repeat ed
The scheduled QC
measurement was not
accept ed; t he measurement
was repeat ed as request ed in
t he Set up pr ogram:
Correct ive Act ions.
705 Built - in QC
measurement is
repeat ed t wice
The scheduled QC
measurement was not
accept ed; t he measurement
was repeat ed t wice as
request ed in t he Set up
program: Correct ive Act ions.
707 Replacement ( s)
overdue by 10
%. Analyzer
locked.
Replacement is overdue by
10 % ( correct ive act ion "Lock
analyzer" was select ed in t he
Set up program: Correct ive
Act ions) . When t he analyzer
is locked, scheduled
calibrat ions are performed,
but no pat ient samples or QC
measurement s are allowed.
- Check Replacement
St at us and replace as
required.
- Unlock analyzer in t he
Miscellaneous Set up
program.
Removal condit ion:
- No replacement
pending.
708 Correct ive act ion
not possible due
t o empt y solut ion
pack
Scheduled built - in QC
measurement was
request ed, but t he solut ion
pack was empt y.
- I nsert a new solut ion
pack.
712 FHbF
measurement
not possible
Composit ion of t he blood
sample makes FHbF
measurement t oo inaccurat e,
but OXI paramet ers are
compensat ed for HbF.
See explanat ion in t he ABL90
FLEX reference manual.
- I f FHbF is want ed
change sample
composit ion. For
example, elevat e sO
2

and t Hb.
713 ct Bil
measurement
not possible
Blood sample ct Hb is so high
t hat hardly any plasma is left
t o measure plasma bilirubin
on.
ct Hb > 15. 5 mmol/ L.
- I f ct Bil is want ed,
lower t he ct Hb value.
10- 16
734 General WSM
except ion
The dat a management
syst em est ablishes
connect ion t o t he analyzing
unit , or t he connect ion is
lost .
- Wait a few minut es for
t he connect ion t o
est ablish.
- Rest art t he analyzer.
- I f t he error persist s,
cont act Radiomet er
745 Low disk space Free disk space is low. - Move archive files t o
anot her st orage device.
Removal condit ion:
- Sufficient free hard
disk space.
766 ABL not
connect ed t o
RADI ANCE - no
RADI ANCE
connect ion
license
The analyzer has been
refused connect ion t o
RADI ANCE because t here is
no connect ion license
available on RADI ANCE.
- Cont act RADI ANCE/ I T
engineer or Radiomet er
Removal condit ion:
- Connect ion t o
RADI ANCE est ablished.
767 ABL not
connect ed t o
RADI ANCE - ABL
St at Link version
t oo high
RADI ANCE because t he ABL
St at Link version is higher
t han t he RADI ANCE St at Link
version.
Removal condit ion:
est ablished.
768 ABL not
connect ed t o
RADI ANCE - ABL
St at Link version
t oo low
RADI ANCE because t he ABL
St at Link version is lower
t han t he RADI ANCE St at Link
version.
Removal condit ion:
est ablished.
769 ABL< > RADI ANCE
communicat ion
error - XML
packet could not
be parsed
RADI ANCE.
770 Failed t o rest ore
Cust om Set up
The set up could not be
rest ored.
- Download t he set up
dat a from anot her
floppy disk, hard disk or
net work drive.
service represent at ive if
t he error per sist s.
771 Succeeded t o
rest ore Cust om
Set up
Rest oring of set up is
complet ed.
772 User Act ivit y: User act ivit y logged by
operat or.
10- 17
773 Remot e oper at or
logged on wit h
user:
A remot e operat or has
logged on t he analyzer via
Net Op.
774 Remot e oper at or
logged off wit h
user:
An operat or, remot ely logged
on via Net Op, has logged off,
or has been logged off by a
local operat or.
775 Failed t o rest ore
Default Set up
Rest oring analyzer set up t o
default values has failed.
776 Succeeded t o
rest ore Default
Set up
Rest oring set up t o default
values is complet ed.
780 RADI ANCE
communicat ion
enabled
RADI ANCE communicat ion
has been enabled as part of
t he RADI ANCE Connect ion
Set up.
informat ion only.
781 RADI ANCE
communicat ion
disabled
RADI ANCE communicat ion
has been disabled as part of
t he RADI ANCE Connect ion
Set up.
informat ion only.
782 RADI ANCE
out put queue
cleared
The out put queue was
cleared in t he RADI ANCE
Connect ion Set up.
informat ion only.
783 Aut omat ic
backup st art ed
Aut omat ic backup ( select ed
in Disk Funct ions Set up) has
st art ed.
informat ion only.
785 Aut omat ic
archiving st art ed
Aut omat ic archiving ( select ed
in Disk Funct ions Set up) has
st art ed.
informat ion only.
786 Aut omat ic
archiving
complet ed
Aut omat ic archiving ( select ed
in Disk Funct ions Set up)
complet ed successfully.
informat ion only.
787 Export of dat a
logs st art ed
Export of dat a logs was
st art ed by t he user.
informat ion only.
798 User logged on User logged on successfully. - No act ion required. For
informat ion only.
799 User logged off User logged off. - No act ion required. For
informat ion only.
800 Logon at t empt
failed
User t ried t o log on but did
not provide a valid password.
- Provide a valid
password t o log on.
810 pH locked The paramet er has been
locked by a RADI ANCE
operat or, as reflect ed in t he
Act ivit y Log.
When a paramet er is locked,
presumably due t o problems
wit h QC, t he paramet er is
repressed in pat ient result s.
- Await correct ive
act ions init iat ed by t he
RADI ANCE operat or.
Removal condit ion:
- Det ermined by t he
10- 18
811 pCO
2
locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
812 pO
2
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
813 K locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
814 Na locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
Await correct ive act ions
init iat ed by t he
Removal condit ion:
815 Cl locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
816 Ca locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
818 Glu locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
10- 19
819 Lac locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
820 t Hb locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
821 Met Hb locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
822 COHb locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
823 HHb locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
824 O
2
Hb locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
825 sO
2
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
10- 20
826 HbF locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
827 t Bil locked The paramet er has been
Act ivit y Log.
- Await correct ive
Removal condit ion:
831 pH unlocked The message is used in t he
Act ivit y Log t o indicat e t hat a
previously locked paramet er
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
832 pCO
2
unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
833 pO
2
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
834 K unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
835 Na unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
836 Cl unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
837 Ca unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
839 Glu unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
840 Lac unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
10- 21
841 t Hb unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
842 Met Hb unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
843 COHb unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
844 HHb unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
845 O
2
Hb unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
846 sO
2
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
847 HbF unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
848 t Bil unlocked The message is used in t he
has been unlocked.
informat ion only.
852 RADI ANCE: Message from RADI ANCE. - No act ion required. For
informat ion only.
855 Base Excess out
of range
Base Excess exceeds t he + / -
30 mmol/ L range.
- For informat ion only.
No analyzer error was
det ect ed.
875 Sample aged The specified limit for sample
age has been exceeded.
- Draw and analyze new
sample.
885 Cyclic QC
schedule reset
from RADI ANCE
The cyclic QC schedule has
been reset and all relat ed
reminders have been
removed as a result of a
RADI ANCE command.
informat ion only.
886 LI S/ HI S: No valid
POCT1A DML
Device I D file
A file wit h a valid Device I D
does not exist . A valid Device
I D is needed in order t o use
t he POCT1A DML prot ocol.
service represent at ive
t o obt ain a Device I D
file.
Removal condit ion:
- Valid Device I D found.
10- 22
963 Leak current s
det ect ed
Leak current s were det ect ed
during syst em calibrat ion and
may dist ort measuring
result s.
- Replace liquid- or
sensor casset t e.
964 Leak current s
det ect ed
Leak current s were det ect ed
during syst em calibrat ion and
may dist ort measuring
result s.
necessary.
970 Replace solut ion
pack
This message is shown when
t he solut ion pack needs t o be
replaced. The analyzer will
ent er "User- int ervent ion
required".
- Replace solut ion pack.
971 Replace sensor
casset t e
This message is shown when
t he sensor casset t e needs t o
be replaced. The analyzer
will ent er "User- int ervent ion
required".
- Replace sensor
casset t e.
972 Sensor
condit ioning due
The sensor casset t e must
soon be replaced. A new
sensor casset t e should
preferably be condit ioned
now.
- St art condit ioning a
new sensor casset t e.
973 Print er paper
must be replaced
No more paper in print er. - I nsert new print er
paper.
978 Flow select or
calibrat ion error
Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
when "User- int ervent ion
required" has been ent er ed
due t o t his reason.
- The analyzer will
aut omat ically ent er
"User- int ervent ion
required". Follow t he
inst ruct ions shown on
t he screen.
979 I nhomogeneous
rinse solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
980 I nhomogeneous
QC1 solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
981 I nhomogeneous
QC2 solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 23
982 I nhomogeneous
QC3 solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
983 I nhomogeneous
cal 3 solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
984 The analyzer
could not
aspirat e
homogeneous
calibrat ion
solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1000 Number of pO
2

hardware dat a
fail
Can be shown on a result if
unable t o calculat e oxygen
due t o an unexpect ed syst em
error.
1001 Timeout while
wait ing for pO
2

hardware dat a
error.
1002 pO
2
dark dat a is
out of range
error.
1004 Unable t o
calculat e oxygen
paramet er
error.
1005 Unable t o
calculat e oxygen
paramet er
error.
1006 Unable t o
calculat e oxygen
paramet er
error.
1007 Missing oxygen
calibrat ion
No calibrat ion dat a exist s for
oxygen.
1008 Unable t o
calculat e oxygen
paramet er
error.
10- 24
1009 Unable t o
calculat e oxygen
paramet er
error.
1010 Oxi dat a
collect ion error
Oxi hardware problem - Rest art t he analyzer.
1011 Oxi has no Blank
Cal
Missing Blank Cal. Not
necessarily a hardware error.
Removal condit ioning:
- Successful Blank
calibrat ion
1012 Oxi has no
sample spect rum
The syst em has not made a
sample measurement yet , or
t here is a hardware problem.
- Repeat t he
measurement .
1013 Oxi dat a
collect ion error
Oxi hardware error - Rest art t he analyzer.
1014 Oxi Blank Cal.
int ensit y t oo high
The spect romet er received
t oo high light int ensit y during
Blank Cal.
- Check solut ion pack.
During Oxi Blank
calibrat ion, t he cuvet t e
must be filled wit h
liquid.
1015 Oxi sample
int ensit y t oo high
t oo high light int ensit y during
sample measurement .
During Oxi Blank
calibrat ion, t he cuvet t e
must be filled wit h
liquid.
- Repeat t he sample
measurement .
1016 Oxi Blank Cal.
int ensit y t oo low
t oo low light int ensit y during
Blank Cal.
1017 Oxi sample
int ensit y t oo low
t oo low light int ensit y during
sample measurement .
10- 25
1018 Oxi elect ronic
adj ust ment error
Oxi hardware problem. - Rest art t he analyzer.
1019 Oxi Blank Cal.
out side limit s
Peak value of Blank Cal.
spect rum int ensit y is out side
accept ance limit s.
The cuvet t e must be
filled wit h liquid during
Blank calibrat ion.
1020 Oxi neon
int ensit y out side
limit s
1021 Oxi neon
correct ion
out side limit s
1022 Oxi background
correct ion
out side limit s
1023 Oxi spect romet er
memory read
problem
memory writ e
problem
1025 Oxi hemolyzer
t uning problem
Oxi hardware problem. - Rest art t he analyzer
1026 Oxi hemolyzer
frequency
problem
1027 Oxi hemolyzer
t emperat ur e
deviat ion t oo
high
1028 Oxi neon volt age
out side limit s
1029 Oxi light source
volt age out side
limit s
1030 Oxi hemolyzer
volt age out side
limit s
10- 26
1031 Oxi init ializat ion
in progress
Oxi init ializat ion in progress. - Please wait up t o 50
minut es before
rest art ing t he analyzer.
1032 Oxi dat a
collect ion
problem
1033 Oxi t ask was not
finished
I nt ernal soft ware problem. - Rest art t he analyzer.
1034 Oxi hardware
problem
An Oxi hardware problem
has occurred.
1045 Unable t o read
consumable
informat ion
Unable t o read informat ion
st ored on eit her sensor
casset t e or solut ion pack.
- Reinst all t he solut ion
pack and sensor
casset t e.
1061 Pressure t est
flow error
The sample t ransport
t hrough t he analyzer is
hindered.
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1062 Pressure t est
pressure err or
A leak has been found in t he
solut ion t ransport .
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1063 Pressure t est
vacuum error
A leak has been found in t he
solut ion t ransport .
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1064 Temper at ure in
sensor casset t e
t op out of range
Hardware t emperat ure er ror. - Ensure t hat t he
disappear.
if dirt y.
10- 27
sensor casset t e
bot t om out of
range
disappear.
if dirt y.
sensor casset t e
subst rat e out of
range
disappear.
if dirt y.
Oxi cuvet t e out
of range
disappear.
if dirt y.
Oxi spect romet er
out of range
disappear.
if dirt y.
10- 28
1080 I nst alled sensor
casset t e was not
regist ered as
condit ioned
This message is shown in t he
Act ivit y Log when a sensor
different from t he one
regist ered as condit ioning is
inst alled.
informat ion only.
1081 I nhomogeneous
rinse solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1083 I nhomogeneous
cal 2 solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1084 I nhomogeneous
cal 3 solut ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1085 I nhomogeneous
QC1 solut ion
Bubbles were det ect ed in t he
QC1 solut ion.
- Perform a refill from
t he auxiliary program.
- Replace t he solut ion
pack.
1086 I nhomogeneous
QC2 solut ion
QC2 solut ion.
pack.
1087 I nhomogeneous
QC3 solut ion
QC3 solut ion.
pack.
1089 I nhomogeneous
gas
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1090 No rinse solut ion Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1092 No cal 2 solut ion Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 29
1093 No cal 3 solut ion Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1094 No QC1 solut ion Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1098 No gas Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1099 Pump calibrat ion
error
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1100 Out let LS not
empt y during
pump calibrat ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1101 Out let LS not full
during pump
calibrat ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1111 I nhomogeneous
air
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 30
1112 LS inlet not
empt y
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1113 LS sensors not
empt y
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1114 LS out let not
empt y
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1115 Ws
communicat ion
error: wrong
message for mat
I nt ernal communicat ion
error.
1116 Ws
communicat ion
error: keep alive
t imeout
I nt ernal communicat ion
error.
t emperat ur e drift
A large deviat ion in
t emperat ur e has been
observed. This is probably
due t o a change in t he
ambient environment .
- Perform a calibrat ion
1120 Sensor
replacement
successful
Act ivit y Log following a
successful replacement of
t he sensor casset t e.
informat ion only.
1121 The port did not
open during
sensor
replacement
Act ivit y Log aft er a failed
sensor casset t e replacement .
- Reinst all t he sensor
casset t e.
1123 The sensor chip
dat a could not be
read or writ t en
during
replacement
sensor casset t e replacement .
- Reinst all t he sensor
casset t e.
1124 An unregist ered
sensor was
inst alled during
replacement
Act ivit y Log aft er a sensor
casset t e r eplacement t hat
did not ident ify a previously
condit ioned casset t e.
informat ion only.
10- 31
1125 An unregist ered
and used sensor
was inst alled
during
replacement
casset t e r eplacement . I t
informs t hat t he sensor
casset t e inst alled is already
used and no informat ion
exist s about t he condit ioning
hereof.
informat ion only.
1126 A regist ered
sensor had been
used before
inst allat ion
casset t e r eplacement . I t
informs t hat t he sensor
casset t e inst alled has been
used before.
informat ion only.
1134 The chip
informat ion for
t he solut ion pack
cannot be read
or writ t en
solut ion pack replacement .
pack.
1135 The solut ion pack
has been used
before
pack.
has used t he
maximum
number of
measurement s at
inst allat ion
pack.
1142 The print er door
is open. Print ing
not possible
Print er door open. - Ensure t hat t he print er
paper is properly
inst alled.
- Close t he print er door.
1143 I nt ernal print er is
offline. Print ing
not possible
Print er hardware error. - Ensure t hat t he print er
paper is properly
inst alled.
1144 Check t hat
print er door is
closed and t hat
paper is present
paper is properly
inst alled.
1145 A print er error
has occurred.
Call service
t echnician
paper is properly
inst alled.
1146 Print er paper
replaced
Act ivit y Log aft er
replacement of print er paper.
informat ion only.
10- 32
1147 I nlet opened
during rinse
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1148 I nlet open during
calibrat ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1149 I nlet open during
wet sect ion
act ivit y
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1150 I nlet closed
wit hout
aspirat ing
sample
Act ivit y Log when a
measurement has been
cancelled due t o inlet being
closed before aspirat ion
could be complet ed.
informat ion only.
1151 I nlet not closed:
no sample
aspirat ed
measurement has been
cancelled due t o inlet being
closed t oo lat e.
informat ion only.
chip dat a could
not be read or
writ t en during
replacement
replacement of t he sensor
casset t e or solut ion pack has
failed. The reason was t hat it
was impossible t o
communicat e wit h t he chip
on t he consumable.
- Repeat r eplacement
operat ion.
1157 No valid FTC
programs
det ect ed
Syst em error. - Cont act Radiomet er
1165 Solut ion pack not
properly inst alled
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1166 Solut ion pack
expired
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 33
not properly
inst alled
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
expired
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1169 Unable t o pump
solut ions
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1170 I nlet has been
open for t oo long
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1171 I nlet is missing
or in unknown
st at e
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
damaged
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1173 Solut ion pack
damaged
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1174 I nlet opened
while t he
analyzer was
busy
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 34
1175 Sensor
t emperat ur e
error
Hardware t emperat ure er ror
( Thermist or) .
- Ensure t hat t he
disappear.
if dirt y.
1176 A liquid sensor
error was
det ect ed
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1177 A flow select or
error was
det ect ed
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1178 A pump
calibrat ion error
was det ect ed
Shown on screen when
"User- int ervent ion required"
has been ent ered due t o t his
reason.
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1180 An error occurred
when t rying t o
communicat e
wit h wet sect ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1181 A soft ware or
hardware err or
exist s in wet
sect ion
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1183 Valve
malfunct ioning
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 35
1184 Leak det ect ed Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1185 Warning: Free
memory is low
The int ernal memory is low. - Rest art t he analyzer
1186 Free syst em
memory is
crit ically low
The int ernal memory is
crit ically low.
- Rest art t he analyzer
1187 Disk shows signs
of wear
The permanent memory is
showing exhaust ion signs
and should probably be
replaced soon.
1188 Disk shows
serious signs of
wear
The permanent memory is
showing exhaust ion signs
and should be replaced soon.
1189 FTC abort ed, LS
st at e change
error
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1190 I nlet open Shown in t he Act ivit y Log
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1191 QA Port al
communicat ion
enabled
aft er enabling QA Port al
communicat ion
informat ion only.
1192 QA Port al
communicat ion
disabled
aft er disabling QA Port al
communicat ion
informat ion only.
1193 QA Port al out put
queue cleared
when t he QA Port al has been
reset .
informat ion only.
1194 ABL not
connect ed t o QA
Port al
The analyzer is not
connect ed t o t he QA Port al.
- Cont act your I T
engineer.
- Check QA Port al
Communicat ion Set up,
including TCP/ I P
address, port no. and
password.
- Check t hat QA Port al is
responding.
- Check net work
connect ions.
10- 36
1195 ABL not
connect ed t o QA
Port al - incorrect
password
The analyzer was refused
connect ion t o t he QA Port al
due t o incorrect password.
- Ent er t he correct
password in t he
analyzer' s QA Port al
1196 ABL connect ed t o
QA Port al
The analyzer is connect ed t o
t he QA Port al.
informat ion only.
1197 ABL disconnect ed
form QA Port al
The analyzer is disconnect ed
from t he QA Port al.
informat ion only.
1198 ABL< > QA Port al
communicat ion
error - XML
packet could not
be parsed
t he QA Port al.
- Cont act I T engineer or
Radiomet er service
represent at ive.
1199 FTC program has
been ret ried
This message is found in t he
measurement or calibrat ion
act ivit y has been ret ried due
t o error.
informat ion only.
1200 Solut ion pack
empt y
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1201 Solut ion pack
lifet ime expired
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1202 Expirat ion dat e
reached
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1203 Lifet ime in
analyzer
exceeded
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1204 No more
act ivit ies left
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
10- 37
1216 Lifet ime in
analyzer
exceeded
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1217 No more t est s
left
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1218 Expirat ion dat e
reached
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1219 RiLiBK
Violat ion: Value
above upper limit
The measured value lies
above t he upper RiLiBK
range.
1220 RiLiBK
Violat ion: Value
below lower limit
The measured value lies
below t he lower RiLiBK
range.
1221 Syst em
t emperat ur e out
of range
( all) .
- Ensure t hat t he
disappear.
if dirt y.
1222 Temper at ure
syst em error
( Top/ bot t om t hermist or) .
- Ensure t hat t he
disappear.
if dirt y.
10- 38
1223 Analyzer did not
connect at st art -
up
The analyzer DMS has not
been able t o est ablish
cont act t o t he WS( M) at
st art - up.
1224 Analyzer is
t emporarily shut
down
aft er t empor ary shut down of
t he analyzer.
1225 The sample is
older t han a day
The t ime bet ween sampler
draw t ime and aspirat ion is
larger t han 1 day.
- Eit her sampler draw
t ime has been ent ered
incorrect ly or t ime of
t he analyzer is incorrect .
Change eit her t o correct
t he error.
1226 The sample age
is negat ive
The t ime bet ween sampler
draw t ime and aspirat ion is
less t han zero.
- Eit her sampler draw
t ime has been ent ered
incorrect ly or t ime of
t he analyzer is incorrect .
Change eit her t o correct
t he error.
1227 Correct ion for
bicarbonat e
cont ains errors
from pH, pCO
2

Chloride is correct ed for
bicarbonat e, calculat ed from
pH and pCO
2
. Errors from
pH, pCO
2
result s in t his error
on chloride.
1228 Correct ion for
lact at e cont ains
errors from K
+
,
Na
+
, Ca
2+

Lact at e is correct ed for ion
st rengt h, calculat ed from K
+
,
Na
+
, Ca
2+
. Errors from K
+
,
Na
+
, Ca
2+
result s in t his error
on lact at e.
1230 I nlet gasket
replaced
Shown in t he act ivit y log at
t he t ime of a replacement .
1231 I nlet probe
replaced
1232 I nlet connect ion
gasket replaced
1233 I nlet cleaned Shown in t he act ivit y log at
t he t ime when an inlet
cleaning was performed.
1234 Demonst rat ion
soft ware - not for
clinical purposes

1295 Act ivit y has been
repeat ed due t o
t he following
reason:
act ivit y log when an act ivit y
is repeat ed aut omat ically. I t
list s t he error and paramet er
id t hat was t he cause of t he
repeat .
1296 Print er out of
paper
The print er is out of paper. A
new paper roll must be
insert ed
- I nsert a new paper roll
10- 39
1297 Print er is offline The print er is offline due t o
eit her a bad or missing
power / USB connect ion
- Check t he power
connect ion
- Check t he USB
connect ion
1298 Print er lid open The print er lid is open - Close t he print er lid
1299 Rinse act ivit y
repeat ed:
A rinse act ivit y has been
repeat ed. The following
ent ries in t he log explain t he
reason for t he repeat .
1300 Calibrat ion
act ivit y
repeat ed:
A calibrat ion act ivit y has
been repeat ed. The following
1301 QC act ivit y
repeat ed:
A QC act ivit y has been
1302 St art up act ivit y
repeat ed:
A st art up act ivit y has been
1303 Act ivit y
repeat ed:
An act ivit y has been
1304 Calibrat ion
act ivit y repeat ed
A calibrat ion act ivit y has
been repeat ed. The following
1305 End of repeat
reason list
This message indicat es t he
end of repeat reasons. See
errors 1299- 1304.
1306 Solut ion pack
manually
removed
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1307 Disk space less
t han fift een
percent
The disk space on t he
analyzer is low.
- Delet e some archives
t o free up space on t he
drive.
1308 Disk space less
t han one per cent
The disk space on t he
analyzer is less t han 1 %
- Free disk space. E. g.
delet ing some archives
1309 Unable t o st art
FTC act ivit y -
FTC act ivit y in
progress

10- 40
1310 Response err or Sensor ( Met abolit e) does not
work properly
- Replace sensor
1311 The analyzer chip
dat a could not be
read or writ t en
I t ' s not possible t o read or
writ e dat a t o t he analyzer
chip
1312 Export dat a logs
failed
The export dat a log
operat ion has failed.
- Make sure t he select ed
export pat h exist s.
- Make sure enough
space is available.
1313 Export dat a logs
done
The export dat a log
operat ion has complet ed
successfully.
1314 Sensor
t emperat ur e
error during rinse
Sensor t emperat ure error
( subst rat e) during rinse
- Check sensor st at us
and replace, if
necessary.
1315 Cal backlog error
( pH)
Cal backlog error ( pH) ,
leaping signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( pCO
2
)
Backlog unst able, leaping
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( pO
2
)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( K)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( Na)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( Ca)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( Cl)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( Glu)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
( Lac)
signals on rinse
- Perform rinse
1324 I nhomogeneous
rinse solut ion ( LS
sensors)
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1325 Sensor
t hermist or
recalibrat ed
Show in act ivit y log when a
recalibrat ion of t he sensor
t hermist or has been
performed
- I nformat ion only
10- 41
1326 Sensor
t hermist or
recalibrat ion
failed -
t hermist or mal-
funct ioning
- The analyzer will
t he screen.
1327 Analyzer locked
by user
User has locked t he analyzer - No act ion required.
on request from
LI S
The analyzer was locked on
request from LI S
on request from
Radiance
The analyzer was locked on
request from Radiance
1330 pO
2
subst rat e
t hickness
The t hickness of t he pO
2

subst rat e is out side t he
ranges

1331 I nt ervent ion
required ent ered
The analyzer ent ers UI R - No act ion required.
1332 I nt ervent ion
required exit ed
The analyzer exit s UI R - No act ion required.
1333 Sensor
condit ioning
st art ed, no BC
Sensor condit ioning st art ed,
no barcode was scanned
1334 Sensor
condit ioning
st art ed, BC
Sensor condit ioning st art ed,
a valid barcode was scanned
1335 Solut ion pack
replaced
This message is used in t he
Act ivit y log t o indicat e
replacement of solut ion pack
- No act ion required
replaced
replacement of sensor
casset t e
1337 Print er paper
replaced
replacement of print er paper
1338 Demo mode
enabled
Act ivit y log t o indicat e t hat
ABL 90 demo mode has been
enabled
1339 Demo mode
disabled
Act ivit y log t o indicat e t hat
ABL 90 demo mode has been
disabled
10- 42

I Appendi x - Qual i t y cont r ol
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 2
St at ist ical paramet ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 3
Cont rol ranges ( for manual QC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 4
User cont rol ranges ( for manual QC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 6
St at ist ics fact or and st at ist ics range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 9
Temper at ure correct ions ( for manual QC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 10
West gard rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 12
Qualit y cont rol evaluat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - 15

Appendix Qualit y cont rol ABL90 FLEX reference manual

I - 2

This appendix includes general informat ion about qualit y cont rol/ qualit y
management t hat is relevant and in some case also specific for t he ABL90 FLEX
analyzer.
Some of t he sect ions in t his appendix cont ain informat ion about bot h built - in
and manual qualit y cont rols. Most of t he informat ion in t his appendix is,
however, only relevant for manual qualit y cont rol and t he appendix is, t herefore,
first and foremost t hought as a supplement t o t he manual qualit y cont rols.

ABL90 FLEX reference manual Appendix Qualit y cont rol

I - 3
St at i st i cal par amet er s

This sect ion describes t he t erms and st at ist ical paramet ers used in t he t opic
qualit y cont rol:

Par amet er Def i ni t i on
Mean val ue, X The mean value is t he average value as shown below:
n
X
X

=
where
X = single result

X
= t he sum of single result s
n = number of single result s

St andar d
Devi at i on, SD
The st andar d deviat ion describes t he dist ribut ion about
t he mean value and is calculat ed as follows:
1 n
) X X (
SD 1
2
=

and can be illust rat ed on t he normal dist ribut ion curve:

1 SD includes 68. 3 % of t he result s.
2 SD includes 95. 5 % of t he result s and is normally
used for clinical inst rument s.
Coef f i ci ent of
var i at i on, CV%
Coefficient of variat ion expresses t he variat ion in t he
sampling result s and is calculat ed as follows:
(%) 100
X
SD
CV =
where SD = st andard deviat ion and X = mean value
from lot - t o- dat e.
CV% is used t o compare t he deviat ion from t he
absolut e mean value from lot - t o- dat e and can,
t herefore, be of limit ed use at low mean values wit h low
precision.


I - 4
Cont r ol r anges ( f or manual QC onl y )

The cont rol ranges are t he ranges wit hin which t he result of a qualit y cont rol
measurement should fall in order for t he analyzer t o be well funct ioning. Each
package of qualit y cont rol ampoules is supplied wit h an insert wit h cont rol ranges
for all paramet ers and analyzers which t he given qualit y cont rol syst em can
evaluat e.
As t he cont rol ranges det ermine whet her an analyzer is j udged t o be well
funct ioning or not , it is imperat ive t hat t hey are founded on well- est ablished
reference met hods and cert ified reference st andards, and in- dept h knowledge of
t he correlat ion bet ween an analyzer t ype and t he qualit y cont rol solut ion.
Blood gas analyzers are developed t o analyze whole human blood, and different
t ypes of analyzers will measure ident ical values ( wit hin t he specificat ions) . The
blood algorit hm of t he analyzers ensures t his. When qualit y cont rol solut ions,
which are not blood, are measured, t he same correct ions will be applied t o t he
qualit y cont rol result . Therefore, different t ypes of analyzers will measure
different ly, and cont rol ranges must be est ablished separat ely for each t ype of
analyzer.
The widt h of t he cont rol ranges is det er mined during t he development phase by
measuring on a number of analyzers. The measurement s are performed by
different persons, over several days, using different dispensers and wit h different
lot numbers of calibrat ion solut ions all t his t o ensure t hat all nat ural variat ions
such as:

- person- t o- person - day- t o- day
- analyzer- t o- analyzer - dispenser- t o- dispenser
- lot - t o- lot - variat ion from calibrat ion solut ions, et c.
are included in t he cont rol ranges.

The following t erms are used by Radiomet er in connect ion wit h cont rol ranges:

Ter m Ex pl anat i on At Radi omet er
True value The value of a
paramet er in a qualit y
cont rol solut ion, e. g.
pH, is t raceable t o a
primary reference
st andard.
There is one t rue value
for each paramet er per
lot of a qualit y cont rol
solut ion.
The t rue value of a
paramet er is analyzer-
independent .
The t rue value for each paramet er
included in t he reference ampoules
are det ermined by t he Met rology
Sect ion at Radiomet er Medical using
NI ST st andar ds or st andar ds
t raceable t o t he Danish primary
laborat ory for Elect rochemist ry
( DPLEC) at t he Danish I nst it ut e of
Fundament al Met rology ( DFM) . This
primary laborat ory is accredit ed by
Danish Accredit at ion.

About cont r ol
r anges
Def i ni t i ons

I - 5

Ter m Ex pl anat i on At Radi omet er
Assigned value The cent er value of a
cont rol range.
There is one assigned
value for each
paramet er for each
t ype of analyzer.
When a qualit y cont rol syst em is
developed, it is t est ed on 10 well-
funct ioning analyzers of t he t ype for
which t he qualit y cont rol syst em
has been designed. Measurement s
on level 1 level 2 level 3 level
4 are perfor med t wo t o five t imes
during 24 hours. These
measurement s are repeat ed for 1
4 weeks in order t o give 30 50
measurement s per analyzer.
From t rue
value t o
assigned value
The t rue value of a paramet er is
correlat ed t o t he assigned value by
an algorit hm for a part icular t ype of
analyzer and QC product . This is a
one- t ime- only act .
I nsert cont rol
ranges
The int erval wit hin
which a qualit y cont rol
result of a well-
funct ioning analyzer
should fall wit h at least
95 % probabilit y.
The insert cont rol ranges are
est ablished by being cent ered
around each paramet er ' s assigned
value.
The widt h of t he insert cont rol
ranges is det ermined using an
uncert aint y budget comprising
cont ribut ions from t he analyzer, t he
calibrat ion solut ions and t he QCs.
The uncert aint y budget guarant ees
t hat only relevant cont ribut ions t o
t he widt h of t he insert cont rol
ranges are included.
User cont rol
ranges
( analyzer-
specific)
A range est ablished by
t he user based on
result s obt ained on
one analyzer.

The insert s have cont rol ranges for all analyzers for which t he qualit y cont rol
solut ion can be used. By using t he dat a codes on t he insert s, t he informat ion
about t he t ype and level of t he qualit y cont rol solut ion and cont rol ranges for all
paramet ers are t ransferred t o t he analyzer. The analyzer is t hen able t o
recognize t he qualit y cont rol solut ions.
NOTI CE: The insert cont rol ranges are det ermined at sea level. At high alt it udes
t he cont rol ranges from t he insert should be correct ed as described lat er in t his
appendix.


I - 6
User cont r ol r anges ( f or manual QC onl y )

The specified cont rol ranges in t he insert s, which are est ablished by Radiomet er,
include all well- funct ioning analyzers, and t he uncert aint y budget will t herefore
include a cont ribut ion derived from t he analyzer- t o- analyzer variat ion. This
means t hat result s obt ained on one specific analyzer should fall wit hin cont rol
ranges t hat are narrower t han t he insert cont rol ranges.
Before est ablishing analyzer- specific or so- called user- defined cont rol ranges,
you should ensure t hat your analyzer funct ions correct ly and is properly
maint ained. The procedur e below should be followed. User cont rol ranges must
be est ablished and updat ed each t ime you st art using a new lot of qualit y
cont rol solut ions.

Perform 20 measurement s on each level of qualit y cont rol solut ion in order t o
t ake int o account t he following variat ions:
- sample- t o- sample
- person- t o- person by using t wo or more people t o make measurement s
- day- t o- day by spreading measurement s over a minimum of 4- 5 days
- ot her variat ions such as uncert aint y from calibrat ion solut ions, chemical
decomposit ion of t he qualit y cont rol solut ions, and inhomogeneit y of t he QC
lot should be included in t he user- defined cont rol ranges ( see pr ocedure
furt her in t his chapt er) .

The following requirement s should be fulfilled for analyzer- specific cont rol
ranges:
- The est ablished mean value falls wit hin t he insert cont rol ranges
- Worldwide DATACHECK part icipant s: t he est ablished SD is not wider t han
1. 26 x Avg( SD) of t he peer group of similar analyzers

To est ablish your own cont rol ranges, do t he following.

St ep Act i on
1. Perform at least 20 measurement s as described above.
2. Ent er t he QC screen ( press Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up ( if
necessary, log on) > QC Set up > QC Ranges) .
Select t he desired cont rol solut ion by pressing Nex t Sl ot .
3. Press Edi t t o change t he lower/ upper limit in t he "Lot t o dat e range
( 2SD) " column. Confirm each change wit h Ent er on t he keypad.
Use Nex t or Pr ev. Par am. t o change t o anot her paramet er.
4. Press Cl ose t o exit t he program.

To get full benefit from t he evaluat ion procedur e, Radiomet er recommends t he
use of a st at ist ics fact or of 1. 5 ( default ) t o est ablish t he st at ist ics range ( see
sect ion St at ist ics fact or and st at ist ics range furt her in t his appendix.
Anot her opt ion is t o manually correct t he 2 SD cont rol ranges in order t o include
uncert aint y cont ribut ions from:
- chemical decomposit ion of t he QUALI CHECK5+ solut ion
- inhomogeneit y of QC lot s
- calibrat ion solut ions
I nt r oduct i on
Est abl i shi ng
anal y zer -
speci f i c cont r ol
r anges

I - 7

To correct t he 2 SD cont rol ranges for t he above cont ribut ions, do t he following:

St ep Act i on
1. Find t he mean ( X ) and t he t wo t imes st andard deviat ion ( 2 SD)
value in t he Qualit y Cont rol log ( press: Dat a Logs > Qual i t y
Cont r ol Log > St at i st i cs) or calculat e t he values from t he last 20
qualit y cont rol measurement s.
2. Find SD
t ot al
in t ables below.
3. Det ermine SD
correct ed
as follows:
( ) ( )
2 2
correct ed t ot al
SD 2 SD 2 SD = +
4.
Det ermine t he user- defined cont rol ranges as
correct ed
X SD .
5. Ent er t he user- defined cont rol ranges for each paramet er in t he
Cont rol Ranges set up program ( press: Menu > Ut i l i t i es > Set up
> QC Set up Cont r ol Ranges > Edi t ) .

SD
t ot al
f or QUALI CHECK5+ sol ut i ons:
Level 1
Par amet er : ABL90 FLEX anal y zer
pH 0. 0041
pCO
2
kPa 0. 14
pO
2
kPa

0. 31
cK
+
mmol/ L 0. 035
cNa
+
mmol/ L 0. 7
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 021
cCl

mmol/ L 1. 26
cGlu mmol/ L 0. 1
cLac mmol/ L 0. 1
ct Bil mol/ L 2. 5
ct Hb g/ dL 0. 11
FHbF % 1
Ot her Hb der ivat ives % 0. 13

Level 2
pH 0. 0054
pCO
2
kPa 0. 09
pO
2
kPa

0. 26
cK
+
mmol/ L 0. 036
cNa
+
mmol/ L 0. 6
Tabl e 1:

I - 8
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 020
cCl

mmol/ L 1. 16
cGlu mmol/ L 0. 1
cLac mmol/ L 0. 1
ct Bil mol/ L 3. 0
ct Hb g/ dL 0. 13
FHbF % 3. 6

Level 3
pH 0. 0074
pCO
2
kPa 0. 07
pO
2
kPa

0. 44
cK
+
mmol/ L 0. 036
cNa
+
mmol/ L 0. 6
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 019
cCl

mmol/ L 1. 08
cGlu mmol/ L 0. 4
cLac mmol/ L 0. 2
ct Bil mol/ L 4. 1
ct Hb g/ dL 0. 18
FHbF % 2. 6

Lev el 4:
pH 0. 0046
pCO
2
kPa 0. 26
pO
2
kPa

0. 73
cK
+
mmol/ L 0. 055
cNa
+
mmol/ L 0. 5
cCa
2+
mmol/ L 0. 023
cCl
mmol/ L 0. 95
cGlu mmol/ L 0. 1
cLac mmol/ L 0. 1
ct Bil mol/ L 2. 2

I - 9
ct Hb g/ dL 0. 06
FHbF % 0. 4

St at i st i cs f act or and st at i st i cs r ange
Normal st at ist ical variat ion implies t hat 95. 5 % of all qualit y cont rol result s
obt ained on a well- funct ioning analyzer falls wit hin 2 SD range, and 99. 7 %
falls wit hin 3 SD range.
I n order t o include all result s from a well- funct ioning analyzer, a st at ist ics fact or
of 1. 5 ( default ) is used t o expand t he cont rol ranges. This also ensures t hat user
cont rol ranges do not become t oo narrow over t ime.
Using t he recommended st at ist ics fact or of 1. 5 will have t he following effect :

User cont rol ranges ( 2 SD) : The st at ist ics range will correspond t oX 3 SD.
I nsert cont rol ranges: The st at ist ics range will correspond t o 1. 5
insert cont rol range.

All result s out side t he st at ist ics range will be excluded from t he st at ist ics and
marked accordingly.

The cont rol range is: pH low = 6. 986 and pH high = 7. 016
To calculat e t he st at ist ics range, do t he following:

St ep Act i on
1. Calculat e t he mean value: X = ( 6. 986 + 7. 016) / 2 = 7. 001.
2. Calculat e t he 2 SD: pH high X = 7. 016 7. 001 = 0. 015.
3. Calculat e t he 3 SD: ( 0. 015 3) / 2 = 0. 0225 = 0. 023.
4. The st at ist ics range will t hen be:
pH low = 7. 001 0. 023 = 6. 978.
pH high = 7. 001 + 0. 023 = 7. 024.

Def i ni t i ons
Ex ampl e

I - 10
Temper at ur e cor r ect i ons ( f or manual QC onl y )

Temper at ure correct ion is done t o ensure t hat t he qualit y cont rol result s reflect
t he analyzer performance and are not influenced by fluct uat ions in t he ambient
t emperat ur e.

The insert cont rol ranges are det ermined at a refer ence t emper at ure of 25 C.
Deviat ions from t his t emperat ure will have an impact on t he following
paramet ers: pH, pCO
2
and pO
2
.
The reason for t emperat ure correct ion is as follows:

An unopened ampoule consist s of t wo phases: a liquid and
a gas phase. Bot h phases cont ain molecules of CO
2
and O
2
,
and equilibrium bet ween t he t wo phases is t emperat ure
dependent . As only t he liquid phase is measured, it is
import ant t o t emperat ur e correct t he r esult t o t he act ual
t emperat ur e.

To ensure t hat t he QC result act ually reflect s t he performance of t he analyzer and
not j ust fluct uat es because of t emperat ure variat ions, it is import ant t o keep t he
ampoule at a st able and known t emper at ure, so t hat variat ions can be correct ed
for in t he correct way.

The default t emperat ur e of a QC measurement is aut omat ically set at 25 C
unless ot herwise specified by t he user . I f t he ampoule t emperat ure is not 25 C,
t he equilibrium will be different . The lower t he t emperat ure, t he more O
2
and CO
2

molecules will migrat e t o t he liquid phase, and t he pCO
2
and pO
2
will report t oo
high values, and t he pH a t oo low value, if t he result s are not t emperat ure
correct ed. I f t he t emperat ure is higher t han 25C, t he pCO
2
and pO
2
values will be
t oo low and t he pH t oo high, if t he result s are not t emperat ure correct ed. The pH
value will be affect ed, as an increase of t he pCO
2
will make t he qualit y cont rol
solut ion more acidic.

Temper at ur e Par amet er s
pH pCO
2
pO
2

> 25 C | + +
< 25 C + | |

where | = higher values, and + = lower values.

Radiomet er recommends t hat ampoules t hat have been st ored in a cool place are
condit ioned at a known room t emperat ure for at least 5 hours before a
measurement , and we st rongly advise not t o keep ampoules on t he t op of an
analyzer as t he t emperat ure t here can vary.

I n t he ABL90 FLEX analyzers t he soft ware will aut omat ically t emperat ure corr ect
t he result s on Radiomet er QUALI CHECK5+ solut ions once t he ambient
t emperat ur e has been ent ered.
Radiomet er uses a reference t emperat ure of 25 C.
Pur pose
Par amet er s
t hat r equi r e
t emper at ur e
cor r ect i on

I - 11

Range+ QUALI CHECK solut ions ( usable for e. g. Calibrat ion verificat ion, see
sect ion Calibrat ion verificat ion in Chapt er 6: Calibrat ion in t he ABL90 FLEX
operat or' s manual) .

Par amet er Equat i on f or t emper at ur e cor r ect i on
pH: pH( corr. t o 25 C) = pH( meas. ) A( t 25)

pCO
2
: pCO
2
( corr. t o 25 C) = pCO
2
( meas. ) |1 A( t 25)

|

pO
2
: pO
2
( corr. t o 25 C) = pO
2
( meas. ) |1 A( t 25)

|

where A = a t emperat ur e const ant . The values are given in t he t able below.

Range+ QUALI CHECK Temper at ur e const ant s, A
Level 1 Level 2
pH 0. 0013 0. 0026
pCO
2
0. 0056 0. 0071
pO
2
0. 0098 0. 0107

NOTI CE: Temperat ure fluct uat ions for S7950 ( level 3) are negligible so t hat no
t emperat ure correct ions are required for t his cont rol solut ion.
Temper at ur e
cor r ect i ons f or
pH, pCO
2
and
pO
2


I - 12
West gar d r ul es

The West gar d rules are a set of st at ist ical rules t hat , when applied t o t he qualit y
cont rol result s, can aid t he following:

- I ncrease t he probabilit y of det ect ing an error on t he analyzer by analyzing
t he qualit y cont rol measurement s
- Help det ect ing a shift or t rend in your qualit y cont rol result s by comparing
current measurement values of a cont rol solut ion t o previous values, t hus
furt her enabling you t o det ermine t he qualit y and validit y of your blood
sample result s

West gar d rules are based on t he calculat ion of t he mean and st andard deviat ion
( SD) of qualit y cont rol measurement values for a part icular paramet er and a
specific device, t hrough modificat ion of cont rol ranges. They are best expressed
in t he form of plot s.
West gar d rules are divided int o t wo t ypes:

West gar d r ul e t y pes Ex pl anat i on
Warning rules I ndicat e t hat t he next measurement should be
t reat ed wit h care as t he previous measurement
was out side t he est ablished ranges. I t is
recommended t o perform a second
measurement on a new ampoule of t he same
level.
Rule 1
2s
is t he only warning rule.
Rej ect ion rules I ndicat e an error and require t roubleshoot ing
your analyzer before analyzing blood samples.
Rules 1
3s
, 2
2s
, R
4s
, 4
1s
and 10
x
are rej ect ion
rules.

The following lines are used in t he plot s:

Shows 3 SD ranges
Shows cont rol ranges ( 2 SD)
Shows t he mean value

The West gar d rules described in t he following are select ed for evaluat ion of
qualit y cont rol measurement result s. All six rules are applicable t o manual QC.
Only four of t he rules are applicable t o built - in QC.

About
West gar d r ul es
Pl ot l i nes

I - 13

This rule is a warning rule.

Measurement value is
out side t he mean 2 SD.

Correct ive act ion: Perform anot her measurement on a new ampoule
of t he same level. I f t he second result falls wit hin
t he cont rol range, t hen t he first result can be
at t ribut ed t o normal st at ist ical variat ion.
I f t he second result is out side t he est ablished
mean 2 SD, see sect ion Qualit y cont rol
evaluat ion furt her in t his appendix.
This rule is applicable t o bot h manual and built - in QC.

This rule is a rej ect ion rule.

Measurement value is
out side t he mean 3 SD.

Correct ive act ion: Perform anot her measurement on a new ampoule
of t he same level. I f t he second result falls wit hin
t he cont rol range, t hen t he first result can be
at t ribut ed t o normal st at ist ical variat ion.
I f t he second result is out side t he est ablished
mean 2 SD, see sect ion Qualit y cont rol


Two consecut ive
measurement s are
out side t he mean 2 SD
on t he same side of t he
mean.

Correct ive act ion: Perform st eps described in sect ion Qualit y cont rol

Rul e 1
2s

Rul e 1
3s

Rul e 2
2s


I - 14


The difference bet ween
t wo consecut ive
measurement s exceeds 4
SD.

This indicat es inconsist ency in your procedures or
an unst able analyzer.


Four consecut ive
measurement s out side
t he mean 1 SD on t he
same side of t he mean.

This indicat es a t rend or shift .
This rule is only applicable t o manual QC and is only recommended when
user- defined cont rol ranges are est ablished.


10 consecut ive
measurement s on t he
same side of t he mean.

This indicat es a t rend or shift .
This rule is only applicable t o manual QC and is only recommended when
user- defined cont rol ranges are est ablished.
Rul e R
4s

4
1s

Rul e 10
x


I - 15
Qual i t y cont r ol ev al uat i on

The QC evaluat ion procedure for analyzers is as follows:
- Check if t he QC result s are marked wit h a "?" ( a "?" can be caused by an error
in t he previous calibrat ion or by analyzer malfunct ions) . I n case of "?", follow
t he t roubleshoot ing inst ruct ions on t he screen.
- Check t he presence of any ot her markings in t he QC result . I n case of any
markings, follow t he t roubleshoot ing inst ruct ions on t he screen, and, if
running manual QC, consider t he quest ions below.

No. Quest i on
1. Did you st ore t he ampoules according t o specificat ions?
2. Did you condit ion t he ampoules according t o t he specificat ions?
3. Did you key in t he correct ampoule condit ioning t emperat ure?
4. Did you shake t he ampoule vigorously for 15 seconds before using
it ?
5. Did you remember t o hold t he ampoule bet ween your t humb and
index finger when you shook it ? ( This is done t o avoid heat ing up
t he ampoule cont ent s and t hus change it s t emperat ure. )
6. Did you analyze cont rol solut ions immediat ely aft er opening t he
ampoule?
( Each QC ampoule must be used immediat ely aft er being opened,
for one measurement on one analyzer only, in order t o ensure t he
reliabilit y of t he measurement ) .
7. Did you use Radiomet er QUALI CHECK adapt er?
8. I f own user- defined limit s were ent ered: Did you ent er t oo narrow
cont rol ranges?
9. I f everyt hing is OK repeat t he QC measurement .

Eval uat i on
pr ocedur e

I - 16

I I Appendi x -
Tr aceabi l i t y t o t he pr i mar y st andar ds at
Radi omet er

Appendix Traceabilit y t o t he primary st andards at Radiomet er ABL90 FLEX reference manual
I I - 2
I nt r oduct i on
The Met rology Sect ion at Radiomet er is responsible for est ablishing met rological
t raceabilit y for t he paramet ers pH, pCO
2
, pO
2
, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl
, cGlu,
cLac, sO
2
, FCOHb, FMet Hb, FHbF, Hct , ct Bil and ct Hb. This booklet document s
t he t raceabilit y for each of t hese paramet ers.

ABL90 FLEX reference manual Appendix Traceabilit y t o t he primary st andards at Radiomet er
I I - 3
Tr aceabi l i t y
The primary pH st andards are t raceable t o t he definit ive met hod for pH. The
definit ive met hod is based on a Hydrogen Elect rode Syst em. The primary pH
st andards ar e obt ained from t he Danish primary laborat ory for Elect rochemist ry
( DPLEC) at t he Danish I nst it ut e of Fundament al Met rology ( DFM) . This primary
laborat ory is accredit ed by Danish Accredit at ion ( DANAK accredit at ion no. 255)
Cert ificat ion is done in accordance wit h t he met hod recommended by t he
I nt ernat ional Union of Pure and Applied Chemist ry ( I UPAC) . The Hydrogen
Elect rode Syst em of DLPEC is validat ed by comparison wit h St andard Reference
Mat erials ( SRMs) produced by t he Nat ional I nst it ut e of St andards and
Technology ( NI ST) . The primary st andards are t her efore also t raceable t o NI ST.
The I UPAC- recommended met hod is described in Ref. 1.
The NI ST SRMs used are: 186I / I I , 185, 187, 191- 192.
Using t he primary pH st andards, t he secondary pH st andards are cert ified in t he
Met rology Sect ion. These are normally of t he same composit ion as t he primary
buffers, t apped int o 2- mL glass ampoules and heat st erilized. The secondary
buffers are st ored at 5 C. Measurement s of t he secondary buffers are done
using a glass elect rode wit h a sat urat ed calomel reference elect rode and a liquid
j unct ion of sat urat ed KCl. The liquid j unct ion is a vert ical, cylindrical and open
liquid j unct ion. Measurement of a secondary buffer is done using a primary
buffer t oget her wit h a cert ified secondary buffer as st andards for making a 2-
point calibrat ion of t he glass elect rode arrangement .

The primary gases used are St andard Reference Mat erials ( SRMs) produced by
NI ST. The NI ST SRMs used are: 1674b, 2625a, 2658a and 2659a. The NI ST
SRM gases ar e used t o validat e primary gravimet ric working gas st andards,
cert ified by Scot t Medical, Air Liquide or Air Product s. The primary gravimet ric
working gas st andards ar e validat ed using a comput er- cont rolled gas
chromat ography syst em, int roducing t he NI ST SRM gases as samples and
comparing t he obt ained result s wit h t he cert ified values.
The primary gravimet ric working gas st andards ar e used as st andards in t he gas
chromat ography syst em, so t hat t he composit ion of secondary working gas
st andards can be det ermined.
By using t he secondary working gas st andards in a t onomet er t oget her wit h an
aqueous buffer solut ion, a solut ion wit h a known pCO
2
and pO
2
is produced. This
aqueous buffer solut ion is t hen used t o det ermine t he pCO
2
and pO
2
of
secondary working st andards. These secondary working st andards are aqueous
buffer solut ions kept in 2- mL ampoules.

The primary working st andards used are gravimet ric st andards produced from
KCl and NaCl Suprapur, produced by Merck. These primary working st andards
are validat ed using St andard Reference Mat erials ( SRMs) produced by NI ST, so
t hat t raceabilit y t o NI ST is achieved. The NI ST SRMs used are: 919a ( NaCl) and
999 ( KCl) . Validat ion of t he primary working st andards is done using a flame
phot omet er t oget her wit h t he NI ST SRMs.
The flame phot omet er met hod of validat ing t he primary working st andards is
described in Ref. 2.
The primary working st andards are used t o det ermine t he sodium and
pot assium concent rat ions of t he secondary working st andards. The
concent rat ions of t he secondary working st andards are measured using a flame
phot omet er. The det erminat ion of t he sodium and pot assium concent rat ions of
fluorocarbon- based secondary st andards is done using ion- select ive K and ion-
select ive Na elect rodes on t he ABL735 analyzer. The det erminat ion t akes place
using t he primary working st andards.
pH
pCO
2
and pO
2

cK
+
and cNa
+

I I - 4
The primary st andards used are t he so- called Ca
2+
t ransfer st andards, produced
from CaCO
3
Urt it ersubst anz
, produced by Merck. The t ransfer st andards ar e

pH- st abilized t o pH = 7. 4, wit h 1 mmol/ L HEPES and an ionic st rengt h of 160. 0
mmol per kg. Validat ion of t he Ca
2+
t ransfer st andar ds is done using similar
st andards pr oduced from NI ST SRM 915.
The t ransfer st andards ar e used t o det ermine t he calcium concent rat ions of
secondary st andards. These measurement s t ake place using ion- select ive Ca
elect rodes on t he ABL735 analyzer.

The primary working st andards are gravimet ric st andards, prepar ed from KCl
Suprapur, produced by Merck. The primary working st andards are validat ed by
making comparat ive t it rat ions using similar st andards prepared from NI ST SRM
999 ( KCl) . The t it rat ions are done using an AgNO
3
solut ion as t he t it rant , and
pot ent iomet ric t it rat ion equipment .
The st andar dized AgNO
3
solut ion is used as t he t it rant for t he det erminat ion of
t he chloride concent rat ion of t he secondary st andards, using t he pot ent iomet ric
t it rat or ( Tit raLab 900 from Radiomet er Analyt ical, France) .

The primary working st andards are prepared from NI ST SRM 917a ( D- glucose) .
These primar y st andards are used t o det ermine t he glucose concent rat ion of
secondary st andards. The measurement s t ake place using t he glucose reference
met hod, which is t he hexokinase/ glucose- 6- phosphat e dehydrogenase met hod
recommended by CLSI . This met hod is described in Ref. 3.

No cert ified st andard refer ence mat erial for lact at e is available at present . The
primary working st andards are t herefore prepar ed from a pure commercially
available mat erial, namely t he Lit hium salt of L (
+
) Lact ic Acid ( Cat . No, L- 2250)
supplied by t he Sigma Chemical Company.
These primar y st andards are used t o det ermine t he lact at e concent rat ion of
secondary st andards.
The measurement s t ake place using a spect rophot omet ric met hod. The met hod
is based on a react ion of lact at e, cat alyzed by L- Lact at e Dehydrogenase ( LDH) .
The react ion produces dihydronicot inamide ( NADH) , which is measured at 339
nm. The met hod is described in Ref. 4.

The primary st andard used is an oxygenat ed whole- blood sample. The ct Hb
value of t his sample is det ermined by t he use of t he HiCN reference met hod.
This met hod is described in Ref. 5. The HiCN reference met hod is a
spect rophot omet ric met hod. The spect r ophot omet er used is calibrat ed using a
NI ST SRM 930D filt er. This met hod is furt her validat ed using t he cert ified
reference mat erial Hemoglobin- cyanide st andard ( pr oduct no. 3061) produced
by J. T Baker, Holland.
The primary st andard is used t o calibrat e t he ABL735 reference inst rument s.
cCa
2+

cCl

cGl u
cLac
ct Hb
I I - 5

The primary working st andard used is a whole- blood sample, wit h t he ct Hb
value adj ust ed t o bet ween 13 and 15 g %. The blood sample is t onomet ered
wit h 5. 6 % CO
2
- 94. 4% O
2
, t raceable t o NI ST SRM gases.
The primary st andard is used t o calibrat e t he ABL735 reference inst rument s.

The primary working st andard used is a whole- blood sample. The blood sample
is cent rifuged and t he result ant blood concent rat e is deoxygenat ed using Argon
and t reat ed wit h a dit hionit e solut ion.
The primary working st andard is used t o calibrat e t he ABL735 reference
inst rument s.

The primary st andards used are CO wit h at mospher ic air mixt ures, produced in
a cont ainer of known volume. The CO used for making t hese gas mixt ures has a
cert ified purit y of 99. 997 %. Validat ion of t he mixing met hod is done by
comparison wit h NI ST SRM 1678 ( 50 ppm CO in N
2
) .
The produced mixt ures are used as calibrat ion st andards in connect ion wit h a
gas chromat ography met hod. The gas sample, inj ect ed int o t he gas
chromat ograph, is t he headspace of a blood sample which has been t reat ed so
t hat all t he bound CO is released from t he hemoglobin. The analyzed result is
measured in % CO, and from t his t he FHbCO is calculat ed. The met hod is
described in Ref. 6.
The measured blood sample is used as secondary st andard and is used t o
calibrat e t he ABL735 refer ence inst rument s.

The primary working st andard used is a whole- blood sample. The blood sample
is t onomet ered wit h 100 % CO, wit h a cert ified purit y of 99. 997 % CO. The
primary working st andard is used t o calibrat e t he ABL735 reference
inst rument s.

The primary working st andard is a whole- blood sample. The FMet Hb is
det ermined using t he KCN addit ion met hod according t o Evelyn and Malloy ( Ref.
7) . This met hod is a spect rophot omet ric met hod, where t he absor bance
measurement s are done at 630 nm ( local peak for Met Hb) on t wo set s of
solut ions, prepared from t he whole- blood sample. The first set allows
det erminat ion of t he relat ive Met Hb cont ent , whereas ct Hb is det ermined from
t he second set . From t hese measurement s, t he FMet Hb of t he whole- blood
sample can be calculat ed.

The primary working st andard is a whole- blood sample. The FHbF of t his sample
is det ermined using t he Cat ion Exchange HPLC reference met hod. The met hod is
described in [ Ref. 9] . The met hod is performed by t he Hmat ology Laborat or y
at Herlev Hospit al, Denmark.

Ref er ence met hod
Radiomet er uses a reference met hod based on t he packed- cell- volume
procedur e described by t he Clinical and Laborat ory St andards I nst it ut e ( Ref.
10) . The packed- cell volume is t he measure of t he rat io of t he volume occupied
by t he red cells t o t he volume of whole blood in a sample of capillary or venous
blood. The rat io is measured aft er appr opriat e cent rifugat ion.
Sat ur at i on
sO
2
= 100 %
Sat ur at i on
sO
2
= 0 %
FCOHb
nor mal val ue
FCOHb
100 %
FMet Hb
FHbF
Hct
I I - 6
Radi omet er measur ement s
The Hct measurement is based on conduct ivit y measured in a sample and t hen
correct ed for t he presence of sodium ions. A Sigma 201 Micro hemat ocrit
cent rifuge wit h RCF of 12620* g, which fulfills most of t he CLSI requirement s,
has been used for t he t est t oget her wit h 75 mm Microhemat ocrit capillary t ubes
wit h an inner diamet er bet ween 1. 1 and 1. 2 mm. The cent rifugat ion t ime has
been 5 minut es.
The conduct ivit y and sodium concent rat ion has been measured on
approximat ely 1000 blood samples wit h a sodium concent rat ion varying from 80
mmol/ L t o 180 mmol/ L. Hct measurement s have t hen been correlat ed t o t he Hct
measured by t he reference met hod.

The primary working st andard is a whole- blood sample. The t ot al bilirubin is
det ermined on a serum sample prepared from t his. The det erminat ion is
performed using a Hit achi 717 wet - chemist ry analyzer, which uses t he
Boehringer Mannheim reagency kit , DPD met hod, given in Ref. 11. The
reference inst rument is calibrat ed using four levels of NI ST SRM916a
unconj ugat ed bilirubin st andard mat erial.
ct Bi l
I I - 7
Ref er ences
1. Measurement of pH. Definit ion, st andards, and procedures. ( I UPAC Recommendat ions
2002) . Pure and Appl Chem 2002; 74, 11: 2169- 2200.
2. St andardizat ion of sodium and pot assium ion select ive elect rode syst ems t o t he flame
phot omet r ic met hod. NCCLS ( CLSI ) Publicat ion C29- A2. Villenova, Pa.: NCCLS, 2000.
3. NCCLS ( CLSI ) Publicat ion RS1- A, Villenova, Pa. : NCCLS .
4. Bergmeyer HU. Met hods of enzymat ic analysis. 3rd ed. Deerfield Beach: Verlag
Chemie, 1984; 6: 582- 88.
5. Reference met hods for t he quant it at ive det erminat ion of hemoglobin in blood samples.
NCCLS ( CLSI ) Publicat ion H15- A3. Villenova, Pa. : NCCLS, 2000
6. Collison HA, Rodkey FL, O' Neal JD. Det er minat ion of carbon monoxide in blood by gas
chromat ography. Clin Chem 1968; 14, 2: 162- 71.
7. Evelyn KA, Malloy HT. Microdet er minat ion of oxyhemoglobin, met hemoglobin, and
sulfhemoglobin in a single sample of blood. J Biol Chem 1938; 126: 655- 62.
8. Krist offersen K. An improved met hod for t he est imat ion of small quant it ies of alkali-
resist ant hemoglobin in blood. Scand J Clin Lab I nvest 1961; 13: 402.
9. Tan GB, Aw TC, Dunst an RA & Lee SH, Evaluat ion of high performance liquid
chromat ography for rout ine est imat ion of haemoglobins A2 and F. Journal of Clinical
Pat hology 46: 852- 856.
10. Procedure for det er mining packed cell volume by microhemat ocrit met hod. 2nd ed.
Approved st andard. NCCLS ( CLSI ) Publicat ion H7- A3. Villenova, Pa.: NCCLS, 2000.
11. Wahlfeld AW et al. Bile pigment s: Technical aspect s, modificat ion of Malloy- Evelyn
met hod for a simple reliable det er minat ion of t ot al bilirubin in serum. Scand J Clin Lab
I nvest 1972; 29, Suppl 126: Hit achi Abst r. 11.12.
I I - 8

I ndex

A
Absorbance...................................................................................................................................... 5-41
total.............................................................................................................................................. 5-41
Access profiles .................................................................................................................................. 1-8
8-19
Acoustic signal setup....................................................................................................................... 1-49
Activity vs concentration................................................................................................................... 5-3
Adding a Note ................................................................................................................................. 1-46
Adding a user activity...................................................................................................................... 1-37
Age group limits, setting ................................................................................................................. 1-13
I-12
Amperometry .................................................................................................................................... 5-3
Analysis setup ................................................................................................................................. 1-10
age group limits ........................................................................................................................... 1-13
reference and critical limits, setting............................................................................................. 1-14
sample type selection................................................................................................................... 1-12
selecting parameter profile .......................................................................................................... 1-11
selecting sex ................................................................................................................................ 1-12
Syringe modes ............................................................................................................................. 1-10
Analyzer identification .................................................................................................................... 1-47
Analyzer messages .......................................................................................................................... 10-2
Analyzer security............................................................................................................................... 1-4
access profiles................................................................................................................................ 1-8
general security.............................................................................................................................. 1-4
operators and password ................................................................................................................. 1-5
Analyzer settings ............................................................................................................................. 1-47
acoustic signal ............................................................................................................................. 1-49
analyzer identification ................................................................................................................. 1-47
barometer setup ........................................................................................................................... 1-50
languages..................................................................................................................................... 1-51
time and date setup...................................................................................................................... 1-48
Anticoagulants (sampling)............................................................................................................... 7-28
Archives
deleting.......................................................................................................................................... 2-8
export............................................................................................................................................. 2-8
import ............................................................................................................................................ 2-8
Automatic archiving........................................................................................................................ 1-60
Automatic archiving setup............................................................................................................... 1-60
Automatic backup setup .................................................................................................................. 1-62
Automatic data request setup........................................................................................................... 1-57
Automatic data transmission ........................................................................................................... 1-55
Automatic printing .......................................................................................................................... 1-64
B
Backing up all data............................................................................................................................ 2-4
Barcode reader, electronics................................................................................................................ 4-4
Barometer setup............................................................................................................................... 1-50
Bias.................................................................................................................................................... 7-3
Bilirubin .......................................................................................................................................... 5-47
Bilirubin corrections........................................................................................................................ 5-49
Blood sample
measuring process ......................................................................................................................... 3-5
Built-in QC
symbols in QC schedule .............................................................................................................. 1-24

C
Calibration.................................................................................................................................. 3-7, 5-4
calibration equation ....................................................................................................................... 5-6
calibration line............................................................................................................................... 5-6
Calibration schedule setup........................................................................................................... 1-22
general information ....................................................................................................................... 5-5
metabolite sensors ....................................................................................................................... 5-34
optical system.............................................................................................................................. 5-44
Oxi calibration............................................................................................................................... 3-7
pCO
2
sensor................................................................................................................................. 5-26
pCO
2
, cGlu, cLac calibration......................................................................................................... 3-7
pH sensor..................................................................................................................................... 5-20
pH, cK
+
, cNa
+
, cCa
2+
, cCl
calibration .......................................................................................... 3-7

pO
2
calibration............................................................................................................................... 3-7
pO
2
sensor ................................................................................................................................... 5-30
sensitivity ...................................................................................................................................... 5-7
status.............................................................................................................................................. 5-7
Calibration schedule options ........................................................................................................... 1-22
Calibration schedule setup
editing.......................................................................................................................................... 1-22
options, available......................................................................................................................... 1-22
Cassette/instrument ID...................................................................................................................... 4-3
Certificate of traceability................................................................................................................... 9-5
Coefficient of variation (CV) ............................................................................................................ 7-5
Communication of electronics........................................................................................................... 4-2
Communications setup .................................................................................................................... 1-52
Concentration vs activity................................................................................................................... 5-3
Conditions and corrective actions.................................................................................................... 1-65
Confidence intervals.......................................................................................................................... 7-5
Construction
optical system.............................................................................................................................. 5-39
pCO
2
sensor................................................................................................................................. 5-23
pH and electrolyte sensors........................................................................................................... 5-17
reference electrode....................................................................................................................... 5-15
Contents of setup settings................................................................................................................ 1-79
Continuous spectrum....................................................................................................................... 5-41
Control ranges
definitions.......................................................................................................................................I-4
Conversion
activity to concentration ................................................................................................................ 5-3
Conversion units.............................................................................................................................. 8-42
Corrections
pCO
2
sensor................................................................................................................................. 5-28
pO
2
sensor ................................................................................................................................... 5-31
user-defined................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Corrective actions............................................................................................................................ 1-65
Corrrection factors
electrolyte and metabolite parameters ........................................................................................... 6-8
oximetry parameters and bilirubin................................................................................................. 6-5
pH and blood gases........................................................................................................................ 6-4
CPU unit............................................................................................................................................ 4-4
Creating a WDC report...................................................................................................................... 2-3
Critical limits................................................................................................................................... 1-12
ctHb and derivates ........................................................................................................................... 5-39
Cuvette path length.......................................................................................................................... 5-44
D
Data backup....................................................................................................................................... 2-4
Data logs export................................................................................................................................. 2-7
Data request setup ........................................................................................................................... 1-57
Data restoring .................................................................................................................................... 2-6
Data transmission (automatic) ......................................................................................................... 1-55
Deep Picture, The.............................................................................................................................. 8-2
Default layout selections ................................................................................................................. 1-12
Default settings

acoustic signals............................................................................................................................ 1-75
analysis setup............................................................................................................................... 1-71
automatic archiving ..................................................................................................................... 1-76
automatic backup......................................................................................................................... 1-77
automatic printing........................................................................................................................ 1-76
calibration schedule..................................................................................................................... 1-72
communications setup ................................................................................................................. 1-77
corrective actions......................................................................................................................... 1-75
general setup................................................................................................................................ 1-73
language ...................................................................................................................................... 1-75
miscellaneous setup..................................................................................................................... 1-76
parameter setup............................................................................................................................ 1-73
printer setup................................................................................................................................. 1-76
quality control setup .................................................................................................................... 1-72
Radiometer default setup............................................................................................................. 1-70
replacement setup........................................................................................................................ 1-73
setup ............................................................................................................................................ 1-70
units ............................................................................................................................................. 1-74
user-defined notes........................................................................................................................ 1-75
user-defined patient data items .................................................................................................... 1-74
Default values.................................................................................................................................. 8-44
Defintion of terms ............................................................................................................................. 7-3
Deleting a Note................................................................................................................................ 1-46
Deleting a user activity.................................................................................................................... 1-38
Deleting an archive............................................................................................................................ 2-8
Derived parameters................................................................................................................... 8-4, 8-15
acid-base...................................................................................................................................... 8-15
numerical format ......................................................................................................................... 8-19
oximetry ...................................................................................................................................... 8-16
oxygen......................................................................................................................................... 8-16
units ............................................................................................................................................. 8-19
Detecting HbF ................................................................................................................................. 5-45
Determining concentrations............................................................................................................. 5-42
Disabled versus deselected parameter ............................................................................................. 1-11
Disk functions ................................................................................................................................... 2-1
Disk functions programs.................................................................................................................... 2-2
Disk functions setup ........................................................................................................................ 1-60
Disk handling rules............................................................................................................................ 2-2
Disk storage (options)........................................................................................................................ 2-2
Display unit ....................................................................................................................................... 4-4
E
Editing
a user activity............................................................................................................................... 1-38
a user-defined Note...................................................................................................................... 1-46
parameter setup............................................................................................................................ 1-42
the QC schedule........................................................................................................................... 1-26
8-19
Electrolyte sensors
construction ................................................................................................................................. 5-31
measurement................................................................................................................................ 5-21
Electronic boards and components .................................................................................................... 4-3
Electronics......................................................................................................................................... 4-1
barcode Reader .............................................................................................................................. 4-4
cassette and instrument ID............................................................................................................. 4-3
communication.............................................................................................................................. 4-2
Components................................................................................................................................... 4-3
CPU Unit ....................................................................................................................................... 4-4
display Unit ................................................................................................................................... 4-4
electronic boards............................................................................................................................ 4-3
inlet................................................................................................................................................ 4-3
oximetry System............................................................................................................................ 4-3
power supply ................................................................................................................................. 4-3
printer unit ..................................................................................................................................... 4-4

sample mixer ................................................................................................................................. 4-4
sensor Interface.............................................................................................................................. 4-3
sensor module................................................................................................................................ 4-3
user interface module .................................................................................................................... 4-3
wet section control......................................................................................................................... 4-3
Equation
calibration...................................................................................................................................... 5-6
Equation list..................................................................................................................................... 8-23
Evaluation - acceptance status..........................................................................................................I-15
Exporting archives............................................................................................................................. 2-8
Exporting data logs............................................................................................................................ 2-7
G
General measuring principles ............................................................................................................ 5-3
General Security................................................................................................................................ 1-4
H
HbF
correction option.......................................................................................................................... 1-68
detection ...................................................................................................................................... 5-45
I
Importing archives............................................................................................................................. 2-8
Inlet
Electronics..................................................................................................................................... 4-3
Inlet positioning................................................................................................................................. 4-3
Input parameters.............................................................................................................................. 8-13
Interfacing facilities......................................................................................................................... 1-82
barcode reader ............................................................................................................................. 1-83
keyboard...................................................................................................................................... 1-82
mouse .......................................................................................................................................... 1-82
network........................................................................................................................................ 1-82
Interference
correcting for ............................................................................................................................... 5-45
Interference tests
metabolites .................................................................................................................................. 7-23
L
Lambert-Beer's law.......................................................................................................................... 5-40
Languages........................................................................................................................................ 1-51
LIS/HIS connection setup................................................................................................................ 1-53
List of equations .............................................................................................................................. 8-23
Loading setup .................................................................................................................................. 2-10
Lot ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-2
M
Maintenance planning ..................................................................................................................... 1-39
Manual QC
symbols in QC schedule .............................................................................................................. 1-24
Manual quality control (QC) solutions ............................................................................................ 1-23
Material safety data sheets................................................................................................................. 9-2
Matrix of constants.......................................................................................................................... 5-43
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration
MCHC......................................................................................................................................... 7-26
Measured parameters.................................................................................................................. 8-5, 8-6
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 5-8
metabolites .................................................................................................................................. 5-35
pCO
2
sensor................................................................................................................................. 5-27
pH sensor..................................................................................................................................... 5-21
pO
2
sensor ................................................................................................................................... 5-31
Measurements and corrections ........................................................................................................ 5-47
bilirubin....................................................................................................................................... 5-47
ctBil ............................................................................................................................................. 5-49

electrolytes .................................................................................................................................. 5-21
oximetry parameters .................................................................................................................... 5-47
restrictions ................................................................................................................................... 5-48
Measuring principles
general ........................................................................................................................................... 5-3
pCO2 sensor ................................................................................................................................ 5-24
pH and electrolyte sensors........................................................................................................... 5-18
pO2 sensor................................................................................................................................... 5-29
Measuring processes.......................................................................................................................... 3-4
Menu
setup .............................................................................................................................................. 1-3
Messages ......................................................................................................................................... 10-1
Metabolite sensors........................................................................................................................... 5-32
calibration.................................................................................................................................... 5-34
construction ................................................................................................................................. 5-33
measurement................................................................................................................................ 5-35
measuring principle ..................................................................................................................... 5-36
Miscellaneous setup......................................................................................................................... 1-67
activating an option ..................................................................................................................... 1-68
analyzer messages ....................................................................................................................... 1-69
deactivating an option.................................................................................................................. 1-68
list of options............................................................................................................................... 1-67
screen saver ................................................................................................................................. 1-69
selecting HbF correction option................................................................................................... 1-68
N
Notes (user-defined) ........................................................................................................................ 1-46
O
ODC................................................................................................................................................ 8-37
actual position.............................................................................................................................. 8-39
coordinates .................................................................................................................................. 8-41
determining actual displacement ................................................................................................. 8-39
displacement................................................................................................................................ 8-38
equations...................................................................................................................................... 8-37
reference position ........................................................................................................................ 8-37
Operators and passwords................................................................................................................... 1-5
Optical pO2 ....................................................................................................................................... 5-3
Optical system
calibration.................................................................................................................................... 5-44
construction ................................................................................................................................. 5-39
measured parameters ................................................................................................................... 5-39
measurement cycle ...................................................................................................................... 5-40
Oximetry derived parameters .......................................................................................................... 8-16
Oximetry parameters .............................................................................................................. 5-47, 8-19
Oximetry system
electronics...................................................................................................................................... 4-3
Oxygen derived parameters............................................................................................................. 8-16
8-19
Oxygen release .................................................................................................................................. 8-2
Oxygen transport ............................................................................................................................... 8-2
Oxygen uptake................................................................................................................................... 8-2
Oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve (see also ODC) ........................................................................ 8-37
P
Parameter profile
selecting....................................................................................................................................... 1-11
Parameter setup ............................................................................................................................... 1-41
editing.......................................................................................................................................... 1-42
Parameter symbols ............................................................................................................................ 8-3
Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 8-1
derived parameters................................................................................................................ 8-4, 8-15
units and numerical format ...................................................................................................... 8-19
disabled versus deselected........................................................................................................... 1-11

disabling ...................................................................................................................................... 1-41
enabling....................................................................................................................................... 1-41
input parameters .......................................................................................................................... 8-13
list of equations ........................................................................................................................... 8-23
locking......................................................................................................................................... 1-42
measured parameters .............................................................................................................. 8-5, 8-6
The Deep Picture ........................................................................................................................... 8-2
unlocking..................................................................................................................................... 1-42
Parameters and input setup.............................................................................................................. 1-41
Password ........................................................................................................................................... 1-5
Patient data
user-defined items ....................................................................................................................... 1-44
Patient ID layout
including a new item ................................................................................................................... 1-45
Patient lookup setup ........................................................................................................................ 1-58
Patient report setup.......................................................................................................................... 1-16
Patient reports
default values............................................................................................................................... 1-18
layout creation............................................................................................................................. 1-16
layout editing............................................................................................................................... 1-17
layout, patient ID......................................................................................................................... 1-17
patient ID layout .......................................................................................................................... 1-17
patient result layout editing ......................................................................................................... 1-19
setup ............................................................................................................................................ 1-16
values, default.............................................................................................................................. 1-18
pCO2 sensor .................................................................................................................................... 5-22
calibration.................................................................................................................................... 5-26
construction ................................................................................................................................. 5-23
corrections ................................................................................................................................... 5-28
measurement................................................................................................................................ 5-27
Performance test results cCa
2+
...................................................................................................... 7-11
Performance test results cCl
........................................................................................................ 7-10
Performance test results cGlu....................................................................................................... 7-11
Performance test results cK
+
........................................................................................................... 7-9
Performance test results cLac ....................................................................................................... 7-12
Performance test results cNa
+
....................................................................................................... 7-10
Performance test results ctHb....................................................................................................... 7-13
Performance test results FCOHb.................................................................................................. 7-15
Performance test results FHbF ..................................................................................................... 7-17
Performance test results FHHb..................................................................................................... 7-17
Performance test results FMetHb ................................................................................................. 7-16
Performance test results FO
2
Hb ................................................................................................... 7-15
Performance test results pCO
2
........................................................................................................ 7-8
Performance Test Results - pH.......................................................................................................... 7-8
Performance test results pO
2
........................................................................................................... 7-9
Performance test results sO
2
......................................................................................................... 7-14
pH sensor
calibration.................................................................................................................................... 5-20
construction ................................................................................................................................. 5-17
measurement................................................................................................................................ 5-21
pO
2

optical system.............................................................................................................................. 5-29
pO
2
sensor
calibration.................................................................................................................................... 5-30
corrections ................................................................................................................................... 5-31
measurement................................................................................................................................ 5-31
measuring sequence..................................................................................................................... 5-29
Potentiometry ........................................................................................................................... 5-3, 5-18
Power supply..................................................................................................................................... 4-3
Print setup........................................................................................................................................ 1-78
Printer unit......................................................................................................................................... 4-4
Printers ............................................................................................................................................ 1-63

setup ............................................................................................................................................ 1-63
Q
QA Portal connection setup............................................................................................................. 1-59
QC
statistical parameters ......................................................................................................................I-3
QC input setup................................................................................................................................. 1-28
QC ranges........................................................................................................................................ 1-26
updating....................................................................................................................................... 1-28
QC schedule
adding a new QC solution ........................................................................................................... 1-25
editing the QC schedule............................................................................................................... 1-26
QC statistics..................................................................................................................................... 1-29
Quality control
general information ........................................................................................................................I-2
input setup ................................................................................................................................... 1-28
manual ......................................................................................................................................... 1-23
QC schedule setup....................................................................................................................... 1-24
ranges setup................................................................................................................................. 1-26
statistical parameters ......................................................................................................................I-3
statistics setup.............................................................................................................................. 1-29
Quality control (automatic)
Quality control (QC) solutions
manual measurements ................................................................................................................. 1-23
Quality control schedule setup ........................................................................................................ 1-24
adding a new QC solution ........................................................................................................... 1-25
editing the QC schedule............................................................................................................... 1-26
Quality control setup ....................................................................................................................... 1-23
Quality Management ......................................................................................................................... 5-9
R
RADIANCE connection setup......................................................................................................... 1-52
Radiometer default setup, access..................................................................................................... 1-70
Recommended replacement intervals .............................................................................................. 1-36
Reference electrode ......................................................................................................................... 5-13
background information .............................................................................................................. 5-14
construction ................................................................................................................................. 5-15
Reference ranges and critical limits................................................................................................. 1-12
Replacement intervals ..................................................................................................................... 1-36
Replacement schedule setup............................................................................................................ 1-35
Replacement setup........................................................................................................................... 1-35
replacement intervals, recommended .......................................................................................... 1-36
user activities, adding .................................................................................................................. 1-37
user activities, deleting ................................................................................................................ 1-38
user activities, editing.................................................................................................................. 1-38
Replacement warnings..................................................................................................................... 1-40
Reportable ranges ............................................................................................................................ 1-15
Residual spectrum ........................................................................................................................... 5-46
Restoring all data............................................................................................................................... 2-6
Restoring default
Patient ID layout.......................................................................................................................... 1-45
Restoring setup................................................................................................................................ 2-10
RiLiBK ranges
activation/deactivation................................................................................................................. 1-32
adding.......................................................................................................................................... 1-32
editing.......................................................................................................................................... 1-32
removal........................................................................................................................................ 1-32
Rinse process..................................................................................................................................... 3-6
S
Sample age evaluation setup............................................................................................................ 1-21
Sample counter ................................................................................................................................ 1-84
Sample pre-registration setup .......................................................................................................... 1-20

Sample type selection...................................................................................................................... 1-12
Saving setup ...................................................................................................................................... 2-9
Screen saver
setting time .................................................................................................................................. 1-69
Selecting a default layout ................................................................................................................ 1-12
Selecting access to menus.................................................................................................................. 1-8
Selecting/deselecting Westgard Rules............................................................................................. 1-31
Selector detector ................................................................................................................................ 4-3
Sensitivity.............................................................................................................. 5-7, 5-26, 5-30, 5-34
Sensor cassette
heating........................................................................................................................................... 3-4
Sensor interface ................................................................................................................................. 4-3
Sensor Module, electronics................................................................................................................ 4-3
Sensor parameter limits ................................................................................................................... 5-12
Sensors .............................................................................................................................................. 5-2
calibration...................................................................................................................................... 5-5
construction ................................................................................................................................... 5-2
drift ................................................................................................................................................ 5-7
metabolites .................................................................................................................................. 5-32
pCO
2
............................................................................................................................................ 5-22
pH................................................................................................................................................ 5-17
pO
2
............................................................................................................................................... 5-28
reference electrode....................................................................................................................... 5-13
status.............................................................................................................................................. 5-7
Setup.................................................................................................................................................. 1-1
acoustic setup .............................................................................................................................. 1-49
analysis........................................................................................................................................ 1-10
analyzer identification ................................................................................................................. 1-47
analyzer security............................................................................................................................ 1-4
analyzer settings .......................................................................................................................... 1-47
automatic archiving setup............................................................................................................ 1-60
automatic backup setup ............................................................................................................... 1-62
automatic data request setup........................................................................................................ 1-57
automatic data transmission setup ............................................................................................... 1-55
barometer..................................................................................................................................... 1-50
calibration schedule..................................................................................................................... 1-22
communications........................................................................................................................... 1-52
corrective actions......................................................................................................................... 1-65
critical limits................................................................................................................................ 1-12
default settings............................................................................................................................. 1-70
disk functions ....................................................................................................................... 1-60, 2-1
general security.............................................................................................................................. 1-4
languages..................................................................................................................................... 1-51
LIS/HIS connection setup............................................................................................................ 1-53
loading......................................................................................................................................... 2-10
maintenance planning.................................................................................................................. 1-39
manual quality control (QC) solutions......................................................................................... 1-23
miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 1-67
operators and password ................................................................................................................. 1-5
parameters and input.................................................................................................................... 1-41
patient lookup setup..................................................................................................................... 1-58
print setup.................................................................................................................................... 1-78
printer .......................................................................................................................................... 1-63
QA Portal connection setup......................................................................................................... 1-59
QC input ...................................................................................................................................... 1-28
QC ranges.................................................................................................................................... 1-26
QC statistics................................................................................................................................. 1-29
quality control.............................................................................................................................. 1-23
RADIANCE connection.............................................................................................................. 1-52
Radiometer default ...................................................................................................................... 1-70
reference ranges........................................................................................................................... 1-12
replacement ................................................................................................................................. 1-35
replacement schedule................................................................................................................... 1-35
replacement warnings.................................................................................................................. 1-40
reportable ranges ......................................................................................................................... 1-15
RiLiBK ranges.......................................................................................................................... 1-32

sample age evaluation.................................................................................................................. 1-21
sample pre-registration ................................................................................................................ 1-20
syringe modes.............................................................................................................................. 1-10
time and date ............................................................................................................................... 1-48
Units ............................................................................................................................................ 1-43
user activities............................................................................................................................... 1-37
user-defined notes........................................................................................................................ 1-46
Westgard rules............................................................................................................................. 1-30
Setup menu
structure......................................................................................................................................... 1-3
Setup restoring................................................................................................................................. 2-10
Setup saving ...................................................................................................................................... 2-9
Setup settings
contents........................................................................................................................................ 1-79
general group............................................................................................................................... 1-80
groups.......................................................................................................................................... 1-79
parameters group ......................................................................................................................... 1-79
schedules ..................................................................................................................................... 1-81
Setups without Radiometer settings................................................................................................. 1-77
Sex selection.................................................................................................................................... 1-12
SI units ............................................................................................................................................ 8-42
Solution expiration date..................................................................................................................... 9-2
Solution pack..................................................................................................................................... 9-2
Solution pouch volume...................................................................................................................... 9-3
Solutions............................................................................................................................................ 9-1
composition ................................................................................................................................... 9-3
expiration date ............................................................................................................................... 9-2
material safety data sheets ............................................................................................................. 9-2
pouch volume ................................................................................................................................ 9-3
solution pack.................................................................................................................................. 9-2
use ................................................................................................................................................. 9-3
Spectrophotometry ............................................................................................................................ 5-3
Spectrum examples.......................................................................................................................... 5-42
spectrum repression......................................................................................................................... 5-45
Statistical parameters..........................................................................................................................I-3
Statistics Factor and Statistics Range .................................................................................................I-9
Status............................................................................................................................................... 5-30
Storage............................................................................................................................................... 9-2
Symbols for manual and built-in QC............................................................................................... 1-24
Symbols, parameters.......................................................................................................................... 8-3
Syringe modes ................................................................................................................................. 1-10
System check..................................................................................................................................... 5-9
T
Temperature corrections
manual QC only............................................................................................................................I-10
Test conditions .................................................................................................................................. 7-6
tHb calibration frequency................................................................................................................ 5-44
tHb corrections ................................................................................................................................ 5-49
The Deep Picture............................................................................................................................... 8-2
Time/date setup ............................................................................................................................... 1-48
To set up a new measuring mode: ................................................................................................... 1-11
Total absorbance.............................................................................................................................. 5-41
Total analytical error ......................................................................................................................... 7-5
Traceability certificate....................................................................................................................... 9-5
Traceability of calibration solutions .................................................................................................. 5-5
Traceability to the primary standards at Radiometer ........................................................................ II-1
Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................... 10-1
U
Unit conversion ............................................................................................................................... 8-42
Units setup....................................................................................................................................... 1-43
Updating control ranges .................................................................................................................. 1-28

User activities.................................................................................................................................. 1-37
adding.......................................................................................................................................... 1-37
deleting........................................................................................................................................ 1-38
editing.......................................................................................................................................... 1-38
User control ranges.............................................................................................................................I-6
User interface module
Electronics..................................................................................................................................... 4-3
User-defined corrections ................................................................................................................... 6-1
entering.......................................................................................................................................... 6-3
slope and offset.............................................................................................................................. 6-4
User-defined notes........................................................................................................................... 1-46
adding.......................................................................................................................................... 1-46
deleting........................................................................................................................................ 1-46
editing.......................................................................................................................................... 1-46
User-defined patient data items ....................................................................................................... 1-44
editing.......................................................................................................................................... 1-44
V
Values
default values............................................................................................................................... 8-44
W
Waste removal................................................................................................................................... 3-4
WDC
creating report................................................................................................................................ 2-3
Westgard rules................................................................................................................................. 1-30
activating..................................................................................................................................... 1-31
I-12
rule R4s .......................................................................................................................................I-14
rule 10x.........................................................................................................................................I-14
rule 12s .........................................................................................................................................I-13
rule 13s .........................................................................................................................................I-13
rule 22s .........................................................................................................................................I-13
rule 41s .........................................................................................................................................I-14
selecting/deselecting.................................................................................................................... 1-31
Wet section
contents.......................................................................................................................................... 3-2
diagram.......................................................................................................................................... 3-3
Wet section control............................................................................................................................ 4-3

ABL90 FLEX reference manual Dat e of issue
Dat e of i ssue

Radiomet er represent at ive: Manufact urer:

ABL90 FLEX r ef er ence manual
- f r om sof t w ar e v er si on 2. 3

Publicat ion: 201006
Edit ion: D
Code number : 994- 527

Radi omet er Medi cal ApS
k andevej 21
2700 Br nshj
Denmar k
www. radiomet er. com
If you have any questions
or need assistance,
please contact your local
Radiometer representative.
Dat e of issue ABL90 FLEX reference manual

Reference Range ABL90

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Reference Range ABL90

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ABL90 FLEX reference manual

( 110 mmol/ L level) has been det ect ed for

Not alt ered No 0 1. 000 mmol/ L N/ A

are sensit ivit y calibrat ed on CAL2 and st at us

sensor is of solid- st at e design wit h a Cl

is compensat ed for cHCO

int erference by using t he measured

And Act Bil = 0. 071 x 400 = 28 mol/ L.

for mixed venous blood

( P) Concent rat ion of hydrogen carbonat e in plasma

( P, st ) St andard Bicarbonat e, t he concent rat ion of

( P) includes ions of hydrogen carbonat e, carbonat e and carbamat e in t he

) : t ot al oxygen in mixed venous blood

) : oxygen t ension in mixed venous blood; measured and t hen

) = 2.3 mmol/ L in equat ion 34.2

, T) : t ot al oxygen in mixed venous blood at pat ient t emperat ure

, T) = 2. 3 mmol/ L in equat ion 35.

mmol/ L 105 95 NA 125

, produced by Merck. The t ransfer st andards ar e

calibration .......................................................................................... 3-7

Você também pode gostar